Body Electrical

Body Electrical
Body Electrical Dash Lights Brightness Controls

Special Tools ................................................... 22-2 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-185
General Troubleshooting Information ......... 22-3 Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-186
Relay and Control Unit Locations ........ 22-7 Controller Test ................................................ 22-188
Connectors and Harnesses ................... 22-15 Entry Light Control System
Fuse/Relay Boxes .............. ... ................. 22-92 Component Location Index ........................... 22-189
Power Distribution ............ ......... ........... 22-96 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-190
Ground Distribution .............................. 22-100 Ignition Key Switch Test ................................ 22-191
Under-dash Fuse/ Relay Box ................ 22-101 Ignition Key Light Test ................................... 22-191
Battery .................................................... 22-102 Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-192
Relay:s ...................................................... 22-103 *Stereo Sound System
*Ignition Switch Component Location Index ........................... 22-197
Test ...........•...................................................... 22-106 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-198
Replacement ................................................... 22-107 Audio Unit Connector Replacement ............. 22-200
*Gauges Stereo Amplifer and Equalizer
Component Location Index ........................... 22-108 Unit Connector Replacement .................... 22-201
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-110 Audio Unit Removal/Installation ................... 22-202
Gauge Bulb Replacement .............................. 22-126 Stereo Amplifier Replacement ...................... 22-203
Gauge Assembly Replacement ..................... 22-128 Equalizer Unit Replacement .......................... 22-203
Select/Reset Switch Test .............................. 22-128 Speaker Replacement .................................... 22-204
VSS Circuit Troubleshooting ........................ 22-129 Radio Remote Switch Test ............................ 22-205
Maintenance Required Indicator reset Window Antenna Coil Test ............................ 22-205
Procedure ................................................... 22-130 Window Antenna Test ................................... 22-206
Outside Air Temperature Indicator Test ...... 22-131 Window Antenna Repair ............................... 22-206
Safety Indicator System Homelink Remote Control System
Component Location Index ...........................
Circuit Diagram ...............................................
22-133
22-134
A;~~~~~~lJ~:!~~oc.k~t . ... . . . . . . ... . . .. 22-207
Safety Indicator Input Test ............................ 22-136 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-208
Brake Light Failure Sensor Test .................... 22-138 Front Socket Test/Replacement .................... 22-209
Lights-on, Key-in, Seat Belt Reminder, Rear Socket Test/Replacement ..................... 22-210
Key Light Timer, Engine Oil Pressure Trunk Lid Opener
Indicator Systems Component Location Index ........................... 22-211
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-139 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-212
Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-140 Main Switch Test ............................................ 22-213
Exterior Lights Switch Test ...................................................... 22-213
Component Location Index ........................... 22-142 Automatic Inside Dimming Mirror
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-146 Description ...................................................... 22-214
Back-up Lights Circuit Diagram .................... 22-154 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-214
Brake Lights Circuit Diagram ........................ 22-155 Test/Replacement ........................................... 22-215
Auto-off Headlight Function Moonroof
Circuit Diagram ........................................... 22-156 Component Location Index ........................... 22-216
Fog Lights Circuit Diagram ............................ 22-157 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-217
Combination Light Switch Switch Test ...................................................... 22-218
Test/Replacement ....................................... 22-158 Motor Test ....................................................... 22-218
Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-160 Limit Switch Test ............................................ 22-219
DRL Control Unit Input Test .......................... 22-163 Rear Window Defogger
HID Lamp System Troubleshooting ............. 22-165 Component Location Index ........................... 22-220
HID Bulb Removal .......................................... 22-166 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-221
Headlight Adjustment .................................... 22-168 Function Test .................................................. 22-222
Headlight Replacement ................................. 22-170 Defogger Wire Repair .................................... 22-222
Taillight Replacement .................................... 22-170 Clock
High Mount Brake Light Replacement ......... 22-171 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-223
License Plate Light Replacement .................. 22-171 Replacement ................................................... 22-223
Bulb Replacement .......................................... 22-172 Horns
Fog Light Replacement .................................. 22-172 Component Location Index ........................... 22-224
Fog Light Adjustment .................................... 22-173 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-225
Fog Light Switch Test/Replacement ............. 22-173 Horn Test/Replacement ................................. 22-226
Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher System Switch Test ...................................................... 22-227
Component Location Index ........................... 22-174 Power Seats
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-175 Component Location Index ........................... 22-228
Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test ............ 22-176 Circuit Diagram
Hazard Warning Switch Test ......................... 22-177 8-way Adjustable ........................................ 22-229
Interior Lights 4-way Adjustabie ........................................ 22-230
Component Location Index ........................... 22-178 Switch Test/Repla cement
I
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-179 8-way Adjustable ........................................ 22-231
Spotlight Test ..........................•.•.........•........... 22-180 4-way Adjustable ............•........................... 22-232
Ceiling Light Test ............................................ 22-181 Motor Test
Vanity Mirror Lights Replacement ................ 22-182 8-way Adjustable ........................................ 22-233
Courtesy Light Replacement ......................... 22-182 4-way Adjustable ........................................ 22-234
Glove Box Light Replacement ....................... 22-183
Console Box Light Replacement ................... 22-183
Trunk Light Test .............................................. 22-184
Trunk Lid Latch Switch Test .......................... 22-184
Power Mirrors Keyless Entry/Security Alarm System
Component Location Index ........................... 22-235 Component Location Index ........................... 22-334
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-236 System Description ........................................ 22-336
Function Test .................................................. 22-237 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-337
Power Mirror and Mirror Defogger Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-345
Switch Test .................................................. 22-238 Door Lock Actuator Test ................................ 22-361
Power Mirror Actuator Test ........................... 22-239 Door Lock Knob Switch Test ......................... 22-362
Power Mirror Actuator Replacement ........... 22-240 Door Key Cylinder Switch Test ..................... 22-363
Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Door Lock Switch Test ................................... 22-363
Component Location Index ........................... 22-242 Trunk Lid Opener Solenoid/
Descriptions .................................................... 22-244 Latch Switch Test ........................................ 22-364
Self-diagnostic Procedure ............................. 22-245 Security Horn Test .......................................... 22-364
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart .......... 22-247 Security Indicator Test ................................... 22-365
Circu it Diagram ............................................... 22-248 Hood Switch Test ........................................... 22-365
Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-254 Transmitter Test ............................................. 22-366
Power Seat Control Unit Input Test .............. 22-260 Transmitter Programming ............................ 22-366
Driving Position Memory Switch Keyless Buzzer Test ........................................ 22-367
Test/Replacement ....................................... 22-265 Keyless Buzzer Replacement ......................... 22-367
Power Seat Position Sensor Keyless Receiver Unit Input Test .................. 22-368
Troubleshooting ......................................... 22-266 OnStar System
Power Mirror Position Sensor Component Location Index ........................... 22-370
Troubleshooting ......................................... 22-270 Description ...................................................... 22-371
Driver's Power Seat Motor Test .................... 22-274 Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-374
Seat Heaters Troubleshooting ............................................. 22-376
Component Location Index ........................... 22-275 OnStar Control Unit Input
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-276 Test/Replacement ....................................... 22-377
Switch Test .................................... .................. 22-277 OnStar System Interlace Unit Input Test ..... 22-380
Heater Test ...................................................... 22-277 OnStar System Radio Frequency Modulator
Wiper/Washer Unit Input Test/Replacement ..................... 22-382
Component Location Index ........................... 22-278 OnStar Buttons and Microphone
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-279 Input Test ..................................................... 22-384
Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-281 Cellular Phone Antenna Replacement ......... 22-385
Wiper/Washer Switch Test/Replacement .... 22-284
Wiper Motor Test ........................................... 22-285 Navigation System ................................ 22-387
Washer Motor Test ......................................... 22-285
Wiper Motor Replacement ............................ 22-286
Washer Reservoir Replacement ................... 22-287
Washer Level Switch Test (Canada) ............. 22-287
Washer Tube Replacement ........................... 22-288
Immobilizer System
Component Location Index ........................... 22-289
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-290
System Description ........................................ 22-291
Troubleshooting ............................................. 22-293
Immobilizer Reciever Unit Replacement ...... 22-294
Multiplex Control System
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-296
System Description ........................................ 22-297
Troubleshooting ......................................... 22-298
Multiplex Control Unit Input Test ................. 22-302
Seat Belt Tension Reducer
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-305
Test .................................................................. 22-306
Power Windows
Descriptions .................................................... 22-308
Circuit Diagram ............................................... 22-309
Control Unit Input Test ................................... 22-321
Master Switch Replacement ......................... 22-330
Passenger's Window Switch
Test/Replacement ....................................... 22-331
Driver's Window Motor Test ......................... 22-332
Passenger's Window Motor Test .................. 22-333
Body Electrical
Special Tools
Tool Number Descri tion

07WAZ-001010A MPCS Service Connector
CD
I
BACK
22-2
r--:'I
~
General Troubleshooting Information
Tips and Precautions • Some connectors have a clip on their side used to
attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on
Before Troubleshooting another component. This clip has a pull type lock.
1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay • Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected
box. unless you first release the lock and remove the
connector from its mount bracket (A).
2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and
clean and tight connections.
INOTICE I
• Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery
ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise
you will damage the alternator diodes .
• Do not attempt to crank the engine with the
battery ground cable loosely connected or you
will severely damage the wiring.
3. Check the alternator belt tension.
Handling Connectors
• Make sure the connectors are clean and have no
loose wire terminals. • Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their
• Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with wires; pull on the connector halves instead.
grease (except watertight connectors). • Always reinstall plastic covers.
• All connectors have push-down release type locks (A).
A • Before connecting connectors, make sure the

terminals (A) are in place and not bent.
(cont'd)
BACK 22-3
Body Electrical
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
• Check for loose retainer (A) and rubber seals (B). Handling Wires and Harnesses
• Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with
their respective wire ties at the designated locations.
A • Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A).
B
• The backs of some connectors are packed with

grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is • Slip pliers (A) under the clip base and through the
contaminated, replace it. hole at an angle, then squeeze the expansion tabs to
release the clip.
... ..Qijffi
~
• After installing harness clips, make sure the harness
• Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is doesn't interfere with any moving parts.
securely locked. • Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust pipes and
• Position wi res so that the open end of the cover faces other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and
down. holes, and from exposed screws and bolts.
• Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not
leave grommets distorted (B).
~/
T -~
BACK
22-4
~
a=.J
Testing and Repairs • Use a probe with a tapered tip.

• Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation.
Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break
with electrical tape.
• After installing parts, make sure that no wires are
pinched under them.
• When using electrical test equipment, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and those described in
this manual.
• If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire
side (except waterproof connector) .
• Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for

identification and replacement of connector terminals.
(cont'd)
BACK 22-5
Body Electrical
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
Five-step Troubleshooting Wire Color Codes
1. Verify The Complaint The following abbreviations are used to identify wire
Turn on all the components in the problem circuit colors in the circuit schematics:
to verify the customer complaint. Note the WHT.................................... White
symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing yEl...................................... Yellow
until you have narrowed down the problem area. BlK...................................... Black
BlU ... .................................. Blue
2. Analyze The Schematic GRN..................................... Green
look up the schematic for the problem circuit. RED .................. ................... Red
Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by ORN....................... ........... ... Orange
tracing the current paths from the power feed PNK........... ........................ .. Pink
through the circuit components to ground. If BRN..................................... Brown
several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or GRy..................................... Gray
ground is a likely cause. PUR ..................................... Purple
l T BLU ................................ Light Blue
Based on the symptoms and your understanding of l T GRN ............................... Light Green
the circuit operation, identify one or more possible
causes of the problem. The wire insulation has one color or one color with
another color stripe. The second color is the stripe.
3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit
Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made
in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple
procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting.
Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to
make tests at points that are easily accessible.
-sJK
~
4. Fix The Problem
Once the specific problem is identified, make the
repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe
procedures.
5. Make Sure The Circuit Works

Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all
modes to make sure you've fixed the entire
problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure
to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no
new problems turn up and the original problem
does not recur.
22-6 BACK
r--:'I
Relay and Control Unit Locations I.!!!...I
Engine Compartment
'99-01 Models
ABS FAIL-SAFE RELAY

Wire colors: VEL/GRN, BlK, ]
[ BRN/BlK and WHT/GRN
~
BS PUMP MOTOR RELAY
UNDER-HOOD
Wire colors: VEL/RED,
BRN/BlK, WHT/BlU and WHT ] FUSE/RELAY BOX
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
CONDENSER FAN RELAY
RADIATOR
FAN RELAY
TCSRElAY
Wire colors: GRN/YEl, ]
[ BRN/BlK. RED/BlU and BLU
INTERMITTENT
WIPER RELAY
Wire colors: GRN/BlK. ]
WHT, BlK, GRN/RED
[ and BlU/WHT
MULTI-RELA Y BOX
• ~ECURITV HORN RELAY ('99 model)

Wire colors: l T GRN/RED, ]
WHT/YEl, BlU/RED • SHIFT LOCK RELAY ('99 model)
andWHT/YEl Wire colors: YEL/GRN , ]
[ RED/BlK, BlK and GRN
• ~TAIUIGHTS RELAY ('00-01lodeIS) • HIGH BEAM CUT RELAY (Canada)
Wire colors: RED/GRN,
RED/YEl. RED/GRN ('00-01 models)
and RED/BlK Wire colors: BlU. BLU/RED, ]
[ ORN and ORN/WHT
• SEAT HEATER RELAY ('99 model)

Wire colors: VEL/BLK, BLK, ]
[ WHT/BLK and WHT/GRN
SEAT HEATER RELAY ('00-01 models)
• SEAT LOCK RELAY ('00-01 mjdelS) Wire colors: VEL/BLK, BLK, ]
rWire colors: VEL, RED/BlK.
LBLK, and WHT/RED /WHT/BlK and WHT/GRN
BACK 22-7
Relay and Control Unit Locations
Engine Compartment (cont'd)
'02-03 Models
HORN RELAY
HEADLIGHT
RELAY 2
CONDENSER FAN RELAY
,.. RADIATOR
FAN RELAY
AIC COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH RELAY
\
'\
~~ ..
.\
"'\ \
MULTI-RELAY BOX
FAN CONTROL RELAY (TYPE 5)
Wire colors: BlU/WHT, BlK, ]
[ GRN, BlU/BlK and BlK/YEl
-::======:::/
(COO]
• VSA RELAY (TYPE S)
Wire colors: RED/BlU, GRN,
[ GRN/YEl and BRN/BlK
• TCS RELAY (PREMIUM)
rwire colors: RED/BLU, BlU,
OOl/J LGRN/YEl and BRN/BlK
VSA THROTTLE MOTOR

RELAY (TYPE S) ABS FAIL-SAFE RELAY
Wire colors: PNK, YEl, ] Wire colors: YELlGRN, BlK, ]
[ l T GRN and BRN/BlK [ BRN/BlK and WHT/GRN
22-8 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!.I
'02-03 Models
SHIFT LOCK RELAY MULTI·RELA Y BOX

Wire colors: WHT/RED, BLK,
[ RED/BLK, and YEL
SEAT HEATER RELAY

Wire colors: WHT/GRN, ]
[ WHT/BLK, BLK and YEL/BLK
TAILLIGHT RELAY
Wire colors: RED/BLK,
RED/GRN, RED/YEL
[ and RED/GRN
INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY

Wire colors: GRN/BLK, WHT, ]
[ BLK, GRN/RED and BLU/WHT
BACK 22-9
Dashboard
CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
RADIATOR FAN
CONTROL MODULE
INTAKE MANIFOLD
RUNNER CONTROL
MODULE (TYPE SI
STARTER CUT RELAY
AfT REVERSE RELAY
22-10 BACK
r--:'I
~
With Navigation System:
NAVIGATION DISPLA V UNIT
CUMATE CONTROL UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
IMMOBIUZER RECEIVER UNIT
Without Navigation System:
CUMATE CONTROL UNIT
c_____
OJ
IMMOBILIZER RECEIVER UNIT AUDIO UNIT
(cont'd)
BACK 22-11
Dashboard (cont'd)
EQUAUZER UNIT
KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT
FOG UGHT RELAY

('02-03 models)
rwire colors: BLU/RED, ORN,
LWHT/BLU and BLU/RED
USA: NAVIGATION RELAY
('99 model)
rwire colors: VEL/BLK, BLK,
LREDIYEL and WHT/BLK
Canada: HIGH BEAM CUT RELAY
('99 model)
rwire colors: BLU, BLU/RED, ]
"y- LORN and ORN/WHT
[J TAILLIGHT RELAY
('99 model)
Wire colors: RED/GRN,
[REDIYEL RED/GRN and RED/E::'K
~
• ABS/TCS CONTROL UNIT (PREMIUM)
• VSA CONTROL UNIT (TYPE S)
MULTIPLEX CONTROL
UNIT, PASSENGER'S
ACCESSORY POWER
SOCKET RELAY
POWER WINDOW RELAY
22-12 BACK
r--:'I
I..!!!!..I
Door and Rear Bulkhead
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT. DOOR
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL UNIT
STEREO AMPLIFIER
ONSTAR SYSTEM INTERFACE UNIT

('03 model) ONSTAR SYSTEM RADIO
FREQUENCY MODULATOR
UNIT
ONSTAR CONTROL UNIT ('03 model)
('03 model)
BACK 22-13
Seat
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
BACK
22-"14
r--:'I
Connectors and Harnesses ~
Connector Index
'99-01 Models
Identification numbers have been assigned to in-line connectors. The number is preceded by the letter "C" for connectors, "G" for ground
terminals or " TH for non-ground terminals.
Harness Location
Engine Compartment Dashboard Others (Roor, Door, Notes
Trunk and Roof!
Sta rter cable T1 T2and (+) (see oaoe 22-17)
Battery ground cable T3 (see page 22-17)
Gl and (-)
Engine ground cable T4 (see page 22-17)
G2
Engine wire harness Cl0l through Cl07, C (see page 22-18)
151
Tl0l and Tl02
Gl0l and Gl02
Knock sensor sub-harness C103 (see oage 22-18)
Right engine compartment wire G20l through G203 C20l through C204 (see page 22-30)
harness G402 and G403
Left engine compartment wire C10l and C102 C301 through C303 (see page 22-38)
Dashboard wire harness B C302 and C40l (see page 22-44)
(left branch)
Dashboard wire harness B C20l through C203, (see page 22-44)
(right branch) C402 and C403
G40l
Dashboard wire harness A C204, C30l , C401, C451 and C851 (see page 22-52)
C402, C452, C453,
C454, C501,
C551, C552, C60l,
C651 and C80l
G501 throuoh G504
Left side w ire harness C551 and C552 C553 through C555 (see page 22-62)
G551 and G552
Right side wire harness C501 C581 through C583 (see page 22-66)
G58l
Rear window defogger wire (see page 22-66)
harness
Rear wire harness C555 (see page 22-70)
G60l
Roof wire harness C651 (seepage 22-71)
Moonroof wire harness C601 (see oaae 22-71 )
Shift lock solenoid sub-harness C451 (see oaae 22-71)
Driver's door wire harness C631 (see oaae 22-72)
Driver's door sub-harness C631 (see oaae 22-72)
Front passenger's door wire C701 (see page 22-74)
harness
Front passenger's door sub- C70l (see page 22-74)
harness
Left rear door wire harness C554 (see oaae 22-76)
Right rear door wire harness C582 (see oage 22-77)
Driver's seat wire harness C553 (see oage 22-78)
Passenger's seat wire harness C581 (see page 22-81)
Ignition switch (seepage 22-84)
AfT sub-harness 1'00-01 models) C151 (see page 22-84)
G15l
Front accessory power socket sub- C403 (see page 22-86)
harness
Rear accessory power socket sub- C85l (see page 22-86)
harness
SRS main harness C801 (see page 22-87)
G801
SRS floor harness ('00-01 models) C583 (see oage 22-88)
BACK 22-15
Connectors and Harnesses
Connector Index (co nt'd)

'02·03 Models
Identification numbers have been assigned to in-line connectors. The number is preceded by the letter "C" for connectors, " G" for ground
terminals or "T" for non-ground terminals.
Harness location
Engine Compartment Dashboard Others (Floor, Door, Notes
Trunk and Roof)
Starter cable T1 T2 T5 and (+) (see oaae22-17)
Battery ground cable T3 (see page 22-17)
G1and(-)
Engine ground cable T4 (see page 22-17)
G2
Engine wire harness C101 through C107, C151 (see page 22-26)
T101 and T102
G101 and G102
Knock sensor sub-harness C103 (see oage 22-26)
Right engine compartment wire G201 through G204 C201 through C205 (see page 22-34)
Left engine compartment wire C101 and C102 C301 through C304 (see page 22-42)
Dashboard wire harness B C302, C304 and C401 (see page 22-48)
(left branch)
Dashboard wire harness B C201 through C203, (see page 22-48)
(right branch) C402 and C404 I
G401
Dashboard wire harness A C301, C401, C451, C601, CS01 (see page 22-56)
(left branch) C452, C453, C454, C851
C551, C552, C556,
C557
G501 through G503
Dashboard wire harness A C204, C402 C404, C651 (see page 22-56)
(right branch) C501, C502, C558
G504
Left side wire harness C551 , C552, C556 and C553 through C555, (see page 22-64)
C559 C560 through C563,
G551 and G552
Right side w ire harness C501 and C502 C581 through C583 (see page 22-68)
G581
Rear window defogger wire (see page 22-68)
harness
Rear wire harness C555 (see page 22-70)
G601
OnStar system sub-harness C566 and C562 (see page 22-70)
('03 modell
Roof wire harness C651 and 652 (seepaae 22-71)
Moonroof wire harness C563, C601 (see page 22-71 )
and C652
Shift lock solenoid sub-harness C451 (see oaae 22-71 )
Driver's door wire harness C557 C631 and C632 (see oage 22-73)
Driver's door SUb-harness C631 (see oage 22-73)
Front passenger's door wire C558 C701 (see page 22-75)
harness
Front passenger's door C701 (see page 22-75)
sub- harness
Left rear door wire harness C554 (see oage 22-76)
Right rear door wire harness C582 (see oage 22-77)
Driver's seat wire harness C553 (see oage 22-80)
Front passenger's seat wire C581 (see page 22-83)
harness
Ignition switch (see oage 22-84)
AfT sub-harness C151 (see page 22-S4)
G151
Front accessory power socket C403 (see page 22-86)
sub-harness
Rear accessory power socket C851 (see page 22-86)
sub-harness
SRS main harness C801 (see page 22-90)
G801
SRS floor harness C560 and C583 (see oage 22-90)
22-16 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!:..I
Connector to Harness Index
Starter Cable
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

Tl 1 Right side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box
T2 6 Left side of engine compartment Starter motor
T5 2 Left side of engine compartment Under-hood ABS fuse/relay '02-03
box models
(+) Batterv Battery positive terminal
Battery Ground Cable

T3 5 Left side of enaine compartment Transmission housin~
Gl 4 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via battery
around cables
(-) Battery Batteryneaative terminal
Engine Ground Cable

T4 7 Left side of enaine compartment Transmission housina
G2 3 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via engine
around cable
BATTERY GROUND CABLE
BACK 22-17
Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Engine Wire Harness ('99 modell
Alternator 44 4 Middle of engine compartment
AfT clutch pressure control valve A 26 2 Left side of engine compartment
AfT clutch pressure control valve B 27 2 Left side of engine compartment
Transmission range switch 17 10 Left side of engine compartment
CKPsensor 51 2 Right side of engine compartment
Countershaft speed sensor 18 2 Left side of engine compartment
EGR valve vacuum control solenoid 36 6 Left side of engine compartment
valve
Coolant temperature gauge sending 38 1 Left side of engine compartment
unit
Engine coolant temperature (ECn 37 2 Left side of engine compartment
sensor
Engine oil pressure switch 53 1 Right side of engine compartment
Fuel injector No.1 4 2 Middle of engine compartment
Fuel injector No. 4 46 2 Middle of engine compartment
Ignition coil No.1 5 3 Middle of engine compartment
Ignition coil No. 3 12 3 Middle of engine compartment
Ignition coil No.6 39 3 Middle of engine compartment I
Intake air temperature (IAn sensor 15 2 Left side of engine compartment

Idle air control (lAC) valve 35 3 Left side of engine compartment
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 21 3 Left side of engine compartment
and shift control solenoid valve A
Mainshaft speed sensor 28 2 Left side of engine compartment
MAP sensor 19 3 Left side of engine compartment
,
PCM connector B 8 25 Under middle of dash
PCM connector C 9 31 Under middle of dash
PCM connector D 10 16 Under middle of dash
Primary heated oxygen sensor 13 4 Left side of engine compartment
(Primarv H02S)_ ._____. _ .- _.
.. _.- --
22-18 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!..I
KNOCK SENSOR SUB-HARNESS
ENGINE WIRE HARNESS
23
24
54
53
22
26
27
28
29
25----------\-----~~~~(~
,cont'd)
BACK 22-19

Engine Wire Harness ('99 Model) (cont'd)
Radiator fan switch A 22 2 Left side of engine compartment
Radiator fan switch B 50 2 Right side of engine compartment
Second clutch pressure switch 31 1 Left side of engine compartment
Shift control solenoid valve B 33 2 Left side of engine compartment
Shift control solenoid valve C 32 2 Left side of engine compartment
Starter solenoid 30 1 Left side of engine compartment
CMP (TOC) sensor AlB 49 4 Right side of engine compartment
Throttle position (TP) sensor 34 3 Left side of engine compartment
Third clutch pressure switch 29 1 Left side of engine compartment
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) 14 3 Left side of engine compartment Navigation
VTEC pressure switch 54 2 Right side of engine compartment
VTEC solenoid valve 52 1 Right side of engine compartment
C101 23 14 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment
wire harness (see page 22-
38) i
C102 24 10 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment
38)
C103 48 1 Right side of engine compartment Knock sensor sub-harness I
C104 (Junction connector A) 20 8 Left side of engine compartment I
C105 (Junction connector B) 16 14 Left side of engine compartment
C106 (Junction connector C) 2 20 Under right side of dash
C107 (Junction connector 0) 3 20 Under richt side of dash
n01 1 Under-hood fuse/relay box
i
n02 43 Alternator
'-'i101. 25 Left side of engine comQartment - - _ .. -----
Knock Sensor SUb-harness ('99 Model)

Connector or Terminal Connects to
Knock sensor
C103 ine wire harness
22-20 BACK
r--:'I
I.!:J
KNOCK SENSOR SUB-HARNESS
ENGINE WIRE HARNESS
23
24
54
53
22
26
27
28
29
25----------+-----~~~~(~
BACK 22-21

Engine Wire Harness ('OO..()1 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connectlto Notes
AIT clutch pressure control valve A 26 2 Left side of engine compartment
AIT clutch pressure control valve B 27 2 Left side of engine compartment
AIT clutch pressure control valve C 31 2 Left side of engine compartment
EGR valve vacuum control solenoid 37 6 Left side of engine compartment
valve
Coolant temperature gauge sending 40 1 Left side of engine compartment
unit
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) 38 2 Left side of engine compartment
sensor
Fourth clutch pressure switch 30 1 Left side of engine compartment
Fuel injector No. 1 4 2 Middle of engine compartment
Ignition coil No. " 44 3 Middle of engine compartment
Intake air temperature (lAT) sensor 14 2 Left side of engine compartment
Torque converter clutch lock-up 25 2 Left side of engine compartment
control solenoid valve
PCM connector D -
10_ L - L6__ JJnder middle~dash
22-22 BACK
~
~
18
19
20
21
~~~~~~~~~~~t=~~~=::
53
::t ~5::~~:]jW=24
~ 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
4443
42 41 40
39 38
37 36
35
(cont'd)
BACK 22-23

Engine Wire Harness ('00-01 Models) (cont'd)

Primary H02S 13 4 Left side of engine compartment
Radiator fan switch A 22 2 Left side of engine compartment
Radiator fan switch B 51 2 Right side of engine compartment
Shift control solenoid valve A 34 2 Left side of engine compartment
VTEC pressure switch 54 2 Right side of engine compartment
C101 20 14 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment <Nire
harness (see page 22-40)
C102 21 10 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment wire
C103 50 1 Right side of engine compartment Knock sensor sub-harness
C104 (Junction connector A) 19 8 Left side of engine compartment
C105 (Junction connector B) 15 14 Left side of engine compartment
C106 (Junction connector C) 2 20 Under right side of dash
C107 (Junction connector 0) 3 20 Under right side of dash
C151 23 8 On transmission housing AfT SUb-harness (see page 22-
84)
n01 1 Under-hood fuse/ralay box
n02 42 Alternator
G101 32 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via engine wire
harness
G102 56 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via engine wire
harness
Knock Sensor Sub-harness ('00-01 Models)

Knock sensor
C103
22-24 BACK
~
I.!!::..I
18
19
20
21
22
~~~~~~23
~ It:iS=~~dU~=24
53
25
26
27
28
29
30
4443
42
41 40
39 38
37 36
35
BACK 22-25

Engine Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)
AfT clutch pressure control valve A 30 2 Left side of engine compartment
AfT clutch pressure control valve B 29 2 Left side of engine compartment
AfT clutch pressure control valve C 34 2 Left side of engine compartment
EGR valve and EGR valve lift sensor 26 6 Left side of engine compartment
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) 28 2 Left side of engine compartment
sensor
Fourth clutch pressure switch 32 1 Transmission housing
Injector No.1 1 2 Middle of engine compartment
Injector No. 4 46 2 Middle of engine compartment
Intake manifold runner control (lMRC) 12 2 Middle of engine compartment TYPES
actuator
Intake air temperature (lAT) sensor 15 2 Middle of engine compartment
Lock-up control solenoid valve 38 2 Left side of engine compartment
PCM connector 0 10 16 Under middle of dash
Primary heated oxygen sensor 16 4 Left side of engine compartment
(Primary H02S)
Radiator fan switch B 25 2 Left side of engine compartment
~i!ltor fan switch C - - 53 2 -- RigJIt l;ide of engine compartment
22-26 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!::.J
11 12 13 1415 1617
18
19
20
2 21 22
23
24
56 25
26
27
28
29
30
52
34
39
(cont'd)
BACK 22-27

Engine Wire Harness ('02-03 Models) (cont'd)

Shift control solenoid valve A 33 2 Left side of engine compartment I
VTEC oil pressure switch 51 2 Right side of engine compartment
I
Cl0l 22 14 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment
42) I
Cl02 23 10 Left side of engine compartment Left engine compartment
42)
Knock sensor sub-harness I
Cl03 50 1 Middle of engine compartment
Cl04 (Junction connector A) 14 8 Left side of engine compartment
Cl05 (Junction connector B) 20 14 Left side of engine compartment
Cl06 (Junction connector C) 3 20 Under middle of dash I
Cl07 (Junction connector 0) 4 20 Under middle of dash
C151 27 8 Left side of engine compartment AfT sub-harness (see page
22-841
Tl0l 2 Under-hood fuse/relay box I
Tl02 49 Alternator
Gl0l 39 Left side of engine compartment Engine ground via engine
wire harness
Gl02 56 Right side of engine compartment Engine ground via engine
wire harness
Knock Sensor Sub-harness ('02-03 Models)

Knock sensor
Cl03 ine wire harness
22-28 BACK
r--:'I
I..!.:..I
11 12 13 1415 16 17
18
19
20
2 21 22
23
24
56 25
26
27
54 28
29
30
52
51
34
39
BACK 22-29

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness ('99-2·· Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavitie~ - Location Connects to Notes
ABS fail-safe relay 35 4 Right side of engine compartment
ABS pump motor relay 33 4 Right side of engine compartment
ABS right front wheel sensor 18 2 Right side of engine compartment
ABS{TCS control unit connector A 21 26 Behind right kick panel
ABS{TCS control unit connector B 22 16 Behind right kick panel
ABS{TCS control unit connector C 23 12 Behind right kick panel
ABS{TCS modulator unit 16 24 Right side of engine compartment
AlC compressor clutch 8 1 Middle of engine compartment
AlC pressure switch 7 2 Middle of engine compartment
Condenser fan motor 6 2 Middle of engine compartment
Cruise control actuator 17 4 Right side of engine compartment
ELD unit (see page 22-92) 40 3 Into under-hood fuse/relay box
High beam cut relay 28 4 Behind right kick panel Canada
('99 model)
Horn (high) 2 1 Behind middle of front bumper '99 model
Horn (low) 5 1 Behind middle of front bumper
Keyless buzzer 24 2 Behind right fender '00-01 models
Navigation relay 28 4 Behind right kick panel Navigation
('99 model)
Outside air temperature sensor 4 2 Behind middle of front bumper
Passenger's under-dash fuse/rely box 25 18 Behind right kick panel
connector C (see page 22-94)
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box 26 3 Behind right kick panel
connector D (see page 22-94)
Power steering pressure (PSP) switch 42 2 Right side of engine compartment
Radiator fan motor 3 2 Middle of engine compartment
Right headlight (high) 9 2 Behind right headlight
Right headlight (low) 10 2 Behind right headlight
Right side marker and turn signal 13 3 Behind right headlight
lights - -- - --------
22-30 BACK
r--:'I
I.!::..I
36 37 38 39
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
ABS RELAY BOX
VI_____
26'---~-ey'i<II.-r
23 1
22
2
21
20
19
(cont'd)
BACK 22-31

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness ('99-01 Models)(cont'd)
Secondary heated oxygen sensor 41 4 Right side of engine compartment
(Secondary H02S)
Security hood switch 1 2 Under hood latch
Taillight relay 29 4 Right side of engine compartment '99 model
TCS relay 34 4 Right side of engine compartment
Under-hood fuse/relay box connector 39 18 Right side of engine compartment
A (see page 22-92)
B (see page 22-92)
C (see page 22-92)
D (see page 22-92)
Washer fluid level switch 14 2 Behind right of front bumper Canada
Windshield washer motor 15 2 Behind right offront bumper
C201 32 16 Behind right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-44)
(see page 22-44)
(see page 22-44)
C204 27 24 Behind right kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 22-52)
G201 11 Right side of engine compartment Body ground via right engine
compartment wire harness
G402 20 Behind right kick panel Body ground via right engine
G403 19 Behind right kick panel Body ground via right engine
22-32 BACK
r--:'I
I.!::..I
36 37 38 39
ABS RELAY BOX
PASSENGER'S
-----...
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
26----~M...._t_
23
22
2
21
RIGHT ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WIRE HARNESS
19
BACK 22-33

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Engine compartment) (,02-03 Models)

ABS fail-safe relay 3 4 Right side of engine compartment
ABS pump motor 14 2 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
ABS right front wheel sensor 35 2 Right side of engine compartment
ABS(TCS modulator unit 12 24 Right side of engine compartment PREMIUM
AlC compressor clutch 23 1 Middle of engine compartment
AlC pressure switch 22 4 Middle of engine compartment TYPES
AlC pressure switch 22 2 Middle of engine compartment PREMIUM
Condenserfan motor 21 2 Middle of engine compartment
Cruise control actuator 34 4 Right side of engine compartment
ELD unit 9 3 Into under-hood fuse/relay box
Fan control relay 2 5 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
Horn (low) 20 1 Behind middle of front bumper
Outside air temperature sensor 19 2 Behind middle offront bumper
Power steering pressure (PSP) switch 11 2 Right side of engine compartment
Radiator fan motor 17 2 Middle of engine compartment
Radiator fan switch A 16 2 Middle of engine compartment TYPES
Right fog light 26 2 Behind right fog light
Right headlight (high) 24 2 Behind right headlight
Right headlight (low) 25 2 Behind right headlight
Right parking/turn signal lights 27 3 Behind right headlight
Right side marker light 28 2 Behind right headlight
Secondary heated oxygen sensor 10 4 Right side of engine compartment
(Secondary H02S)
Security hood switch 18 2 Under hood latch
rcs relay 4 4 Right side of engine compartment PREMIUM
Under-hood fuse/relay box 8 18 Behind under-hood fuse/relay box
connector A (see page 22-92)
connector B (see page 22-92)
connector 0 (see page 22-92)
VSA relay 4 4 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
VSA modulator unit connector A 13 10 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
VSA modulator unit connector B 15 8 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
VSA throttle motor relay 1 4 Right side of engine compartment TYPES
Washer fluid level switch 29 2 Behind right of front bumper Canada
Windshield washer motor 30 2 Behind riaht of front bumoer
G201 32 Below right headlight Body ground, via right
engine compartment wire
harness
G202 36 Right side of engine compartment Body ground, via right
harness
G203 31 Below right headlight Body ground, via right
harness
G204 33 Right side of engine compartment Body ground, via right
-
harness
BACK
22-34
r--:'I
~
5 6 7 8
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAV BOX
12
14
17
18
(cont'd)
BACK 22-35

Right Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Dashboard) ('02-03 Models)
ABS/TCS control unit connector A 12 26 Behind right kick panel PREMIUM
ABS/TCS control unit connector B 13 16 Behind right kick panel PREMIUM
ABS/TCS control unit connector C 14 12 Behind right kick panel PREMIUM
Diode A (for AlC) 1 2 Under right side of dash TYPES
Diode B (for AlC) 2 2 Under right side of dash TYPES
Diode C (for AlC) 3 2 Under right side of dash TYPES
Fog light relay 9 4 Under right side of dash
Keyless buzzer 8 2 Behind right fender
connector D (see page 22-94)
VSA control unit connector A 12 22 Behind right kick panel TYPES
VSA control unit connector B 13 16 Behind right kick panel TYPES
VSA control unit connector C 14 26 Behind right kick panel TYPES
C201 5 16 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-48)
C202 6 7 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-48)
C203 4 20 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B TYPES
(see page 22-48)
C203 4 12 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B PREMIUM
(see page 22-48)
C204 16 24 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 22-56) i
C205 (Junction connector) 7 20 Under right side of dash TYPES

G402 11 Under right side of dash Body ground, via right engine
G403 10 Under right side of dash Body ground, via right engine
BACK
22-36
r--:'I
I.!!!!.I
10
BACK 22-37

Left Engine Compartment Wire Harness ('99 Model)
ABS left front wheel sensor 16 2 Left side of engine compartment
Brake fluid level switch connector (+) 2 1 Left side of engine compartment
Brake fluid level switch connector (-) 3 1 Left side of engine compartment
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box 12 5 Behind left kick panel
connector E (see page 22-93)
Engine mount control solenoid valve 25 2 Left side of engine compartment
EVAP canister purge valve 24 2 Left side of engine compartment
Left headlight (high) 21 2 Behind left headlight
Left headlight (low) 20 2 Behind left headlight
Left side marker and turn signal lights 19 3 Behind left headlight
Parking brake switch 11 1 Under left side of dash
Seat heater relay 4 4 Left side of engine compartment
Security horn 15 2 Left side of engine compartment
Security horn relay 5 4 Left side of engine compartment
Shift lock relay 6 4 Left side of engine compartment
Test tachometer connector 17 2 Left side of engine compartment
Windshield wiper intermittent relay 14 6 Left side of engine compartment
Windshield wiper motor 10 5 Left side of engine compartment
C101 23 14 Left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness
(see page 22-18)
(see page 22-18)
C301 7 18 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 22-52)
C302 8 20 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-44)
C303 (Junction connector E) 9 20 Under left side of dash
G301 18 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left engine
G302 1 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left engine
22-38 BACK
r--:'I
~
MULTI-RELAY BOX
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
14
17
21
18
BACK 22-39

Left Engine Compartment Wire Harness ('00-01 Models)

Brake fluid level switch connector (-) 5 1 left side of engine compartment
Engine mount control solenoid valve 27 2 left side of engine compartment
EVAP canister purge valve 16 2 left side of engine compartment
High beam cut relay 10 4 left side of engine compartment
Horn (high) 24 1 left side of engine compartment
left headlight (highl 23 2 Behind left headlight
left side marker and turn signal lights 21 3 Behind left headlight
Seat heater relay l' 4 left side of engine compartment
Shift lock relay 3 4 left side of engine compartment
Taillight relay 2 4 left side of engine compartment
Test tachometer connector 19 2 left side of engine compartment
Windshield wiper intermittent relay 15 6 left side of engine compartment
Windshield wiper motor 9 5 left side of engine compartment
C101 25 14 left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness
(see page 22-22)
C102 26 10 left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness
(see page 22-22)
(see page 22-52)
(see page 22-44)
C303 (Junction connector E) 8 20 Under left side of dash
G301 20 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via left side wire
harness
G302 1 left side of engine compartment Body ground via left side wire
harness
22-40 BACK
~
I.!!:..I
MULTI-RELAY BOX
15
19
BACK 22-41

Left Engine Compartment Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)
ABS fuse/relay box connector A 20 2 Left side of engine compartment
ABS fuse/relay box connector B 19 3 Left side of engine compartment
Brake fluid level switch connector (-) 7 1 Left side of engine compartment
Diode (for daytime running lights) 11 2 Under left side of dash Canada
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box 13 5 Under left side of dash
Engine mount control solenoid valve 34 2 Left side of engine compartment
EVAP purge control solenoid valve 18 2 Left side of engine compartment
High beam cut relay 5 4 In multi-relay box Canada
Horn (high) 28 1 Below left headlight
Intake manifold runner control module 16 14 Behind left kick panel
Left fog light 27 2 Behind left fog light
Left front parking/turn signal light 24 3 Behind left headlight
Left front side marker light 23 2 Behind left headlight
Left headlight (high) 26 2 Behind left headlight
Seat heater main relay 2 4 In multi-relay box
Shift lock relay 3 5 In multi-relay box
Taillight relay 4 4 In multi-relay box
Test tachometer connector 22 2 Left side of engine compartment
Throttle position sensor 31 3 Left side of engine compartment TYPES
Throttle motor 30 2 Left side of engine compartment TYPES
Windshield wiper intermittent relay 17 6 Left side of engine compartment
Windshield wiper motor 12 5 Under left side of air scoop
(see page 22-26)
(see page 22-26)
(see page 22-56)
(see page 22-48)
(see page 22-48)
G301 29 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via left engine
G302 1 Left side of engine compartment Body ground, via left engine
22-42 BACK
r--:'I
~
DRIVER'S
l
UNDER-DASH
j ::",:LAY BOX
~14
30
BACK 22-43

Dashboard Wire Harness B (Left branch) ('99·01 Moo,,!s)

Brake switch 14 4 Under left side of dash
Cable reel 10 4 Under left side of dash
Combination light switch 11 14 Under left side of dash
Daytime running lights control unit 12 14 Under left side of dash Canada
connector 0 (see page 22-93)
connector P (see page 22-93)
connector Q (see page 22-93)
Ignition key switch 8 7 Under left side of dash
Immobilizer receiver unit 7 5 Under left side of dash
Intermittent dwell time controller 6 2 Under left side of dash
PGM-FI main relay 13 7 Under left side of dash
Windshield wiper/washer switch 9 8 Under left side of dash
C302 5 20 Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire '99 model
C302 5 20 Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire '00-01
harness (see page 22-40) models
(see page 22-52) i
22-44 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B
11 10
DRIVER'S
UNDER·DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
(cont'd)
BACK 22-45

Dashboard Wire Harness B (Right branch) ('99-01 Models)

Air mix control motor 10 5 Under right side of dash
Blower motor 9 2 Under right side of dash
Climate control unit connector A 17 12 Under middle of dash
Climate control unit connector B 19 20 Under middle of dash
Data link connector (DLC) 14 16 Under right side of dash
Evaporator temperature sensor 11 2 Under right side of dash
Fan control module 13 8 Under right side of dash
Mode control motor 18 10 Under left side of dash
Navigation display unit connector A 20 5 Under middle of dash
connector J (see page 22-94)
connector K (see page 22-94)
Power transistor 6 5 Behind right kick panel
Recirculation control motor 5 5 Under right side of dash
Trunk lid opener main switch 12 2 Under right side of dash
C201 2 16 Under right side of dash Right engine compartment
wire harness (see page 22-30)
(see page 22-52)
C403 15 2 Under middle of dash Front accessory power socket '99 model
sub-harness (see page 22-86)
C403 15 4 Under middle of dash Front accessory power socket '00-01
sub-harness (see~e 22-86) models
G401 16 Under middle of dash Body ground via dashboard
wiLE! hamE!~Et -
22-46 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
(Continues to Left Branch)

PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
2 4 FUSE/RELAY
BOX
20
19
18
7
-8
15
16
BACK 22-47

Dashboard Wire Harness B (Left branch) ('02-03 Models)
Connector or Termina' Ref Cavities location Connec:tsto Notes

Brake pedal position switch 17 4 Under left side of dash I
I
Combination light switch 13 14 In steering column cover
Data link connector (DLC) 12 16 Under left side of dash '03 model
Daytime running lights control unit 15 14 Under left side of dash Canada
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box 1 20 Under left side of dash I
connector 0 (see page 22-93) I
connector P (see page 22-93)
connector Q (see page 22-93)
Ignition key switch/key light 10 7 In steering column cover
Immobilizer control unit-receiver 9 5 In steering column cover
Intermittent dwell time controller 8 2 In steering column cover
I
PGM-FI main relay 16 7 Under left side of dash
Steering angle sensor 11 5 In steering column cover TYPES
Windshield wiper/washer switch 7 8 In steering column cover
C302 5 20 Under left side of dash Left engine compartment wire
harness (see page 22-(2)
harness (see page 22-(2)
(see page 22-56)
22-48 BACK
r--:'I
l!!:.I
(Continues to right branch)
3 8
10
17
11
12
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
(cont'd)
BACK 22-49
Connector to Harness Index (co nt'd)

Dashboard Wire Harness B (Right branch) ('02-03 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities location Connects to NotBS

Air mix control motor 11 5 Under right side of dash
Blower motor 10 2 Under right side of dash
Climate control unit connector A 18 12 Under middle of dash
Climate control unit connector B 20 20 Under middle of dash
Data link connector (DLC) 15 16 Under right side of dash '02 model
Evaporator temperature sensor 12 2 Under right side of dash
Fan control module 14 8 Under right side of dash
Mode control motor 19 10 Under left side of dash
Navigation display unit connector A 21 5 Under middle of dash
connector J (see page 22-94)
Power transistor 7 5 Behind right kick panel
Recirculation control motor 6 5 Under right side of dash
Trunk lid opener main switch 13 2 Under right side of dash
C203 5 20 Under right side of dash Right engine compartment TYPES
C203 5 12 Under right side of dash Right engine compartment PREMIUM
(see page 22-56)
C403 16 4 Under middle of dash Front accessory power socket
C404 2 2 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '03 model
(see Daae 22-56)
G401 17 Under middle of dash Body ground via dashboard
-----~-
- -- -- - - - - ~
---- wire hame~s B --- ~.
- - -~
22-50 BACK
~
~
(Continues to left branch)
DASHBOAR o WIRE HARNESS B
PASSENGER'S
~afll~if~~BOX
21
20
19
18
9
10
BACK 22-51

Dashboard Wire Harness A ('99-01 Models)
Audio unit connector A 35 12 Behind audio unit
Audio unit connector B 36 20 Behind audio unit
Clock 22 5 Behind middle of dash
Cruise control unit 15 14 Behind left side of dash
Cruise control main switchfTCS switch 7 8 Behind instrument panel
Dash lights brightness controller 5 6 Behind instrument panel
Driver's seat heater switch 42 6 Behind middle of dash
connector I (see page 22-93)
Equalizer unit 44 14 Under middle of dash
Gauge assembly connector A 12 30 Behind gauges
Gauge assembly connector B 13 14 Behind gauges
Gauge assembly connector C 14 18 Behind gauges
Glove box light 32 2 Behind glove box
Hazard warning switch 18 10 Behind middle of dash
In-car temperature sensor 16 2 Behind middle of dash
Moonroof switch 8 6 Behind instrument panel
Mode switch 41 8 Middle of floor '99 model
Mode switch 41 10 Middle of floor '00-01 models
Multiplex control unit, driver's 1 22 Behind left kick panel
connector B
Multiplex control unit, passenger's 29 22 Behind left kick panel
connector B
Navigation display unit connector B 23 20 Behind display unit
Passenger's seat heater switch 38 6 Behind middle of dash
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box 31 18 Behind left kick panel
connector H (see page 22-94)
PCM connector A 33 32 Behind middle of dash
PCM connector E 34 12 Behind middle of dash '99 model
PCM connector E 34 20 Behind middle of dash '00-01 models
Select/reset switch 17 5 Under middle of dash
Sunliaht sensor 19 2 Behind middle of dash - - - - - --
BACK
22-52
r--:'I
~
24
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A
25
8
-- 26
7
6
5
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX _~..........
28
(cant'd)
BACK 22-53

Dashboard Wire Harness A ('99-01 Models) (cont'd)
C204 26 24 Behind right kick panel Right engine compartment
I
C301 11 18 Behind left side of dash Left engine compartment wire '99 model
C301 11 18 Behind left side of dash Left engine compartment wire '00-01
I
harness (see page 22-40) models
C401 10 14 Behind left side of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-44)
C402 21 14 Behind instrument panel Dashboard wire harness B I
(see page 22-44)
C451 43 2 Middle of floor between seats Shift lock solenoid sub-
C4S2 (Junction connector) 9 20 Behind left kick panel
C4S3 (Junction connector) 20 20 Behind middle of dash
C4S4 (Junction connector) 39 20 Behind middle of dash
CS01 27 10 Behind right kick panel Right side wire harness '99mod~'
(see page 22-66)
CS01 27 14 Behind right kick panel Right side wire harness '00-01 i
(see page 22-66) models I
CSS1 4 18 Behind left kick panel Left side wire harness
(see page 22-62)
C552 3 20 Behind left kick panel Left side wire harness Navigation
(see page 22-62) I
C601 6 7 Behind left kick panel Moonroof wire harness
(see page 22-71)
C6S1 25 2 Behind right kick panel Roof wire harness
i
(see page 22-71)
C801 45 3 Behind middle of dash SRS main harness '99 model
(see page 22-87)
C801 45 8 Behind middle of dash SRS main harness '00-01 I
(see page 22-88) models
C8S1 40 3 Middle of floor between seats Rear accessory power socket
GS01 24 Under middle of dash Body ground via dashboard
wire harness A
GS02 37 Under middle of dash Body ground via dashboard
wire harness A
G503 2 Behind left kick panel Body ground via dashboard
wire harness A
GS04 28 Behind right kick panel Body ground via dashboard
wire harness A
22-54 BACK
24
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A
25
26
DRIVER'S
UNDER·DAS
FUSE/RELAyHBOX
28
2
37
BACK 22-55
Connector to Harness Index (co nt'd)

Dashboard Wire Harness A (Left branch) ('02-03 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connect. to Not.. :
Audio unit connector A 16 12 Behind audio unit I
Audio unit connector B 17 20 Behind audio unit

Clock 12 5 Behind clock
Cruise control unit 8 14 Under middle of dash
Cruise{TCSNSA switch 3 8 Under left side of dash
Dash lights brightness controller 34 6 Under left side of dash
Driver's seat heater switch 24 6 Behind console panel
Equalizer unit 30 14 Under middle of dash
Fog light switch 2 5 Behind left side of dash
Gauge assembly connector A 5 30 Behind gauge assembly
Gauge assembly connector B 6 14 Behind gauge assembly
Gauge assembly connector C 7 18 Behind gauge assembly
Hazard warning switch 11 10 Behind middle of dash Navigation
Hazard warning switch 13 10 Behind middle of dash
In-car temperature sensor 29 2 Behind middle of dash
Lateral acceleration (Lg) sensor 25 3 Under middle of dash TYPES
Memory erase signal (MES) connector 41 2 In driver's fuse/relay box
Moonroof switch 4 6 Behind left side of dash
Mode switch 22 10 Middle of floor
Multiplex control unit, driver's 43 22 Under left side of dash
connector B
Navigation display unit connector B 14 20 Behind navigation display
Passenger's seat heater switch 19 6 Behind console panel
PCM connector A 18 32 Under middle of dash
PCM connector E 28 20 Under middle of dash
Select/reset switch 9 5 Right side of gauge assembly
SRS unit connect.Qr C - - - 27 8 JJnder middle of~ash ___ --- -- ---- - -
22-56 BACK
r--:'I
L::..I
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (left branch)
2
15
43
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
19
21
31
39
(cont'd)
BACK 22-57

Dashboard Wire Harness A (Left branch' ('02-03 Models' (cont'd,
(see page 22-48)
C451 23 2 Under console panel Shift lock solenoid
C452 (Junction connector) 1 20 Behind left side of dash
C453 (Junction connector) 10 20 Under middle of dash
C454 (Junction connector) 26 20 Under middle of dash
C551 36 22 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness
(see page 22-64)
C552 37 24 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness Navigation
(see page 22-64)
C552 37 13 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness '02 model
(see page 22-64)
C552 37 6 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness '03 model
(see page 22-64)
C556 38 4 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness
(see page 22-64)
C557 42 20 Under left side of dash Driver's door wire harness
(see page 22-73)
C559 40 6 Under left side of dash Left side wire harness '03 model,
(see page 22-64) Navigation
COO1 35 7 Under left side of dash Moonroof wire harness
(see page 22-71)
C801 15 4 Under middle of dash SRS main harness
(see page 22-90)
C851 21 3 Behind rear console Rear accessory power socket
sub-harness (see page 22-86l
G501 20 Under middle of dash Body ground, via dashboard
wire harness A
G502 31 Under middle of dash Body ground, via dashboard
wire harness A
G503 39 Under left side of dash Body ground, via dashboard
wire harness A
22-58 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!::..I
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (left branch)

9
2
15
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
20
42
21
31
(cont'd)
BACK 22-59

Dashboard Wire Harness A (Right branch) ('02·03 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities location Connects to Notes
Glove box light 14 2 Behind glove box
Keyless receiver unit 13 7 Under right side of dash
Multiplex control unit, passenger's 12 22 Under right side of dash
connector B
Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box 6 18 Under right side of dash
connector H (see page 22-94)
Sunlight sensor 1 2 Middle of dash
C402 2 16 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness B
(see page 22-48)
C404 3 2 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness B '03 model
(see page 22-48)
C501 11 20 Under right side of dash Right side wire harness
(see page 22-68)
C502 10 4 Under right side of dash Right side wire harness
(see page 22-68)
C558 8 13 Under right side of dash Passenger's door wire
C651 4 2 Under right side of dash Roof wire harness
(see Daoe 22-71)
G504 9 Behind right side dashboard Body ground, via dashboard
'----- cover - wire harness A
22-60 BACK
r--:'I
I.!:!..I
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (right branch)
- - - - - - - - - PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
14
13
12
BACK
22-61

Left Side Wire Harness ('99-01 Models)
ABS left rear wheel sensor 13 2 Left side of trunk
Driver's door switch 7 1 Left B-pillar
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box 3 10 Left side of kick panel
Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box 4 14 Left side of kick panel
EVAP bypass solenoid valve 12 2 Left side of trunk
EVAP control canister vent shut valve 10 2 Left side of trunk I
EVAP fuel tank pressure switch 11 3 Left side of trunk
Fuel pump /fuel gauge sending unit 19 5 Fuel tank
High mount brake light connector A 20 2 Middle of rear shelf
High mount brake light connector B 22 2 Middle of rear shelf
Left rear door switch 9 1 Left quarter panel I
Navigation service check connector 23 2 Left side oftrunk

Navigation unit connector A 16 12 Left side of trunk
Navigation unit connector B 14 16 Left side of trunk
Navigation unit connector C 18 8 Left side of trunk
Trunk light 21 2 Middle of rear shelf
C551 1 18 Left side of kick panel Dashboard wire harness A
C552 2 20 Left side of kick panel Dashboard wire harness A Navigation
C553 6 10 Under driver's seat Driver's seat wire harness '99 model
(see page 22-78)
C553 6 10 Under driver's seat Driver's seat wire harness '00-01
C554 8 10 Left B-pillar Left rear door wire harness
(see page 22-76)
C555 15 10 Left side of trunk Rear wire harness (see page
22-70)
G551 5 Under driver's seat Body ground via left side wire
harness
G552 17 Left side of trunk Body ground via left side wire
harness
22-62 BACK
r--:'I
I..!::.I
BACK 22-63

left Side Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)
ABS left rear wheel sensor 22 2 Left side of trunk
Driver's door switch 28 1 Left B-pillar
Driver's seat belt tensioner 7 2 Left B-pillar
Driver's seat belt tension reducer 8 2 Left B-pillar
solenoid
Driver' s under-dash fuse/relay box 5 10 Under left side of dash
connector B (see page 22-93) I
EVAP bypass solenoid valve 25 2 Left side of trunk

EVAP control canister vent shut valve 23 2 Left side of trunk
EVAP fuel tank pressure switch 24 3 Left side of trunk
Fuel pump/fuel gauge sending unit 14 5 Fuel tank
High mount brake light connector A 11 2 Middle of rear shelf
High mount brake light connector B 13 2 Middle of rear shelf
Left rear door switch 26 1 Left quarter panel
Navigation service check connector 10 2 Left side of trunk
Navigation unit connector A 15 12 Left side of trunk
Navigation unit connector B 16 16 Left side of trunk
Navigation unit connector C 18 8 Left side of trunk
Trunk light 12 2 Middle of rear shelf
(see page 22-56)
C552 3 24 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A Navigation
(see page 22-56)
C552 3 13 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '02 model
(see page 22-56)
C552 3 6 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '03 '03 model
model (see page 22-56)
C553 29 24 Under driver'S seat Driver's seat wire harness '02 model
(see page 22-80)
C553 29 22 Under driver's seat Driver's seat wire harness '03 model
(see page 22-80)
C554 27 10 Left B-pillar Left rear door wire harness I
(see page 22-76)
C555 20 10 Left side of trunk Rear wire harness (see page
22-70)
C556 2 4 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A I
(see page 22-56)
C559 1 6 Under left side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '03 model,
C560 30 1 Under driver'S seat SRS floor harness (see page '03 model,
22-90) Navigation
C561 19 6 Left side of trunk OnStar system subharness '03 model, I
C562 21 21 Left side of trunk OnStar system subharness '03 model,
C563 9 8 Left C-pillar Moonroof wire harness (see '03 model,
I
pa~e 22-71) Naviaation
G551 31 Under driver's seat Body ground, via left side
wire harness
G552 17 Left side of trunk Body ground, via left side I
w ire harness
22-64 BACK
~
I..!::..I
DRIVER'S 5
~NDER-DASH 6
USE/RELA V BOX 7
8
9
LEFT SIDE WIRE HAR NESS
21
17
BACK
22-65

Right Side Wire Harness ('99·01 Models)
ABS right rear wheel sensor 9 2 Under right side of rear seat
OPDS unit 7 4 Under passenger's seat '00-01
models
Passenger's door switch 5 1 Right B-pillar
Right rear door switch 16 1 Right quarter panel
Stereo amplifier 15 12 Right quarter panel
Window antenna coil connector A 10 1 Middle of rear shelf
Woofer speaker 12 S Middle of rear shelf
CS01 1 10 Behind right kick panel Dashboard wire harness A '99 model
(see page 22-S2)
CS01 1 14 Behind right kick panel Dashboard wire harness A '00-01
(see page 22-S2) models
CS81 4 8 Under passenger's seat Passenger's seat wire harness '99 model
(see page 22-81 )
CS81 4 10 Under passenger's seat Passenger's seat wire harness '00-01
C582 6 10 Right B-pillar Right rear door wire harness
(see page 22-77)
CS83 8 1 Under passenger's seat SRS floor harness (see page '00-01
22-88) models
GS81 3 Under passenger's seat Body ground via right side
wire harness
Rear Window Defogger Wire Harness ('99·01 Models)

Rear window defogger connector A 14 1 Right C-pillar
(+)
Rear window defogger connector B 13 1 Left C-pillar
(-)
Window antenna coil connector B 11 2 Middle of rear shelf
BACK
22-66
~
~
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER WIRE HARNESS
BACK
22-67

Right Side Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)
ABS right rear wheel sensor 14 2 Under right side of rear seat
Front passenger's door switch 10 1 Right B-pillar
Front passenger's side seat belt 12 2 Right B-pillar
tensioner
Front passenger's side seat belt 13 2 Right B-pillar
tension reducer
OPDS unit connector 4 4 Under passenger's seat
Right rear door switch 3 1 Right quarter panel
Stereo amplifier 2 12 Right quarter panel
Window antenna coil connector A 17 1 Middle of rear shelf
Woofer speaker 19 5 Middle of rear shelf
Yaw rate sensor 15 4 Behind right rear quarter trim
(see page 22-56)
(see page 22-56)
CSS1 9 10 Under passenger's seat Passenger's seat wire harness
(see page 22-83)
C582 11 10 Right B-pillar Right rear door wire harness
(see page 22-77)
C583 5 1 Under passenger's seat SRS floor harness (see page
22-90)
G581 16 Under passenger's seat Body ground via right side
------ - - -
wire harness
Rear Window Defogger Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)

Rear window defogger connector A 1 1 Right C-pillar
(+)
Rear window defogger connector B 20 1 Left C-pillar
(- )
Window antenna coil connector B 18 2 Middle~frear shelf - - ---
22-68 BACK
r--:'I
l.!::.I
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER WIRE HARNESS
RIGHT SIDE WIRE HARNESS
17
16
BACK 22-69

Rear Wire Harness
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connactsto Notes
Brake light failure sensor 8 6 Left side of trunk
Left taillight 7 8 Left side of trunk
License plate lights 10 2 Right side of trunk
Right taillight 12 8 Right side of trunk
Trailer lighting connector 6 6 Left side of trunk
Trunk lid latch switch and opener 11 6 Left side of trunk
solenoid
C555 3 10 Left side of trunk Left side wire harness (see '99-01
page 22-62) models
C555 3 10 Left side of trunk Left side harness (see page '02-03
22-64) models
G601 9 Middle of trunk Body ground via rear wire
harness
OnStar System Subharness (03 Model: With Navigation)

OnStar control unit connector A 15 32 Left side of trunk
OnStar control unit connector B 14 32 Left side of trunk
OnStar system interface unit 4 12 Left side of trunk
connector A
OnStar system interface unit 5 16 Left side of trunk
connector B
OnStar system radio frequency 13 25 Left side of trunk
modulator unit
C561 1 6 Left side oftrunk Left side wire harness (see
page 22-64)
C562 2 21 Left side oftrunk Left side wire harness (see
page 22-64)
ONSTAR SYSTEM SUB-HARNESS
15
13
2
12
REAR WIRE HARNESS
22-70
BACK
~
I..!:.I
Roof Wire Harness

Automatic dimming mirror 4 3 Roof
Ceiling light 17 3 Roof
Driver's vanity mirror light 7 2 Roof
Onstar switches and microphone/ 15 16 Rear view mirror '03 model,
automatic dimming inside mirror Navigation
Passenger's vanity mirror light 16 2 Roof
Spotlights 5 3 Roof
C651 13 2 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '99-01
C651 13 2 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness A '02-03
C652 6 8 Roof Moonroof wire harness '03 model,
Navigation
Moonroof Wire Harness

Moonroof close relay 12 5 Behind left kick panel
Moonroof motor 2 2 Roof
Moonroof open relay 11 5 Behind left kick panel
Moonroof position switch 1 4 Roof
C563 3 8 Left C-pillar Left side wire harness (see '03 model,
page 22-64) Navigation
C601 10 7 Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A '99-01
C601 10 7 Behind left kick panel Dashboard wire harness A '02-03
C652 6 8 Roof Roof wire harness '03 model,
Navigation
Shift Lock Solenoid Sub-harness

Shift lock solenoid 9 2 Middle of floor between seats
C451 8 2 Middle of floor between seats Dashboard wire harness A
(see page 22-56)
2 3 4 MOONROOF WIRE HARNESS
12
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

SUB-HARNESS
BACK 22-71

Driver's Door Wire Harness ('99-01 Models)

Driver's door key cylinder switch 4 3 Driver's door
Driver's door lock actuator 1 2 Driver's door
Driver's door lock knob switch 2 3 Driver's door
Driver's door lock switch 8 3 Driver's door
Driver's door speaker 13 2 Driver's door
Driver's power window motor 15 4 Driver's door
connector F (see page 22-93)
connector G (see page 22-93)
Left power mirror actuator 9 6 Driver's door
Multiplex control unit, door connector B 6 2 Driver's door
Multiplex control unit, door connector A 5 20 Driver's door
Power mirror switch 7 10 Driver's door
Security indicator 3 2 Driver's door
C631 12 4 Driver's door Driver's door sub-harness
Driver's DOQr Sub-harness ('99-01 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connectlto Not..

Driver's door courtesy light 16 2 Driver's door
Trunk lid opener switch 14 2 Driver's door
C631 12 4 Driver's door Driver's door wire harness
3 4 5 6 7 8
10
11
----DRiVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
2 \ ,\\,~,,\~ / -I:.~
DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS

DRIVER'S DOOR SUB-HARNESS
22-72 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
Driver's Door Wire Harness ('02-03 Models'

Connector or Terminll Ref Clvltles Locltion Connects to Notes
Driver's door key cylinder switch 4 3 Driver's door
Driver's door lock actuator 1 2 Driver's door
Driver's door lock knob switch 2 3 Driver's door
Driver's door lock switch 9 3 Driver's door
Driver's door speaker 17 2 Driver's door
Driver's power window motor 19 6 Driver's door
Driver's undercdash fuse/relay box 15 18 Under left side of dash
connector G (see page 22-93)
Driving position memory switch 10 10 Driver's door
Left power mirror actuator 11 13 Driver's door
Multiplex control unit, door connector A 5 20 Driver's door
Multiplex control unit, door connector B 7 2 Driver's door
Power mirror switch 8 13 Driver's door
Power window control unit 12 18 Driver's door
Security indicator 3 2 Driver's door
(see page 22-56)
C631 16 6 Driver's door Driver's door sub-harness
C632 (Junction connector) 6 20 Driver's door '03 model
Driver's Door Sub-harness ('02-03 Models'

Connedat' or Terminal Ref Clvities Location Connects to Notes
Driver's door counesy light 20 2 Driver's door
Trunk opener switch 18 2 Driver's door
C631 i6 6 Driver's door Driver's door wire harness
8 9 10
11
12
14
15
2 DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS
BACK 22-73

Front Passenger's Door Wire Harness ('99·01 Models)

Passenger's door courtesy light 9 2 Passenger's door i
Passenger's door key cylinder switch 6 3 Passenger's door
Passenger's door lock actuator 8 2 Passenger's door I
Passenger's door lock knob switch 7 3 Passenger's door
Passenger's door lock switch 4 3 Passenger's door
I
Passenger's door speaker 11 2 Passenger's door
Passenger's power window motor 10 2 Passenger's door
Passenger's power window switch 5 6 Passenger's door
Right power mirror actuator 3 6 Passenger's door
C701 12 22 Passenger's door jamb area Front passenger's door
sub-harness
Front Passenger's Door Sub·harness ('99·01 Models)

C701 12 22 Passenger's door jamb area Front passenger's door wire
harness
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS
FRONT PASSENGER'S
DOOR SUB·HARNESS
l'- ?'OI,i. --::1' /J I 8
PASSENGER'S
UNDER·DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
BACK
22-74
r--:'I
I..!!!!:..I
Front Passenger's Door Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)

Front passenger's door courtesy light 9 2 Front passenger's door
Front passenger's door key cylinder 6 3 Front passenger's door
switch
Front passenger's door lock actuator 8 2 Front passenger's door
Front passenger's door lock knob 7 3 Front passenger's door
switch
Front passenger's door lock switch 4 3 Front passenger's door
Front passenger's door speaker 11 2 Front passenger's door
Front passenger's power window 10 2 Front passenger's door
motor
Front passenger's power window 5 6 Front passenger's door
switch
Right power mirror actuator 3 13 Front passenger's door
(see page 22-56)
C701 12 22 Front passenger's door jamb area Front passenger's door
sub-harness
Front Passenger's Door Sub·harness ('02·03 Models)

C701 12 22 Front passenger's door jamb area Front passenger's door wire
harness
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS
~/;
PASSENGER'S
UNDER·DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
7
13
8
BACK 22-75

Left Rear Door Wire Harness
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connactsto Notes
Left rear door lock actuator 5 2 Left rear door
Left rear door lock knob switch 6 3 Left rear door
Left rear door speaker 4 2 Left rear door
Left rear power window motor 1 2 Left rear door
Left rear power window switch 2 6 Left rear door
C554 3 10 Left rear door Left side wire harness (see '99-01
page 22-62) models
C554 3 10 Left rear door Left side wire harness (see '02-03
oaoe 22-64) -- models
1 2
LEFT REAR DOOR

WIRE HARNESS
22-76 BACK
r--:'I
I..:!!!...I
Right Rear Door Wire Harness

Right rear door lock actuator 4 2 Right rear door
Right rear door lock knob switch 3 3 Right rear door
Right rear door speaker 6 2 Right rear door
Right rear power window motor 5 2 Right rear door
Right rear power window switch 2 6 Right rear door
C582 1 10 Right rear door Right side wire harness (see '99-01
page 22-66) models
C582 1 10 Right rear door Right side wire harness (see '02-03
JlruLe 22-68) models
1 2
RIGHT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS

6 5
BACK 22-77

Driver's Seat Wire Harness (S-way Adjustable) ('99 Modell
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Not..
Driver's seat belt switch 9 2 Under driver's seat
Driver's seat heater 7 3 Under driver's seat
Driver's power seat adjustment switch 4 6 Left side of driver's seat
connector A
connectorB
Front up-down motor 5 4 Under driver's seat
Recline motor 1 2 Under driver's seat
Rear up-down motor 8 4 Under driver's seat
Slide motor 6 2 Under driver's seat
C553 3 10 Left side of driver's seat Left side wire harness (see
page 22-621
DRIVER'S SEAT WIRE HARNESS

IS-way Adjustable)
22-78 BACK
r--:'I
l!!!:..I
Driver's Seat Wire Harness (S-way Adjustable) ('00-01 Models)

Driver's power seat adjustment switch 4 6 Left side of Driver's seat
connector A
Driver's power seat adjustment switch 2 6 Left side of Driver's seat
connector B
Driver's seat belt switch 9 3 Under Driver's seat
Driver's seat heater 7 4 Under Driver's seat
Front up-down motor 5 4 Under Driver's seat
Rear up-down motor 8 4 Under Driver's seat
Recline motor 1 2 Under Driver's seat
C553 3 10 Under driver's seat Left side wire harness (see
Dage 22-62)

IS-way Adjustable'
BACK 22-79

Driver's Seat Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)
connector A
connector B
Driver's seat belt switch 13 3 Under driver's seat
Driver's seat heater 5 4 Under driver's seat
Front up-down motor 4 5 Under driver's seat
Power seat control unit connector A 8 20 Under driver's seat
Power seat control unit connector B 9 8 Under driver's seat
Power seat control unit connector C 10 12 Under driver's seat
Power seat control unit connector D 11 6 Under driver's seat
Rear up-down motor 14 5 Under driver's seat
Recline motor 1 6 Under driver's seat
Slide position sensor 12 3 Under driver's seat
C553 3 24 Under driver's seat Left side wire harness (see '02
page 22-64) model
C553 3 22 Under driver's seat Left side wire harness (see '03
oaoe 22-641 mode!
.-
12
9 8 7
22-80 BACK
r--:'I
L=!..I
Passenger's Seat wire Harness (4-way Adjustable) ('99 Modell

Passenger's power seat adjustment 4 6 Right side of passenger's seat
switch c.o nnector A
switch connector B
Passenger's seat heater 5 3 Under passenger's seat
Recline motor 1 2 Under passenger's seat
Slide motor 6 2 Under passenger's seat
C581 3 8 Right side of passenger's seat Right side wire harness (see
Dace 22-66)
PASSENGER'S SEAT WIRE HARNESS

(4-way Adjustable)
2 6
5
4
BACK 22-81

Passenger's Seat Wire Harness (4-way Adjustable) ('00-01 Models)
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connec:tsto Notes
switch connector A
switch connector B
Passenger's seat belt switch 7 3 Under passenger's seat
Passenger's seat heater S 4 Under passenger's seat
Recline motor 1 2 Under passenger's seat
Slide motor 3 2 Under passenger's seat
CSS1 6 10 Right side of passenger's seat Right side wire harness (see
-'!i1ge 22-66)
PASSENGER'S SEAT WIRE HARNESS

(4-way Adjustablel
2
6
3
4
22-82 BACK
~
I.!!!:..I
Front Passenger's Seat Wire Harness ('02-03 Models)

Front passenger's power seat 4 6 Right side of front passenger's seat
adjustment switch connector A
Front passenger's power seat 6 6 Right side of front passenger's seat
adjustment switch connector B
Front passenger's seat belt switch 1 3 Under front passenger's seat
Front passenger's seat heater 3 4 Under front passenger's seat
Recline motor 7 2 Under front passenger's seat
Slide motor 2 2 Under front passenger's seat
C581 5 10 Under front passenger's seat Right side wire harness (see
oaoe 22-68)
FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT

3 WIRE HARNESS
BACK 22-83

Ignition Switch Lead
Location Connect. to
Behind left kick panel
AfT Sub-harness ('00-03 Models)

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connect. to Notes
AfT fluid temperature sensor 2 2 Left side of engine compartment
Third clutch pressure switch 3 1 On transmission housing
I
C151 4 8 On transmission housing Engine wire harness (see I
oaoe22-22)
G151 5 On transmission housing Body ground via AfT
sub-harness
22-84 BACK
r--:'I
~
IGNITION SWITCH LEAD
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY
BOX
A/T SUB-HARNESS
2
3
BACK
22-85

Front Accessory Power Socket Sub-harness
Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Note:

Coin pocket light 1 2 Under middle of dash
Front accessory power socket 2 2 Under middle of dash
C403 3 2 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B '99 mOvt
(see page 22-44)
C403 3 4 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire harness B '00-03
~~--- -- ~~ L. . -~- ---- - -_.. _----- -- - . ~
- Usee page 22-48) models
Rear Accessory Powe, Socket Sub-harness

Console box light 5 2 Behind console box
Rear accessory power socket 6 2 Behind console box
CB51 4 3 Behind console box Dashboard wire harness A '99-01
CB51 4 3 Behind console box Dashboard wire harness A '02-03
- ~
\Q
c=;
2
3
-\
~
FRONT ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
SUB-HARNESS
5
___ REAR ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET
6 SUB-HARNESS
22-86 BACK
r--:'I
I.!:..I
SRS Main Harness ('99 Model)

connector N (see page 22-93)
Front passenger's airbag assembly 2 2 Behind glove box
Memory erase signal (MES) connector 6 2 Under left side of dash
SRS unit 4 18 Middle of floor
C801 1 3 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see cage 22-52)
G801 3 Middle of floor Body ground via SRS main
harness
SRS MAIN HARNESS
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY
BOX
BACK
22-87

SRS Main Harness ('0().()1 Models)
.
Front passenger's airbag assembly 7 4 Behind glove box
I
SRS memory erase signal (MES) 2 2 Behind left kick panel
connector
SRS unit connector B 4 1a Middle offloor
SRS unit connector C 11 a Middle offloor I
C801 6 a Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness A
(see DaDe 22-52)
Ga01 14 Middle of floor Body grouhd via SRS main
harness I
SRS Floor Harness ('00-01 Models)

Driver's side airbag inflator 12 2 Under driver's seat
Driver's side impact sensor 13 4 Left side of floor
Front passenger's side airbag inflator 9 2 Under front passenger's seat
Front passenger's side impact sensor 10 4 Right side of floor
SRS unit connector A 5 14 Middle offloor
C583 a 1 Under middle of dash Right side wire harness
(see Dace 22-66)
22-88 BACK
~
L.::..I
SRS MAIN HARNESS 6
1---4--.
BACK 22-89

SRS Main Harness ('02-03 Models)
Front passenger's airbag assembly 5 4 Under middle of dash
SRS unit connector B 1 18 Under middle of dash
C801 4 4 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness A
G801 6 Under middle of dash Body ground via SRS main
harness
SRS Floor Harness ('02-03 Models)

Driver's side airbag inflator 15 2 Under driver's seat
Driver'S side impact sensor 17 4 Left B-pillar
Front passenger's side airbag inflator 10 2 Under front passenger's seat
Front passenger's side impact sensor 7 4 Right B-pillar
SRS unit connector A 2 14 Under middle of dash
I
C560 16 1 Under driver's seat Left side wire harness '03 model
NavigatIon
C583 12 1 Under front Dassenaer's seat Riaht side wire harness I
Dashboard Wire Harness A (SRS branch) ('02-03 Models)

Memory erase signal (MES) connector 20 2 Under left side of dash
SRS unit connector C 3 8 Under middle of dash
C801 - - ~
4_ - 4 _ Under middle of dash SRS main harness
Left Side Wire Harness (SRS branch) ('02-03 Models)

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes I
Driver'S seat belt tensioner 14 2 Left B-piller
Driver's seat belt tension reducer 13 2 Left B-piller
solenoid I
C560 16 1 Under driver's seat SRS floor harness '03 model, I
Naviaation
Right Side Wire Harness (SRS branch) ('02-03 Models)

Front passenger's seat belt tensioner 8 2 Right B-piller
Front passenger's seat belt tension 9 2 Right B-piller
reducer solenoid
OPDS unit 11 4 Under front passenger's seat
C583 _ _ _tL -~
1 _ UnQer froDt Dassenger's seat SRS floor harness
22-90 BACK
r--:'I
~
14
BACK 22-91
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index

Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box
Socket Ref Terminal Connects to

A 15 18 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
AlC compressor clutch relay 3 4
B 14 7 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
Blower motor relay 11 4
C 13 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
Condenser fan relay 1 4
D 12 16 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
Diode 9 -
ELD Unit 4 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
Horn relay 10 4
Headlight relay 1 7 4
Headlight relay 2 8 4
Radiator fan relay 2 4
T1 6 BattE!!Y positive cable (see page 22-17)
J1Q1_- 5 Engine wire !larness(see page 22-181. ____ . _ ..
1 2 3
4
12
11
13
9
"' I I ,'---' '---'
49~
W 50
) J LS I1Ilr--14
~§Ih ~ 111*--15
8- -
r1 r1
43 44
WL..JW
45
r1
22-92 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:.I
Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

A 11 10 Left side wire harness (see page 22-62)
B 3 14 Left side wire harness (see page 22-62)
C 10 5 Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-38)
D 7 -- Not used
Diode 1 -- Driver's door curtesy light
Diode 2 -- Not used
E 4 20 Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-38)
F 9 6 Driver's door wire harness (see page 22-72)
G 8 18 Driver's door wire harness (see page 22-72)
H 5 6 Not used
I 13 18 Dashboard wire harness A (see page 22-52)
J 12 2 Multiplex control inspection connector
K 14 18 Dashboard wire harness A (see page 22-52)
L 23 -- Not used
M 15 6 Ignition switch lead (see page 22-84)
Multiplex control unit, driver's, 6 24 (Plugs directly into the fuse box)
connector A
N 22 2 SRS main harness (see page 22-87)
a 21 20 Dashboard wire harness B (see page 22-44)
P 16 7 Dashboard wire harness B (see page 22-44)
Q 17 22 Dashboard wire harness B (see page 22-44)
R 26 1 Optional connector
Reverse relay 19 4
S 27 1 Optional connector
Starter cut relay 18 4
T 24 1 Optional connector
Turn signal/hazard relay 20 4
U 25 1 Ootional connector
26 27 12
25
13
14
2
3
15
16
8
I 17
22
DD
21
7 6
20 19 18
BACK
22-93
Fuse/Relay Boxes
Connector to Fuse/Relay Box Index (cont'd)

Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

A 10 20 Right side wire harness (see page 22-66)
Accessory power socket relay 15 4
B 4 4 Roof wire harness (see page 22-71)
C 9 18 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
0 5 3 Right engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-30)
Diode 1 -- Not used
Diode 2 -- Not used
Diode 3 -- Passenger's door curtesy light
E 8 2 Passenger's door wire harness (see page 22-74)
F 7 20 Passenger's door wire harness (see page 22-74)
G 6 -- Not used
H 18 18 Dashboard wire harness A (see page 22-52)
I 12 18 Dashboard wire harness A (see page 22-52)
J 17 16 Dashboard wire harness B (see page 22-44)
K 13 16 Dashboard wire harness B (see page 22-44)
Multiplex control unit, passenger's, 11 24 (Plugs directly into the fuse box)
connector A
Power window relay 14 4
Rear window defogger relav 16 - 4 ~ --- - - --~
-~~
-~
nnnnnnnn
8 7 6 5 432 1
10 I" UUUUUU~'
nnnnnnnn
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 2
uuuuuuuu ~3
II II .... 11
DOD
III
4
18 ~l ~) j) ~12
- 5
9""""""-
II I 1rr-- IL J"""-' -- ...,...1 13
8 6
7 16 15 14
22-94 BACK
r--:'I
~
Under-hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box ('02-03 Models)

A 4 2 Left engine compartment wire harness (see page 22-42)
ABS pump motor relay 2
B 3 3 Left enaine comoartment wire harness (see page 22-42)
T5 1 Starter cable
4 3 2
BACK
22-95
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index

Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box
Fuse Amps Wire Color Component(s) or Circuit(s) Protected

Number
41 120A -- Batterv. Power distribution
42 60A WHT Ignition switch (BAT)
43 20A RED/GRN Right headlight Daytime running lights control unit (Canada)
44 -- -- Not used
45 20A RED/YEL High beam indicator light, Left headlight, Daytime running lights control unit (Canada), High beam
cut relayJCanadl!l
46 15A WHT/GRN Data link connector (DLC). PGM-FI main rel~
47 20A WHT/YEL ABS/TCS control unit * 2, Brake lights, Cruise control unit, High mount brake light, Horns, Ignition
kev light Kev interlock solenoid Multiplex control unit driver's VSA control unit * 1
48 20A GRN" VSA modulator unit (via VSA relay)
BLU" ABS/TCS modulator unit (via TCS relay)
49 15A WHT/GRN Hazard warning lights
50 20A PNK" VSA control unit (via VSA throttle motor relill
51 40A WHT/BLU No.1 7 8 15 and 16 fuses (in the passenger's under-dash fuswel~bo>Q
52 20A BLU/RED Fog lights
53 40A WHT/GRN Rear window defogger (via rear window defogger relay in the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay
box)
54 40A VEL No.9 10 11 12 and 13 fusesjin the~assenger's under-dash fuswelqyboxl
55 40A VEL/GRN No.2 3 4 5 and 6 fuses~n the~assel'lRer's under-dash fuse/rel~bo>Q
56 40A VEL/BLK Blower motor
57 30A" BLU/BLK Fan control relav. Radiator fan motor
20A" Radiator fan motor
58 30A" BLU/YEL Condenser fan motor
WHT No. 14 fuse (in the~asseoger's under-dash fuse/rel~box)
20A" BLU/YEL Condenser fan motor
WHT Fan control module
RED Compressor clutch
59 15A RED/GRN AfT gear position console light, Audio unit, Climate control unit, Clock, Cruise mainNSA (or TCS)
switch light, Dash light brightness controller, Gauge lights, Glove box light, Hazard warning light,
License plate light, Multiplex control units, Mode switch light, Moonroof switch light, Navigation
display and unit, Parking lights, Seat heater switch light, Side marker lights, Select/reset switch light,
Taillights Vanity mirror lights __ __
* 1: TYPE S
*2: PREMIUM
',_L 3
1k 11 I
DOD;",
CSSJ CS9] :2
/4
~
D~ I~ ~5
10. II ~~~J~
[e] ___ 6
~~~]411~
9. T-l~~~ x
n
~~
n n n
~_~
46 4748
L.J L..J L.J
8- III .-----. n n r1
7
~,
--B~~
• : Spare fuse
BACK
22-96
r--:'I
I.!!!!.I
Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Number
1 lSA RED/WHT PGM-FI main relay
RED/WHT SRS unit (VA)
orGRN
2 lOA PNKor SRS unit (VB)
GRN
3 7.SA BlK/YEl AlC compressor clutch relay, Blower motor relay, Climate control unit, Fan control module, Fan
control relay * 6 Rear window defoaaer relay, Recirculation control motor
4 7.SA VEl/BlK ABS/TCS control unit, Power mirror actuators, Power mirror defoggers, Seat heater relay, BSC
control unit
Fuse/relay Optional connector
box socket
5 7.5A VEl/RED Daytime runnina liahts control unit (Canada)
6 15A BlK/YEl Alternator, Charging system light, Cruise control main switch, Cruise control unit, ElD unit, Engine
mount control solenoid valve, EVAP bypass solenoid valve, EVAP canister vent shut valve, EVAP
canister purge valve,Fan control module, Gauge assembly, PCM, Primary and secondary heated
oxyaen sensors Intake manifold runner control, IMRC module * 6 VSA control unit * 6
7 7.5A VEl/GRN Multiplex control unit, driver's * 1, OPDS unit * 3, OnStar control unit * 5 (with Navigation) Shift lock
relay_* 1 Windshield washer motor * 1
8 7.5A VEl/BlK Accessory power socket relay, Navigation display and unit, Navigation relay * 3, Shift lock solenoid,
OnStar control unit * 5 (with Naviaation)
Fuse/relay Optional connector
box socket
9 7.5A VEL AfT reverse relay, Automatic dimming mirror, Back-up lights * 2, Brake light failure sensor, Tension
reducer solenoid * 4, Clock, DRl indicator light (Canada), Gauge assembly, Keyless receiver unit * 4,
Multiplex control unit, passenger's, Power seat control unit * 4, Shift lock relay * 3, OnStar switches
and microohone/automatic dimmina mirror * 5 (with Naviaation)
Fuse/relay Multiplex control unit, driver's
box socket
10 7.5A VEl/RED Hazard warning switch
11 15A BlK/YEl Ignition coils
12 30A GRN/BlK Windshield wiper/washer switch, Windshield wiper intermittent relay, Windshield wiper motor,
Windshield washer motor * 3 Multiolex control unit driver's * 3
13 7.5A BlU/ORN PCM PGM-FI main relay
* 1: 99 model
* 2: '99-01 models
* 3: '00-03 models
* 4: '02-03 models
* 5: '03 model
*6:TYPE S
11
7 6
(cont'd)
BACK 22-97
Power Distribution
Fuse to Components Index (cont'd)

Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box

Number
1 30A" GRN" Moonroof relays
20A" GRN/WHr' Power window control unit
2 20A RED Driver's power seat recline motor and rear up-down motor * 2 Power seat controlo unit * 4
3 20A WHT/GRN Driver's and Dassenaer's seat heaters
4 20A BLU Driver's Dower seat slide motor and front uD-down motor * 2 Driver's Dower seat control unit * 4
5 20A RED Front DaSSenQer's Dower seat slide motor Multiplex control unit DaSSenQer's * 4
6 20A WHT/RED Front passenQer's Dower seat recline motor
7 20A WHT/YEL Power window control unit * 4, Left rear power window switch, Moonroof relays, Multiplex
control unit door * 4
8 20A BLU/BLK Front DaSSenQer's Dower window switch
9 20A WHT/GRN Audio unit Front and rear accessory Dower sockets Stereo amDlifier
10 10A RED/YEL NaviQation disDlav and unit CnStar control unit * 5 (with NaviQation)
RED/BLU Daytime runninQ liQhts control unit (Canada)
11 7.5A WHT/BLU Ceiling light Courtesy light Power seat control unit * 4 SDotliQhts Trunk liQht
12 20A WHT Trunk lid opener solenoid
Fuse/relay Multiplex control unit, passenger's
box socket
13 7.5A WHT/YEL" Climate control unit, Clock, Gauge assembly, Immobilizer indicator light, Multiplex control units,
WHT/RED" driver'S and door, PCM (VBU), Security indicator light, Power window control unit, Fan control
module DrivinQ Dosition memory switch * 4 Keyless receiver unit * 4
Fuse/relay Multiplex control unit, passenger's
box socket
14 7.5A GRN AlC comDressor clutch * 6
15 20A" GRNIWHr' Driver's Dower w indow motor Power window control unit
30A" GRN" Moonroof relays
16 20A WHT/BLK Right rear power window switch
* 1: '99 model
* 2: '99-01 models
* 3: '00-03 models
* 4: '02-03 models
* 5: '03 model
* 6: TYPE S
1
2
3
8 6
22-98
BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!!:.I
Under-hood ABS Fuse/Relay Box 1'02-03 Models'
Fuse Amps Wire Color Componentls' or Circuitls' Protected

Number
61 40A -- ABS oumo motor
62 20A WHT/GRN ABS pump motor relay, Fail safe relay, TCS relay, VSA relay * 1, ABSITCS modulator unit, VSA
modulator unit * 1
63 7.SA GRN VSA control unit ABSITCS control unit
*1:TYPES
BACK 22-99
Ground Distribution
Ground to Components Index
Ground Component or Circuit Grounded

G1 Battery, Transmission housing
G2 Engine block
G101, PCM (PG 1 and PG2 are BlK; lG 1 and lG2 are BRN/YEl)
and BlK: EGR valve, lAC valve, Ignition coils, PGM-FI main relay, Radiator fan switch A (PREMIUM),
G102 Radiator fan switch A and B (TYPE S), Transmisson range switch
('00-03 BRN/YEl: Data link connector (DlC), Immobilizer receiver unit, VTEC oil pressure switch
Models) Shift control solenoid valves ('99 model), VSS (with navigation) ('99 model)
Shielding between the PCM and these components have BRN/YEl ('99 model: BRN/BlK) wires: CKP/
TDC sensor ('99 model), CYP sensor ('99 model), CKP sensor, Knock sensor (KS), Primary and
secondary H02S, TDC 1/2 sensors
G151 lock-up control solenoid valve, Shift control solenoid valve A, Shift control solenoid valve B, Shift
control solenoid valve C
G201 Condenser fan motor ('99-01 models), Hood switch ('99-01 models), Keyless buzzer ('00-01 models),
Right headlight (low beam), Right front turn signal/parking lights, Right side marker light, Right fog
light, Windshield washer fluid level switch (Canada), Windshield washer motor
G202 ABS fail-safe relay, Blower motor relay, Cruise control actuator, ElD unit, Fan control relay (TYPE S),
Keyless buzzer ('02-03 models), Power steering pressure (PSP) switch, VSA control unit (TYPE S),
Navigation relay ('99 model)
G203 ABS pump motor, ABS/TCS modulator unit (PREMIUM), VSA control unit (TYPE S)
G204 Condensor fan motor ('02-03 models)" Radiator fan motor ('02-03 models), Radiator fan switch C
(TYPE S), Security hood switch ('02-03 models)
G301 left headlight (low beam), left side marker light, left fog light, left front turn signal/parking lights
G302 Brake fluid level switch, Seat heater relay, Security horn ('99 model), Shift lock relay, Windshield wiper
intermittent relay, Windshield wiper motor, Intake manifold runner control (lMRC) module (TYPE S)
G401 Climate control unit, Combination light switch (2 wires), Data link connector (DlC), Daytime running
lights control unit (Canada) (2 wires), Driver's door key cylinder switch, Driver's door lock switch,
Driver's door lock knob switch, Driving position memory switch, Fan control module, Front accessory
power socket, Ignition key switch, Multiplex control units, driver's and door, Multiplex control
inspection connector, Power transistor, Turn signal/hazard relay, Windshield wiper/washer switch
G402 ABS/TCS control unit (PREMIUM), VSA control unit (TYPE S) (4 wires)
G403 ABS/TCS control unit (PREMIUM) (2 wires), VSA control unit (TYPE S) (4 wires)
G501 AfT gear position indicator panel light, Clock, Console box light, Cruise/TCSNSA switch light, Cruise !
control unit, Fuel gauge sending unit, Gauge assembly (2 wires), Glove box light, Keyless receiver
unit, Mode switch, Moonroof switch and relays, Navigation display unit, Parking pin switch, Rear
.
accessoryQower socket, Seat heater switches, Select/reset switch
'99 model: Shielding between the audio unit and navigation unit have BRN/WHT (dashboard wire
harness A) and BRN/YEl (left side wire harness) wires
('99-02 models) Shielding between audio unit and navigation unit have BRN/WHT wire
G502 Audio unit, Stereo amplifier ('02-03 models)
G503 Driver's power seat control unit, multiplex control unit, driver's, Memory erase signal (MES)
connector
G504 Multiplex control unit, passenger's
G551 Driver's power seat control unit, driver's power seat switch (2 wires), Driver's seat belt switch, Driver's seat heater,
High mount brake light, Navigation unit, left power mirror defogger, left rear door lock knob switch, Multiplex
control unit, door (2 wires), Onstar control unit ('03 model), Power mirror switch, Power window control unit
G552 Fuel pump_ (FP)
G581 Accessory power socket relay, Automatic dimming mirror, Front passenger's power seat switch
('00-03 models) (2 wires), Front passenger's seat belt switch, Front passenger's seat heater, Multiplex
control unit, passenger's, OPDS unit ('00-03 models), Front passenger's door key cylinder switch,
Front passenger's door lock switch, Rear passenger's door lock knob switch, Power window relay,
Right power mirror defogger, Spotlights, Vanity mirror lights
G601 Brake/Taillights, Brake light failure sensor, License plate light, Rear turn signal lights, Trailer lighting
connector, Trunk lid latch switch, Trunk opener solenoid
G801 SRS unit (2 wires)
BACK
22-100
r--:'I
Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box I...:!:..I
Removal and Installation
SRS components are located in this area. Review the 6. Disconnect the driver's or passenger's under-dash
SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures fuse/relay box connectors, and remove the driver's
in the SRS section before performing repairs or or passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
servicing (see page 23-17).
NOTE: The SRS main harness connector is a
Removal spring-loaded lock type (see page 23-17).
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio Installation
and the navigation system, then write down the
frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. 1. Connect the connectors to the driver's or
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then the driver's or passenger' s under-dash fuse/relay
disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 box in the reverse order of removal.
minutes.
2. Install the left or right kick panel and access panel,
3. Remove the driver'S dashboard lower cover (see and the door sill molding.
page 20-65) or the passenger's dashboard lower
cover (see page 20-65). 3. Install the dashboard lower cover.
4. Remove the door sill molding, left or right kick 4. Connect both the negative cable and positive cable
panel (see page 20-55) and left dashboard side to the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the radio
cover (see step 1 on page 20-65) or right dashboard and the navigation system, then enter the
side cover (see step 5 on page 20-67). customer's radio station presets.
5. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the driver's 5. Confirm that all systems work properly.
under-dash fuse/relay box (A) or passenger' s
under-dash fuse/relay box (6) away from the body.
BACK 22-101
Battery
Battery Test
~WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow the
proper procedure, causing serious injury to anyone
nearby. Follow all procedures carefully and keep
sparks and open flames away from the battery.
Use either a JCI or Bear ARBST tester, and follow the

manufacturer's procedures. If you don't have one of
these computerized testers, follow this conventional
test procedure:
1. Be sure the temperature of the electrolyte is

between 70°F (21°C) and 100°F (38°C).
2. Inspect the battery case for cracks or leaks.
• If the case is damaged, replace the battery .•

• If the case looks OK, go to step 3.
3. Check the indicator EYE.
• If the EYE indicates the battery is charged, go to

step 4.
• If the EYE indicates a low charge, go to step 7.
4. Apply a 300 amp load for 15 seconds to remove the

surface charge.
5. Wait 15 seconds, then apply a test load of 280 amps

for 15 seconds.
S. Record battery voltage.
• If voltage is above 9.S volts, the battery is OK . •

• If voltage is below 9.S volts, go to step 7.
7. Charge the battery on High (40 amps) until the EYE

shows the battery is charged, plus an additional 30
minutes. If the battery charge is very low, it may be
necessary to bypass the charger's polarity
protection circuitry.
• If the EYE indicates the battery is charged w ithin

3 hours, the battery is OK .•
• If the EYE indicates the battery is not charged
within 3 hours, replace the battery.•
22-102 BACK
r--:'I
Relays a.=:.J
Power Relay Test
Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the type 1:
test listed for it.
NOTE The turn signal/hazard relay input test
(see page 22-176).
Relay Test
ABS fail-safe relay Normally-open
Accessory power socket relay type A
AlC compressor clutch relay
Condenser fan relay
Fog light relay ('02-03 models)
Headlight relay 1
Headlight relay 2
High beam cut relay (Canada)
Horn relay
Navigation relay ('99 model)
Power window relay
Radiator fan relay
Reverse relay type 2:
Seat heater relay
Security horn relay ('99 model)
Starter cut relay
Taillight relay
TCS relay
VSA relay (TYPE S)
VSA throttle motor relay
(TYPE S)
ABS pump motor relay Normally-open
Blower motor relay, type 1 type B
Blower motor relay, type 2
Rear window defogger relay
Windshield wiper intermittent Five terminal
relay type A
Fan control relay (TYPE S) Five terminal
Moonroof open and close type B
relays
Shift lock relay type 3:
Normally-open type A:
Check for continuity between the terminals .
• There should be continuity between the No.1 and

No.2 terminals when power and ground are
connected to the No.3 and No.4 terminals .
• There should be no continuity between the No.1 and
No.2 terminals when power is disconnected.
1--;---------------------------------------
(cont'd)
BACK 22-103
Relays
Power Relay Test (cont'd)
Normally-open type B: ABS pump motor relay
Check for continuity between the terminals .
• There should be continuity between the No.1 and

No.3 terminals when power and ground are
connected to the No.2 and No.4 terminals .
• There should be no continuity between the No.1 and
No.3 terminals when power is disconnected.
1 2
I-~ - - - --- - - - - - - - -
Blower motor relay, type 1:
3 4
Rear window defogger relay
Blower motor relay, type 2:
22-104 BACK
~
I..!::.I
Five-terminal type A: Five-terminal type B:
Check for continuity between the terminals. Check for continuity between the terminals.
• There should be continuity between the No.1 and • There should be continuity between the No. 1 and
No.2 terminals when power and ground are No.2 terminals when power and ground are
connected to the No.3 and No.5 terminals. connected to the NO.3 and No.5 terminals.
• There should be continuity between the No.2 and • There should be continuity between the No.1 and
No.4 terminals when power is disconnected. No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected.
~
3
5
... . . . .1J
1
2
4
5 1
Windshield wiper intermittent relay • Fan control relay

• Moonroof open and close relays
• Shift lock relay
BACK 22-105
Ignition Switch
Test
SRS components are located in this area. Review the 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures switch position according to the table.
in the SRS section before performing repairs or service
(see page 23-17). \ Terminal WHT/ BLK/ BLK/
BLK WHT VEL VEL WHT
Position \ (ACC) (BAT) (lG1) (lG2) (ST)
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio
and the navigation system, then write down the o (LOCK)
frequencies for the radio's preset buttons. I (ACC) " "
iliON) ~ ....()
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable. III (START) ~ ~
3. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page 20- 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table,
65) replace the ignition switch.
4. Disconnect the 6P connector from the driver's 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft
under-dash fuse/relay box. code for the radio and the navigation system, then
enter the customer's radio station presets.
L.. , BLK/WHT
Wire side offemale

terminals
22-106 BACK
r--:'I
I...:!!..I
Replacement
SRS components are located in this area. Review the

SRS component locations, precautions, and procedures
(see page 23-17).
1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the

radio and the navigation system, then write down
the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons.
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
3. Remove the steering column covers

(see page 17-27)
4. Insert the ignition key, and turn it to "0".
5. Remove the screws (A), and replace the electrical

switch (B).
6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal.
7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft

codes for the radio and the navigation system, then
BACK
22-107
Gauges
Component Location Index
SELECTIRESET SWITCH
Test, page 22-128
GAUGE ASSEMBLV
Gauge Bulb Replacement, page 22-126
Replacement, page 22-128
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

page 8-4
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE SENDING UNIT
('99 model)
page 10-7 VEHICLE SPEED PULSE SENSOR (VSP) (Navigation)
('99 model)
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Replacement, page 22-433
22-108 BACK
r:'I
~
CONNECTORB CONNECTORC CONNECTOR A
SPEEDOMETER
AfT GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
Test, page 22-131
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

FUEL GAUGE
BACK 22-109
Gauges
Circuit Diagram
'99 Model
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/lIELAY BOX IGNTlON SWITCH
+) No~WHT~ BLK/YEL
~
DR1VER'S
UNOER-DASH
No.6 No.9 FUSE/RELAY
IlSAI (7.5AI BOX
PASSENGER'S
IJN)£R-OASH
r
FUSE/RElAY BOX
BLKcm YEL
: " -" l r " -
• DAYTIME .
1 r~r«l i
:n
No.4!i
; CON11!Ol • • I20AI
1 UMT i<:=:>1
y; iY
i; T.!
L ..
;
(CIrIIdII
.. ~
FUSE
REDlYEL
'.;d .... .
(USAI B12 r,1 (~~ ) A17
I
iC7 GAUGE ASSEMBLY
,l-9
1i ;
; B6 1
IIGH IMMOBIUZEA ORL

BEAM INDICATOR INDICATOR
N>lCATOR lIGHT UOHT
lIGHT (1.4WI I1.4WJ
IUWI
Bl B9 All B4 B15
GRN/RED • MUlTJlW( I 81.U/WHT

~ ~ ~ !7
CONTROL UMT.
DRIVER'S IUSAI
• ABS/TCS
CONTROI.UNlT
·
• COMBINATION
lIGHT SWITCH
(USAI
• DAYTlME
RUNNING
lIGHTS
PCM
MULTIPlEX
AllBlNATOR
Y
GRN/REO
I
·•
DAYTIME
RUNNING
lIGHTS
CONTROL
I_ .._
UMT
.. _ .. J
•
•
1
•
.
CONTROl. CONTROl.
UMT UMT. "-" - " -'\
DllMR'S
Y .
GRN ¢>
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
BRAKE
R.OO
l.EVE1.
t
Closed : Pldolpushld SWITCH
( Open : PIdoI releosld ( Closed : Root down )
Open : Root up
PARKING
, BRAKE
SWITCH BLK
L jl
(Conldol "-(USZ G302
22-110 BACK
r--:'I
I..:!!:..I
TURN SlGNALJHAZARI)
MlAY
LEFT RIGHT
GRN
YY U GRN
SRSUNIT
~U
Y 8lU
lEFT TURN
SIGNAl
IJGHTS
GRN 8lU ORN
RIIlIITTURN
SIGNAl
lIGHTS
GAUGE ASSEM8L Y 817 C14 82
ASS
IIIOICATOR
lIGHT
......._---L.., IUWI
SEAT BElT MAlRINCTION res LOW lEFT IIGIIT

MMINDER INDICATOR INDICATOR ENGINE 01. TURN TURN
lIGHT LAMPIMILI lIGHT PMSSURE SIGNAL SIGNAL
IUWI IUWI IUWI INDICATOR INDICATOR INDICATOR
lIGHT lIGHT lIGHT
IUWI SRS IlWl IlWl
INDICATOR
lIGHT
11.4WJ
B14 A30 A29 A14 B16
RED BLU
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT,
DllVER'S
~ ;- YEL/MD
MULTIPlEX
CONTROL
UNIT,
DRMR'S
;-
Y
RED/BLU
PCM ASSITCS
CONTROl.
UNIT
Y
YEL/RED
ASSITCS
CONTROl
UNIT
"f-
YELJRED
ENGINE 01.
, SEAT BElT PRESSURE
SWITCH SWITCH
CIoIId : Unbuddtd
(Open : Buckled )
(Closed :Engines,. )
Open : Engine "",n,no
BIJ(
1
GSSl
(cont'd)
BACK
22-111
Gauges
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)
COMBWA11ON
UGHTSW/TQI
I
RED BLK
A15 GAUGUSSEMBlV
\ A I
I CRUISE DIMMING CIRCUIT I l STABlJZNl POWER CIRCUIT J
from )
( pmious
~:TOR M:g
=~
~~~ ~
Q)~: 100-
lIGHT 13Wx5) , ~ ,
pIgt
IlAW! ~ - ..; ---r-
~
(
"
\..J
1~--4-------r-----~~--------------------------------------~--------
Bl0 A16
"i
Cl0
---
~ ~ ..
CRUISE MUl'!lPlfX
CONTROl CONTROl
UNIT UNIT.
DRIVER'S
..lL.
G501
22-112
BACK
r--:'I
I..:!:!..I
No.13 f7.sA1
PASSENGER'S
FUSE
(~f:9')
GAUGE ASSEMBlY
I
WHT l
C8
MAINTENANCE WASHER
lOW FUEl REQUIRED LEVEl
INDICATOR NlfCATOR
lKlHT =TOR COOlANT
11.4W1 UGHT TEMPERATURE
IU~ IUWI GAUGE
C2 B3
r-"-"l
: ClIMATE BlU • MUlTl'lEX CONTROl
YElIGRN
I~I
UMT, DRIVER'S
• CRUISE CONTROl UNIT
, I
L.. _ .._j
Wllhout Navigllion)
( Syst.m
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
SENDING UNIT
PCM
G501
(cont'd)
BACK 22-113
Gauges
·PCM
• ABSITCS
CONTlIOI.
UMr
Y U
TEST
TACHOMETER
CONNECTOR
BLU
AU GAUGUSS£M8I.Y
ODOITRIP/OIITSIOE AIR SAfETY

TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INDICATOR
BEEPER
MAIN CllCUIT
1Alt 1A18
'-+~'-"l
A2 88 87
YELIJLU
~
CLIMATE
.. 1
WHT RED
1
WHT GRN .
PNK
CONTROL
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT
I
FUEL
GAUGe
SENDING
UMr
UNIT
OIITSIlE
AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
~~~ JI SELECT JIRESET
@..... II
flUID
LEVel
SWITCH
:
YEl/CJ!rj RED
4 SELECTIRESET
SWITCH
I
I
BLK ~ ~ ILK I
I
ClIolATE MUlTl'lfX
1 CONTROl
UNIT
CONTROL
UNIT,
ORNER'S
1 I
I
G501 G501
L.~.2... . fCInIdIl
_ ..'
BACK
22-114
~
1.=.1
'00-01 Models
UNDER-HOOD RISE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCIf
HI--O-'\.J=-~<r'0.:--+-WHT ~ BLK/YEL
~
YL
DRIVER'S
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH
UNDER-DASH No.9 RISE/RELAY
17.5A) BOX
FUSE/RELAY BOX
f"""-'! ;-"-"1
I I i ~~~ i
iy'¢i ;)!y i T,
No.45
12OA) : CONTROL
: RED/YEL ! RED/WHT WHTn VEL

I. .. ...J L.. ..l .. j (To page)
IUSA) B12 ICanlda) B11 22-118 A17 C7 GAUGE ASSEMBLY
HIGH IMMOBILIZER CHARGING

BEAM INDICATOR SYSTEM
INDICATOR LIGHT LIGHT
LIGHT (1.4W) (1.4W)
I1.4W)
B1 B9 A21 B4 B5
PNK • MULTIPLEX
I
~ ~
GRN RED
~
GRN LU
~
CONTROL UNIT,
DRIVER'S IUSA)
• ABStTCS
CONTROL UNIT I
Y i
, COMBINATION PCM ALTERNATOR DAYTIME
LIGHT SWITCH RUNNING
(USA) UGHTS
, DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHTS
CONTROL
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL .. _
GRN RED
.. _ .. _ . )
I_.. _.. _
CONTROL
UNIT
..
UNIT UNIT.
DRIVER'S
GRN RED
Y ¢)
PARKING
BRAKE
BRAKE
FLUID
~
SWITCH LEVEL
SWITCH
(ClOsed : Pedal pushed )
Opon : Pedal relused (Closed : ROIl down )
Open : Aoat up
PARKING
, BRAKE
I
SWITCH
I
- .. - .. - .. ~ .. -ICanadl)
.. j - .. - .. - .. - ..
(USA)
~ G302
(cant'd)
BACK
22-115
Gauges
SRSUNIT
GAUGE ASSEM8lV
I U
817
ASS
INDICATOR
LIGHT
,......--....., fUWl
SI)£ SEAT BELT MAI.fIlM:T1ON TCS LOW

AII8AG REIIIMl£R NlICATOR NlfCATOR ENGINE 01.
NlICATOR LIGHT LAMPfMfU LIGHT PRESSURE
LIGHT f1.4WI fUWI fUWl INDICATOR
fUWl LIGHT
fUWI SRS
INDICATOR
LIGHT
fUWl
I
813 I B14 1A30 I
AlB IA14 I B16
; RED/BLU
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT,
DRMR'S
~ ~
VEL D
MULTlI'LEX
CONTROL
UMT,
DfI\IER'S
;
OPOS
UMT
Y
~LU
PCM ABS/TCS
CONTROL
UNIT
Y
YEL/RED
WITCS
CONTROL
UNIT
YELlRED
~ cr-
,
DIlVER'S
SEAT BELT
m
' PRESSURE
SWITCH SWITCH
~ : Unbuckled )
: Buckled t:: : : Engine stopped
Engin.lllMing )
IIlJ(
1
G551
22-116 BACK
r--:'I
L:!!..I
TURN SlGNAlJHAZARD
RELAY
11FT IIIGIfT
YY
GIIN U GRN L
~
COMBIIIA11ON
LIGHT SWITCH
L!FTTIJRN
SIGNAL
UGHTS
GRN U GRN L
RIGHT TURN
SIGNAL
UGHTS
RED
Y
Cl4 B2 AIS GAUGE ASS£MBLV
GAUGE LIGHT 11.1ZW)
L!FT RIGHT CRUISE

TURN TURN INDICATOR
SIGNAL SIGNAL LIGHT GAUGE LIGHTS 13WlCS)
NHCATOR NlICATOR It.4W)
UGHT LIGHT
I3Wl I3Wl
Bl0 A16 ClO
CRUISE MULTPWt
CONTROL CONTROl.
UNIT UNIT.
ORIYBI'S
0501
(cant'd)
BACK 22-117
Gauges
C~rcuit Diagram (cont'd)
, PCM
, ABS/TCS
CONIlIOL
UNIT
No.13 (7.5A1
PASSENGER'S
RISE
Y U
From
(22-115PIfII)
GAUGE ASSfM8lY
I
WHT
CI A13
SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER
LOWRJEL
INDICATOR
UGIIT
(UWI
MAIN CIRCUIr
C2
1C9
BLUIWHT ,CLIMATE BlJ(
CONTlIOL
~
, MUL1l'I.EX
CONTROL
UNIT,
IlAMR'S
, CRUISE
CONTROL
UNIT
Y
r--:
~ PCM
1
G501
22-118 BACK
r--:'I
~
GAUGE ASSEMBlY
COOlANT OOOfTRl'/OIITSIlE AIR SAfETY

TEMPERATUR£ TEMPERATUR£ DISPlAY NlICATOR
GAUGE FUEL GAUGE
MAINaRCIJlT
B3 A19 A18 88 11 C3
VEL BAN V/HT GRN
PCM CUMATE
CONTROL
UNIT
FUEL
GAUGE
UNIT
FUEL
GAUGE
SENDNl
UMT
OUTSIIE
AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
LIGHTS
1O.84Wx21 :I SELECT
WASHER
FLUIl
LEVEL
SWITCH
SELECTIRESET
SWITCH
~
I
CUAATE
CONTIIOI.
UMT =x I
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
I- I
G501 0501 L.~ .. _ ..I
IConodI)
BACK 22-119
Gauges
'02-03 Models
,UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH
-"'~WKT~
~
BLX/YEl
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RElAY
BDX
$J Na.13
n·5A1 lr.s1 I
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSEJRE1AY
BOX
~S~I_.! ~'!
I No.45 i I =NG i
WKTh
:
:"1:
12OAI.
I FUSE i¢)1 lHT i
,"1:
! ! : ! WKTiRED '
REDLY£l
Ll .. ....i
~
: CONTROl •
RED(WKT
L .. -L .. ....i
w
ITo.,. )
~-m A'7
ti C7 GAUGEASSEMIlY
r.. 1-··~!
! 't.. i
(= )
HIGH MIIDBlUZER OORGNl DII.
BEAM INDICATDR SYSTEM IM*:ATOR
..DlCATDR UIM UGHT lIGHT
UGHT IlAWI IlAWI IlAWI
11.4W1
11 B9 I A21 B4
• MUl11'l£X
.. .,,
-;-
CONTROllNT,
GRN/81.U
;
DRIVER'S IUSAI
~ ~
GRN/RED
·ABS/TCS
CONTROllNT Of
¥SA CONTROl
UNIT
, COMBINATION
lIGHT SWITCH
IUSAI
, DAYT7ME
!'eM AlTERNATDR
? DAYTIIE
RUNNNl
LIGIfTS
__
GRNIRED CONTROl. •
RUNNNl
UGHTS MUl.11'l£X _ .. _ .. _ .. J•
UNIT
CONTROl.
UNIT
CONTROl
UNIT,
.. .. .. _ . )
1C...dal DAMR'S
I
"1 I
PARKING
BRAKE
i
BRAKE
fLUI)
lEVEl
GRNrRN iw SWITCH
Cloud : Podal pushod
( Dpon : Podol rtIoIsod rI SWITCH
Cloud : Float down
(Dpon :FIoatup
'
PMKWG
BRAKE
I
I
1
SWITCH :
I
. I
I~i·-··-··-
· .. _ ..j IUSAJ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. ...: G3G2
22-120 BACK
r--:'I
L::..I
GAUGe ASSEM81.Y
(~ )A~--'-----------'--------------'-----------'--------------~--~
SIIE SEAT BELT MALFUNCTION LOW lRAKE

AllBAG REMINDER INDICATOR ENGWEOII. lAMP
OFf UGHT LAMPtMLl PRESSURE INOI:ATOR
INDICATOR IUW) IUWI NlICATOR LIGHT
UGHT UGIfT II.4WI
IUW) IUWI
113 814 A30 AI4 AI
; RED/ILU
MULTIPlEX
CONTROL
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
'~
YE ED
MULTIPLEX
CONTROl.
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
~
OPDS
UNT
Y
RED/BlU
PCM
Y
Y lRAKEUGHT
FALURE
SfNSOR
REOIBLU YELIJIED
~~ , SEAT BELT
(~: Unbucld.d
Open : Bucldod
ENGINE 01.
PRESSURE
SWITCH
(DOIId :Enginelloppod
Open : Engine running
I
Gal
(cont'd)
BACK
22-121
Gauges
SRSUMT
I GAUGE ASSEMBLV
ASS
INDICATOR
UGKT
IUWl =-1
VSATOR
IUWl
~TOR
UGHT't
~~A11ON
III*:ATOR
IUWl LlGHT'I
IUWI
11& A29 115
~
'ABS/TCS
CONTROL
-;-
ABS/TCS
CONTROL
7
ORN
VSA
CONTNlL
;
VSA
CONTROl
UMT'Z UIIIT'Z UNIT'I UNIT"
, VSA
COHTlIOl
UNT'I
22-122 BACK
r--:'I
~
'I : TYPt:S
'2 :PREMIUM
TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD
RELAY
LEFT RIGHT
YY
GAN IBlU GRN ;vEL
t
LEFT TURN
SIGNAL
UGHTS
GIIN BlU GAN VEL
t
RKlIfTTURN
SIGNAL
UGHTS
TAILUGHT
RELAY
1
C14 B2 AIS GAUGE ASSEMBLY
f>
I CRUISE DIMMING CllCUIT
I STABUZWG POWER CIICUIT
J
(~ '-~
D(
.-,
GAUGE LIGHT (tl2W)
(D ( D
C\
A/TGEAR
POSITION
INDICATOR
DLCD
BACKUGHT
(l.14Wx3)
LEFT
TURN
RIGHT
TURN
CRUISE
CONTROL
\::..,/
GAUGE LIGHTS (3Wri)
BACKLIGHT
(1.14W) ,
, ,
~
~
(TO
nlllt
P." )
SIGNAL
NlK:ATOR
LIGHT
SIGNAL
NltCATOR
LIGHT
IMlICATOR
LIGHT
(UW) C\ -
\::..,/
OWl I3WI
4>
{;>
BID A16 ClO
\
~ ~
RED IX
CRUISE MULTIPLEX
CONTROL CONTROL
UNIT UMT,
DRIVER'S
.... '-
G501
(cant'd)
BACK 22-123
Gauges
• PCM
• AlSITCS
COHIlIOI.
UNTo.
VSA
CONTROL
UNIT
No.13 17.5A1
PASSENGER'S
Y
~
RJSE
~~)
GAUGE ASSEMBLY
I
WHl
C8
.u
A13
TEST
TACHOMETER
CONNECTOR
SPEEDOMETER TAa10METER
MAN CIRCUIT
C9 ·CUllATE
COHIlIOI. UNIT
BLK • MULT1'LEX
CONTROL UMT,
DRIVER'S
• CRUISE
CONTROl. UNT
• NAVlGATIlN
UNIT
'1
81.U
.~
PCM
G501
BACK
22-124
r--:'I
I..!!!:...I
GAUGE ASSEMBLY
COOLANT ODOITRIP/OUTSID£ AIR SAfETY

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INDICATOR
GAUGf RIEL GAUGE
MAIN CIRCUIT
B3 A2 AI9 All B8 87 C3
.. _ ..-
YEL/BLU BAN WHT D WHTGRN
PCM CLIMATE
2 CONTROL
UNIT
FUEL OUTSIDE WASHER
~2-
RIEL GAUGE All UGKTS FLUID
GAUGE SENDWG TEMPERATURE 1O.84Wx2J LEVEL
UNIT UNT SENSOR SWITCH
I SELECTIRESET
SWITCH
I
I I .1:
ClIMATE MULT1PI.EX
CONTROL CONTROl.
UNT UNT.
DllVER'S
G501 G501 I-- .. _

G201
.. _ . .1
:
fCanadiI
BACK 22-125
Gauges
Gauge Bulb Replacement
Exploded View ('99-01 Models)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL

SRS INDICATOR INDICATOR UGHT (3.0 WI
UGHT(1.4WI
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR UGHT (3.0 WI
WASHER LEVEL
INDICATOR UGHT
(1.4 WI (Canada)
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP (MILl
(1.4WI
GAUGEUGHT
(3.0 WI
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
INDICATOR REMINDER UGHT
(1.4WI
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
INDICATOR UGHT
SEAT BELT (1.4WI
REMINDER UGHT
(1.4W) TCS INDICATOR UGHT
I (UWI
BRAKE LAMP INDICATOR I
UGHT (1.14 WI AfT GEAR POSmON
INDICATOR BACK UGHT
(1.14WI
22-126 BACK
r--:'I
I.!::..I
Exploded View ('02-03 Models)
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL

SRS INDICATOR INDICATOR LIGHT (3.0 W)
LlGHTI1.4W)
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR LIGHT (3.0 W)
INDICATOR
LIGHT (1.4W)
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
(1.4W)
GAUGE LIGHT
(3.0W)
VSA ACTIVATION
INDICATOR
LlGHTI1 .4W)
(TYPES)
SIDE AIRBAG OFF LCD BACK

INDICATOR LIGHTS MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
LIGHT (1.4 W) 11.14Wx3) INDICATOR REMINDER
LOW FUEL INDICATOR LIGHT (1.4 W)
LIGHT (3.0 W) LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
INDICATOR LIGHT
SEAT BELT AfT GEAR POSmON (1.4W)
REMINDER LIGHT INDICATOR BACK LIGHT
BRAKE SYSTEM (1.4W) (1.14W) TCS INDICATOR LIGHT
LIGHT (1.4 W) (1 .4 W) (PREMIUM)
BRAKE LAMP INDICATOR
LIGHT (1 .14 W) VSA SYSTEM INDICATOR LIGHT
(1.4 W) (TYPE S)
BACK 22-127
Gauges
Gauge Assembly Replacement Select/Reset Switch Test
1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-65). 1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-65).
2. Remove the screws (A) from the gauge assembly 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the selecV
(B), and spread a protective cloth (C) on the upper reset switch (B).
column cover.
D B
3. Disconnect the connectors (D), and remove the

gauge assembly.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each

switch position according to the table.
Terminal
Position
OFF
SELECT switch ON
RESET switch ON
4. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table,

remove the two screws, and replace the bulbs (C)
or the switch.
22-128 BACK
~
t=:..I
Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
Before testing: 6. Connect the No.9 terminal of the 32P PCM

• '99 model: Check to see if diagnostic trouble code connector to the positive probe of a voltmeter, and
P0720 (9) is indicated. If it is, troubleshoot the DTC connect the negative probe to body ground.
(see page 14-70).
• '00-03 models: Check to see if diagnostic trouble code PCM 32P CONNECTOR (Connected)
P0720 (9) is indicated. If it is, troubleshoot the DTC
(see page 14-297).
• Inspect the No.9 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's under-
dash fuse/relay box.
• Check for continuity between the C9 and C10
terminals and body ground (G501).
Wire side of female terminals
1. Raise the vehicle, and make sure it is securely
supported.
=
2. Disconnect the 14P connector from the gauge
assembly.
3. Connect the C2 terminal to the positive probe of a 7. Put the vehicle in neutral with the ignition switch
voltmeter, and connect the negative probe to body ON (II).
ground. To prevent damage to the gauge assembly,
lay the gauge assembly on a shop rag. 8. Slowly rotate (over 3 mph (2 km/h)) one wheel with
the other wheel blocked.
DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS
14P CONNECTOR C
Does voltage pulse from 0 to about 5 V or more?
BLU/WHT YES-Go to step 9.
2 3 456 NO- Repair open in the BLU/WHTwire between

the countershaft speed sensor and the PCM, the
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
cruise control unit, or the multiplex control unit,
driver's .•

=
4. Put the vehicle in neutral with the ignition switch
ON (II).
5. Slowly rotate (over 3 mph (2 km/h)) one wheel with

the other wheel blocked.
Does voltage pulse from 0 to about 5 V or more?
YES- Replace the gauge assembly .•
NO-Goto step 6.
(cont'd)
BACK 22-129
Gauges
Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit Maintenance Required Indicator

Troubleshooting (cont'd) Reset Procedure
9. Disconnect the 32P connector from the PCM. How to Reset:

Push the select switch and reset switch at the same
10. Check for continuity between No.9 terminal and time, turn the ignition switch ON (II), and hold them
body ground. more than 10 seconds.
Blinkina P -------
PCM 32P CONNECTOR (Disconnected) Miles (km) Maintenance Reminder Light
At 5,900 (9,440) Blinks for 10 seconds when
to 6,100 (9,760) the ignition switch is turned
213141 1516 ON (II).
At 7,400 (11,840) Comes on and stays on while
to 7,600 (12,160) the ignition switch is ON (II).
Is there continuity?
YES-Repair short to ground in the BLU/WHTwire

between the PCM and the gauge assembly, the
cruise control unit, or the driver's multiplex control
unit.•
NO - Check for these problems:

• Bent, loose or corroded terminals .
• A faulty PCM .•
22-130 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!::..I
Outside Air Temperature Indicator Test
NOTE: To test the outside air temperature sensor Calibration:

(see page 21-54).
The outside air temperature indicator's displayed
Troubleshooting: temperature can be recalibrated ±3° to meet the
customer's expectations.
If the indicator displays "888" for more than 2 seconds
after selecting the outside air temperature display 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
mode, check for an open in the wire between the gauge
and the outside air temperature sensor. 2. Push and hold the reset and select buttons for 10
seconds. While you continue to hold the buttons,
the display will scroll through temperature settings
from +3° to -3° as shown.
=-
_I. =-
L. ,,
3. When the desired correction value appears on the

display, release the buttons, and the recalibrated
outside air temperature will be displayed.
If the outside temperature indicator display is off by

more than 3 degrees of the desired value, turn the
ignition switch OFF and repeat steps 1 - 3.
NOTE: To recalibrate the display to the true

temperature, remove the outside air temperature
sensor (A), but leave it connected. Submerge the
sensor and a thermometer (8) in a container of ice
water (e) . Select the calibration mode as described
above, then recalibrate the display to the true
temperature.
BACK 22-131
~
Safety Indicator System ~
SAFETY INDICATOR
Input Test, page 22-136
I BRAKE LAMP I FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

Test, page 4-40
Adjustment, page 19-5
LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH

BRAKE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
Test, page 22-138
BACK 22-133
Safety Indicator System
Circuit Diagram
UNDElI-lIOOO RJ&E/IlELA YlOX

lA' V
No.471l1A1
WllTnil --------------------------------
DRIVER'S
~
UNDER- DASH
IAT RJSE/IlELAYIOX
~1 BlX~~) I ,
No,llI1ZOA) No,1Z16OA)
~ ~
WIlT va
SAFrn' _TOIl ~tI1t _~)
MAWCllaJlT
SAfETY INDICATOIl CllaJIT

I
II IIRAJ(E
LAM~
I
t.lDlCATOII
IlAW)
DRMR'S ~~ AlGIIT
DDOA
_TOIl
LIGHT
FRDNT
=NGEIfS
_TOIl
REAlI
DDOA
fC)QTOII
REAlI
DDOII
INOICATOII
:t
ITR-TOII
WI
WI UGHT lIGHT UGIIT
WI W I WI
I 1 I Al
I
C5 CI C13 Cll Cll CS
I
GRN CIIIII GRN /a rm OlIN
MUlTNX
CONTROl
UNIT,
MUlT1P~
CONTROl
UNIT,
MUL"'~X
CDNTRDL
UNIT,
MUlTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT,
T I TRUNK
DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S ~IIT
Y Y Y Y Y
'CIIIII GRN ~l GRN/WHT OlIN
OlIN
DRMR'S
DDOA
SWITCH
I FRDNT
=NGER'S
SWITCH
I~~
=H
IRGIIT
AfAR
DDOII
SWITCH
t.-
BlX
LATCH
SWITCH
1
0601 G501
22-134 BACK
~
I!::.I
tT
--------Mnlm------------------------------,
BRAKE PEDAL
, I'OSImN
SWITCH
ICIoood:"" depmoed}
---------~L----------~
m
;
• MULTI'LEX CONTROL
UNIT. ORNER'S
WHT ILK MnILK
• CllUISE CONTROL UNIT

• ABSITCS CONTROL UNIT
• TRAIWI LllHTWG
CONNEClDR
• PCM
6 1
2
--------MnIGRN BRAKE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
5 3
GRN
r----1
t-
ILK GRN GAN
t~ BRAKE
LllHT
1Z1WI
BRAKE
:::-
HIGHMOUNT
BRAKELllHT
I21WI
ILK ILK
I
CliOl 6551
BACK 22-135
Safety Indicator Input Test
1. Remove the gauge assembly (see page 22-128).
2. Disconnect the 30P connector A and 14P connector C from the gauge assembly.
3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system .
• If the terminals look OK, go to step 4.
30P CONNECTOR A
WHT/GRN
I
A11A2
A151A161A171A181A19
Wire side of female terminels
14P CONNECTOR C
GRN GRN/ORN
\ ~
C2 C3 C4 C5
C7 C11 C12 C13 C14
! t
VEL BLK ORN GRN/WHT
Wire side of female ter;-dnels
'" GRN/VEL
22-136 BACK
r--:'I
L::!..I
4. Make these input tests at the connectors .
• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system .
• If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
C9 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G50l)
conditions There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
C7 VEL Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
(II) There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
• An open in the wire
Al WHT/GRN Under all Check for continuity between An open in the wire
conditions the A 1 terminal and the brake
failure sensor No.2 terminal:
There should be continuity.
Check for continuity between Short to ground
the A 1 terminal and body
ground:
There should be no continuity.
5. Reconnect the connectors to the gauge assembly, and perform the following input tests at the appropriate
connector .
• If all the input tests prove OK, the gauge internal circuit must be faulty.
C4 GRN Front passenger's Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door
door open There should be less than 1 V. switch
Front passenger's Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
door closed There should be 5 V or more.
C5 GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
There should be less than 1 V. • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground:
closed There should be 5 V or more.
C1l ORN Trunk lid open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty trunk latch switch
Trunk lid closed Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G60l)
There should be 5 V or more.
C12 GRN/WHT Right rear door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty right rear door switch
open There should be less than 1 V. • An open in the wire
Right rear door Check for voltage to ground:
C13 GRN/YEl left rear door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty left rear door switch
left rear door Check for voltage to ground:
BACK 22-137
Brake Light Failure Sensor Test
1. Check to see if the brake lights come on when the 3. Make sure the BRAKE LAMP light in the safety
brake pedal is depressed. indicator does not come on and stay on when the
6P connector is disconnected and the engine is
• If all the brake lights come on, go to step 2. running. If the BRAKE LAMP light in the safety
• If one of the brake lights does not come on, check indicator comes on and stays on, check for:
whether the bulb is blown. If the bulb is OK, go to
step 2. • A short to ground in the WHT/GRN wire between
• If none of the brake lights come on, check the the safety indicator and the No.2 terminal of the
brake light circuit (see page 22-155). failure sensor.
• A faulty safety indicator circuit in the gauge
2. Open the trunk lid, and remove the left trunk side assembly.
trim panel (see page 20-58).
4. Reconnect the 6P connector.
5. Make sure the BRAKE LAMP light in the safety

indicator comes on and goes off when the No.5
terminal ofthe 6P connector is grounded, the brake
pedal is depressed, and the ignition switch is
turned from OFF to ON (II).
• If the BRAKE LAMP light in the safety indicator

comes on and stays on, check for a faulty sensor.
• If the BRAKE LAMP light goes off, check for:

- A poor ground (G601).
- An open in the wire.
Wire side of
female terminels
22-138 BACK
Lights-on, Key-in, Seat Belt Reminder, Key Light ~
Timer, and Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Systems I..:!..I
Circuit Diagram
DRlVER'S
--@-
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER-DASH
/GNJIllN SWITCH FUSEIRELAYBOX
BATTERY No.41 112OA) No.42I&oAI BAT
+ l--+-~~......-<r'-Jj-+--WHT 101 8U(JYa --I--O"'-~-+-........,
No.54 14OA1
PASSENGER'S No.59I15A1
UNDER-DASH FUSE
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
T
~--'
WHT/YElI'99~ RED1BlJ(
WHT/RED roa-CI3Modokl
Al A1Z A24
MUlTPLfX CONTROL UNIT, DRMR'S
an 817
lOW ENGINE
as AlB A13 Ali
01. PRESSURE CHARGNl SEAT BElT
ifIlICATOR SYImM REloWlER
UGHT UGHT lIGHT
Y Y Y
P -p
YELJRED
RED U
GRN ORN
BlJ(
(= .)
ENGINE 01.
PRESSURE
SWITCH
1
AlltRNAlOR
DRIVER'S
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
8IJ(
/GNT1ON
KEY
SWITCH
DRIVER'S
DOOR
SWITCH
1 --
G503
--
I 1
-
G551
--
G401
BACK 22-139
Lights-on, Key-in, Seat Belt Reminder, Key Light
Timer, and Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Systems
Control Unit Input Test
1. Before testing these systems, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page 22-298).
Multiplex Control Unit, Driver's
2. Remove the driver's multiplex control unit from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact .
FUSE/RELAY BOX SOCKET
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Al0 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 - A17 A18 A19 A2.0 - A21 A22 A2.3 A2.4
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DRIVER'S CONNECTOR B

WHT/BLU
+
81 B3 1 84 1 85
81118121813181418151816
t
BLK VEL/RED
22-140 BACK
r--:'I
I!!!::.I
4. Make these input tests at the fuse/relay box socket, and the multiplex connector B.
• If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it.
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not
obtained
A12 Fuse/relay Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5 A) fuse in the
box socket conditions There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box
o An open in the wire
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
A6 Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 59 (15 A) fuse in the
switch ON (iD) There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
Jump 12 volts to • Faulty taillight relay
B16 (RED/GRN) o An open in the wire
terminal
A1 Under all Attach to ground: • Blown No. 47 (20 A) fuse in the
conditions Ignition key light should come under-hood fuse/relay box
on. • Faulty lED
A13 Ignition key is Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty ignition key switch
inserted into the There should be continuity. • Poor ground (G401)
ignition switch • An open in the wire
A16 Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
There should be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
A18 Driver's seat belt is Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's seat belt switch
buckled. There should be 1 V or less. • Poor ground (G551)
B5 WHT/BlU Engine running Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty charging system
There should be battery voltage. • An open in the wire
B11 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G503)
B17 VEL/RED Ignition switch OFF Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty engine oil pressure switch
There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
Ignition switch ON Check the low engine oil • Blown bulb
(II) indicator light operation. • An open in the wire
The indicator light should come
on.
Start the engine. Check for voltage to ground: • Insufficient oil
There should be battery voltage. • Improper lubrication
• Faulty engine oil pressure switch
• A short in the wire
BACK 22-141
Exterior Lights
'99-01 Models
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT

DRL INDICATOR LIGHT (Canada I
HIGH BEAM CUT RELAY
(Canada)
Test, page 22-103
TAILLIGHT RELAY
Test, page 22-103
COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH

DAYTIME RUNNING Test/Replacement,page 22-158
DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS LIGHTS CONTROL
CONTROLLER UNIT (Canada)
Test, page 22-188 Input Test, page 22-163
HEADLIGHT RELAY 2
Test, page 22-103
HEADLIGHT RELAY 1
Test, page 22-103
22-142 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!..I
HEADLIGHTS
HID Bulb Removal, page 22-166
Adjustment, page 22-168 FRONT TURN SIGNAL/FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT
HID Troubleshooting, page 22-165
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT
HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

TAILLIGHTS and BRAKE UGHTS

BACK
22-143
Exterior Lights
Component Location Index (cont'd)
'02-03 Models
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT

DRL INDICATOR LIGHT (Canada)
FOG LIGHT RELAY

FOG LIGHT SWITCH
Test, page 22-173 [Wire colors: BLU/RED, ORN,
Replacement, page 22-173 LWHT/BLU and BLU/RED
Test, page 22-103
COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH

DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS DAYTIME RUNNING Test/Replacement, page 22-158
CONTROLLER
Test, page 22-188 LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT (Canada)
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
TAILLIGHT RELAY
~
ire colors: RED/BLK,
RED/GRN, RED/VEL
and RED/GRN
est, page 22-103
HIGH BEAM CUT RELAY (Canada)

[Wire colors: ORN/WHT, ORN, ]
LBLU/RED and BLU •
Test, page 22~103
22-144 BACK
r--:'I
~
7_L----::..L-~----=:::::....~::::=7'__"*'::::::::7;L_::::~ HEADLIGHTS
HID Buld Removal, page 22-166
Adjustment, page 22-168
HID Troubleshooting, page 22-165
FOG LIGHTS • FRONT TURN SIGNAL/PARKING LIGHTS

Replacement, page 22-172 • FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT
Adjustment, page 22-173 Bulb Replacement, page 22-172
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT
BACK-UP LIGHT
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

TAILLIGHTS and BRAKE LIGHTS

BACK 22-145
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - USA
'99-01 Models
BATTERY UNDER-HOODRJSE/RELAYBOX
Na.41112OA1 No.59(15A1
+~ , , a-vJ RED/GRN - - - - - - -
MULTIPUX
CONTROl. UNIT
DRIVER'S '
, BlU/WHT
\!
-.J
~c------ HEADUGHT
RELAY2 ~c---- -- HEADUGHT
RELAY 1
, ~I BLU/RED, BLU/RED--
~
No.45 No.43
I20Al I20AI
MUlTIPUX
CONTROl UNIT,
PASSENGER'S
1
REO[YB. RED/GRN REDlGRN
2 LEFT HIGH BEAM 2 lIGHT

HEADLIGHT rlDICATOR HEADUGHT
IHighbooml LIGHT IHiahbtaml
1 1&OWl 11.4W1 1 IIOWI
LEfT RIGHT
HEADUGIIT HEADLIGHT
ILowbooml (lowbtlml
135W1 135W)
6301 6201
22-146 BACK
r--:'I
1.=.1
MULTPLEX CONlROL
UNIT. DR~R'S
MULTIPLEX
CONlROL
BLU RED
II
REDLYEL
RE1GRN
RED/GRN
UNIT.
DRIVER'S
~-------~'1 TAILLIGHT
I
RELAY
MULTPLEX
RED VEL RED BLK CONlROL
REDr3HT UMT.
(Notulld) 4 6 DRIVER'S
~ I
J
~
- -
,'1 ____________________ • ..,..::.1-
LOW :' HIGH , .
~'
-
6.
DIMMER (=D)
(m) LJ RED/BLK
11 10 COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH 7
BLK ORN WHT
I
RED/BLK
,
RED/BLK
T
, T
~,
Rct
Q) QD
LEn RIGHT TAILLIGHTS NSE
FRONT FRONT (5Wx4) E
SIlE SIDE LIGHT
MARKER MARKER (5W)
UGHT LIGHT
(BW) I8Wl
?
I
BLK BLK
1 1 1 I
G401 G301 G201 CliOl
BACK
22-147
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - USA (co nt'd)
'02·03 Models
UNl£fI-HOOD FIJSI:/RELAY BOX

SA IV
No.41112OAJ No.59fI5A)
\
"'-' RED/GRN
MULT1UX
CONTROL UN IT.
DRMR'S
BLU/WHT 3
~:-------~ H£ADLIGHT
RELAY 2 ~c------~ HEADLIGHT
RELAY I
BLU/A£D --r- BLU/A£D - -
No.45
flOA)
No.43
f20A)
-;
MULTI'lE
CONTROL UNIT.
PASSENG 'S
RED~YEL
RED/VEL
I I
REDIVEL
I
RED/YEL RED[GRN
2 liFT IIGHBEAM RKlIfT

HEADLIGHT INDICATOR HEADLIGHT
fHighbeom) LIGHT fHighbNm)
I fSOW) fUW) f60W)
ORN/WHT ORN/WHT OII\I/WHT
liFT RIGHT
HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
fLowb...) fLowbtom)
f35Wf f35W)
G301 G201
22-148 BACK
~
l!:!..I
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT. D~IVER'S
, \
I
BlU/RED
11J
RED EL REDIGRN RED/GRN
~---- ---- ---:1 TAl.UGHT

RELAY
MULTPLEX MULTIPLEX
FOG LIGHT CONTROL UNIT. CONTROL UNIT,
RELAY DIIVER'S DRIVER'S
?
WHT SLU
9
?
RED'Iw:rr
4
RED/YEL
2
RED/YEL
6
REDl
1
RED/Jl.K
~
- - I ,....
I
.', ____________
.
J. ____________
.
~
,
,
~
I
,
.
LOW : HIGH , ,
I=DI~' 6
~
DIMMER 0
Iml
11 10 COMSIIIATION LIGHT SWITCH 5 7
SLK ORN WHT S~ RED Bl.K
~9
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
ttttt LEFT
FRONT
PARKING
LIGHT
15WI
RIGHT
FRONT
PARKIIIG
LIGHT
15W)
LEFT
FRONT
S/D£
MARKER
LIGHT
ISWI
RIGHT
FRONT
SIDE
MARKER
LIGHT
ISWI
TAIWGHTS
ISWx41
REfLK LICENSE
PLAn:
LIGHT
15W)
I I I I I
G401 G301 G201 G301 G201
I
Sf
G601
BACK
22-149
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - Canada
'99-01 Models
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/R£LAYBOX
BATTERY No.59(1SAI
+~
No.41 (12BA)
, , , C0U:J I RED/GRN-
u
T
MULTl'LEX
HEADLIGKT
R£LAY2 ~~------~ HEADLlGKT
RELAY 1
CONTROL
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
No.4Z
(60AI
No.54
(4OA1
No.45
(20AI
No.a
(lOAl
•
-
?
cr
'-----~ BLU/RED -
PASSENGER'S
VEL RED~L UNDER-DASH
--~
RlSE/RELAY BOX
t---- RED/YEL
I B BLU-
~f
~ RED~l • GAUGE
ASSEMBLY
DR\. • ABSITCS
I
~ No.5
INDICATOR CONTROL
~
DIlVER'S .10 PASSENGER'S LlGKT UNIT
UNDER-DASH ~R-DASH
(lOA) r-
I I
RlSE/RElAY (7.5AI BOX /RElAY
BOX
jJU RED/VEl REDiVEl

BLUt
KT
RET~ REDfRN GRN1RED
13
C
\ \
6
DAYTINE RUNNING UGHTS CONTROL UNIT
~1 I
11
1
10
RED/ORN
MUlTlPlEX REDh
CONTROl
UNIT,
DRIVER'S r;1 INVERTER
fjvEjR 1
,Y
RED/WHT RED/WKT DRN/WHT ORN/wKT
IGNTOR
~NTo:' I
GRN(WIIT GRNrKT
PARKING
BRAKE
SWITCH
(=~) ~ ~
I~- ~ QI~
hFT
2
=-
HEADUGKT
HIGH BEAM
IIIDICATOR
lR1GKT
HEADLIGHT
BLK 1i'(lowIoumrr ORNr

T
ORNr I
BLK ~llJUGKT ORNtw
KT
1
be....1 (Low buml
(35W) (35WI
--- 0301
....I...L.
0201
22-150 BACK
r--:,
I!!!..I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - RED/GRN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
-------t-------- BLU/RED - - - - -.....- - - - , MULTIPLEX CONTROL

UNIT,DRJYER'S
MUL11'I.EX
CONTROL
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
------nu--+----------------~
~
MULTPlEX
CONTIIOl.
nu RED
11
H
REDYEL
Y
RED
UNIT,
PASSENGER'S
R~~
IIGHBEAM
CUT RELAY
MULTPlEX
nU/RED CONTROL
UNIT,
DRIVER'S
RED/..YEL RED/
-----mw~T--~--------~
BLU RED
(Not ulod)
ORN
10
Y
RED T
PASSING
lOW : HIGH
)
(
DAYTlMERUNNING UGHTS
CONTROL UNIT
I DMMER
t-----.....------'
(:0)
o
(DE)
11 COMBINATION LIGHT SWlTQf

BU<
I
RED/BLK
,
RED/nK
I
RED/BU<
T
RED/U
LEfT
FRONT
SIDE
MARKER
UGHT
(aw)
AIGIfT
fIIONT
$lIE
MARKER
UGHT
(8W)
=HTS t~~ UGHT
(SW)
I
~1
I
G401
I I
G301 GZ01
I
G601
BACK 22-151
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - Canada (cont'd)
'02-03 Models
UNDER- HOOD RJSE/RElAYBOX

BA~Y I No.41112OA) No.59115A)
+~'" (J""'-'Jl---....... RED/GRN -
~:- - -- --- - IEADUGHT

RElAYZ ~:- - --- -- - IEADUGHT
RElAY 1
? ?
No.42 No.54 No.45 No.a
(BOA) (4OA) I2OA) (2OA)
t I kU/RED-
YEL REDLYEL DIODE

I • RED/YEL I ~II kU--
;
(E~ ) • GAUGE ASSEMBLY
~YEL
REDIYEL
• ABS/TCS
CONTIIOI. UMl"
i I
• VSA CONTROl.
r
DllVER'S PASSENGER'S UNT
\JfUR-DASH No.5 No.1' UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RElAY V.SA) (IOAl ~!RELAY
BOX
YEL/RED RED/BLU REDIYEL RED1GRN RED/GRN GRN/RED
13
DAYTIME RUNNNG LIGHTS CONTROL UNT
11 10
I
RED/DAN
MULllPLEX
CONTIIOI.
UNT,
llAMA'S
OAN
Y
GRN/WHT
LEfT
I
HEADlIGHT
!Low""")
I35Wl
G301 G2lIl
22-152 BACK
r--:'I
~
--------------RfD/GRN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . ,
MULTPLEX CONTROL
UNIT, DRJYER'S
7Y
if TI
-------~--------~U~D
~~
MULnPLEX
CONTROL
~
UNIT,
---------,1 k~HT
DRIVER'S
-----~---+----------,
~U/RED
MULTIPI.£X
CONTROL
UNIT,
PASSENGER'S
~U RED RED YEL RED ILK
7
REDI~K
--ORNIWHT -+----t-Q
MULTPLEX
CONTlIOI. UNIT,
DRIVER'S (=- )
Y
REDLWHT
?
RED/YEL
:
~,' - - -- - - - -- - - -:,,!. T
(
) DAYlWE RUNNING UGHTS
CONTROLUMT
I ~--~---~I ~ I
o o
4 7 COMBWATION LIGHT SWITCH
IJc 8J( REDt8LK
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
f~ FRONT
PARKING
LIGHT
15WI
-f- ·f~ f= f
FRONT
PARKING
LIGHT
I5WI
SIDE
MARKER
UGHT
15W1
SIDE
MARKER
LIGHT
I5WI
TAlWGHTS
15Wx41
f~~ PLATE
LIGHT
15WI
W BLK W w
r
I 1I 1 1 I
I
G401 G301 G201

1
G401 G301 G201 GaOl
BACK 22-153
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - Back-up Lights
e+
BATTERY
!mER-HOOD RJSE/A£LAY BOX
No.•' (120A)
~
No.f2 IBOA)
WHT
--@-
IGtfTlON SWlTQi
BAT
IG,
BLK/YEL
No.9
17.5A)
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
RJSE/RELAY
BOX
~ .L _________________________ _ REVERSE
RELAY
I
GAN/BLK
T
GRN/BLK
I
LEFT
BACK-UP
LIGHT
3 I'SW)
RIGHT
BACK-UP
LIGHT
3 (1SW)
1
, TAAUR
I.KJfI1NG
CONNECTOII
, NAVIGAT10N
UNIT
, AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
RANGE
SWITCH
3 IIIIdI-up light switch)
lOosed: In position [!])
DIMMING
MIRROR
BI
GSO, G'O, : '99 Model

G'O" G,D2 : 'OO-OJ Models
22-154 BACK
~
I..!::...I
Circuit Diagram - Brake Lights
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RElAY BDX

BAmRY
No.47 (20AI
+~~~~------~--------------------~
IGMTION SWITCH
No.41112OA1 No.42 (&GAl WHTm
BRAKE PEDAl
POSITION
SWITCH
3 (Closed: Podol dtpressodl
BLKlYEL WHT BLK
SAFETY DRIVER'S
INDICATOR
~:E~~Ei~~H ....- - - - -.....------..
Y
BDX
'--11----'
WHTGRN WHT BlK
BRAKE lIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

• MULTflEX CONTROl
UNIT. DRIVER'S
• PCM
• CRUISE CONTROL UNIT
• ABS/TCS CONTROL UNIT
WHT ILK
HIGH
MOUNT
BRAKE
lIGHTS
(21Wx21
'f-~
B
G601 G551
BACK
22-155
Exterior Lights
Circuit Diagram - Auto-off Headlights
'I '99ModeI
'2 '00-03 Models
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX "3 '02-03 Models
BATTERY I [ Canida
No.411120A) No.59!I5A)
+~-+I---------------------------------------,
No.54!4OA)
IGNITlON SWITCH
~_N_O._42_!6OA_).....I W~~
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
L-_ _ _ _
FUSE/RELAY BOX
BurEL WHT/YEl "

W~lRED"
~ !7.5A)
No.9
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
L..-1-_...J1 BOX
!Fuse/fllly box socket)
A24 AI2
MULTIPLEX A6
CONTROL UNIT, MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DRIVER'S
DODR
A171 A7 I AI5 A2 I AI3 AI6 AI4 BI3 AIO A22 BI6
~
BRN R~ REDIBlK
"r~::"'''F
BLKLRED BlU GRN/ORN BLK
HEADLIGHTS
RELAYS
REDfLK
FOG
UG~
, HEADLIGHTS
!HlGH)
' HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR
RED/yEL
R7
DRIVER'S
RELAY" LIG~
B~
IY
DOOR LOCK EXTERIOR
KNOB UGHTS
~_+-_--'I SWITCH 3 IGNITION DRIVER'S , MULTIPLEX
KEY DODR CONTROL UNIT,
SWITCH SWITCH PASSENGER'S
WHT/BLU ~bWJT RED/w~ BlU/RED
,DAmME
RUNNING
UGHTS
CONTROL
10 UNIT !Canlda)
~
BLK BLK
lOW
o
~------~----~' !m)
II 7
G401 G401 0401

I
0401
!
G401
22-156 BACK
r--:'I
I..!::..I
Circuit Diagram - Fog Lights
'02-03 Models
MULTlPI£X
COrmOlUNlT,
y
UNDER- HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX ORIVER'S
BAmRY
No.411120A)
+ ~-+~~~---------,
BLUrr
No.52
12OA)
No.45
¥ I20A)
t
COM~AmN REO ~
t COMBINATION
LIGHT SWITCH
~
lIGHT SWITCH 2
LEFT TAIllIGHT
HEADlIGHT RELAY
WHT RED
5
3
Y
RED Bu(
4
~~~TOR
W IO.84W)
( D::w) FOG
lIGHT
SWITCH
2 5
BLU REO BLU RED RED
~~ ------- -- ---- --~ FOG

lIGHT
RELAY
~
DASH lIGHT
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROllER
I I
I T
1""
'f!
COMBINATION
lIGHT SWITCH
IDimmor switch)
r
11
G301 G201
I
G401
BACK 22-157
Exterior Lights
Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement
'99-01 Models
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see page 20-65).
2. Remove the steering column covers (see page 17-27).
3. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B).
A
T ~
t7t51 31U4 7
10 ji1361 1~ 1
11
4. Remove the two screws, then pull out the combination light switch.
5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
• If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the
tables.
- If there is no continuity, replace the switch.
Light switch:
1\ Terminal
3 4 11 10 6 7
Position \
OFF
:00: .., ..ro
Headlight switch
I LOW ~
..ro v ..n
=D
r HIGH V"
.r.
"
J\
.... -0 i
OFF J
Passing switch
J. ON l.
0-
- -
.r.
Turn signal switch:

~ Terminal
12 13 14
Position \
LEFT n. -0
NEUTRAL
~
RIGHT -v I
22-158 BACK
~
~
'02-03 Models
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. (see page 20-65).
2. Remove the steering column covers. (see page 17-27).
3. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B).
4. Remove the two screws, then pull out the combination light switch.
5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact .
• If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the
tables.
- If there is no continuity, replace the switch.
Light switch:
\ Terminal
2 3 4 5 11 10 9 6 7
Position \
OFF 0 0
:ar. 0 0 0- -0
Headlight switch
iD
LOW
0
0- -0
0 g 0
0- -0
HIGH
0
0- -0
{)
g- -0
0- -0
OFF
Passing switch
ON 0- -0 0- :-0_
Turn signal switch:
\ Terminal
12 13 14
Position \
LEFT
NEUTRAL
RIGHT
BACK 22-159
Exterior Lights
1. Before testing the exterior light control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page 22-298).
Multiplex Control Unit, Driver's:
Al /l\l. f!.a AI. A5 1>0 A7 1>0 f.S Al0 All A12
A13 A14 A16 A16 r-- A17 A18 A19 A20 - /l\l.1 A22 A23 /l\l.4

(Plugs into multiplex control unit, driver)
Bll/I93I94I96
Blll B121 B13
!
RED/WHT
!
RED/GRN
Wire side of female term inals

DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR A
GRN/ORN
2
\9 3 14
5 I 6 9 I 10
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR 0

BLU/WHT
M \,
1 2 3 4 E:l 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 1 15 16 17 18 19 20
- Wire side offemale terminals
22-160 BACK
~
I.=:J
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR Q
BLU/WHT RED/YEL
-, \ / r
1 2 3 4 J 5 IE=lJ 6 I 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 I 16 I 17
I 18 19 20 21 22
4. With the driver's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector or driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
socket.
• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
Cavitv Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
A12 Fuse/relay box Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5 A) fuse in the
socket conditions There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
• An ooen in the wire
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
(II) There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
5. Reconnect the driver's multiplex control unit to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the following input tests at the
appropriate connectors on the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. For driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location
(see page 22-93).
Cavitv Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch.
There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
closed There should be 5 V or more. • A short to ground
816 RED/GRN Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
switch ON There should be about 12 V. • Faulty combination light switch
• An ODen in the wire
813 RED/WHT Passing switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty combination light switch
09 BLU/WHT Ignition key is in Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
the ignition switch There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty ignition switch
Ignition key is out Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
ofthe ignition There should be 5 V or more.
switch
06 BLU/WHT Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
switch ON There should be about 12 V. • Faulty combination light switch
• Faulty headlight relay
07 RED/YEL Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
switch ON There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty combination light switch
(cont'd)
BACK 22-161
Exterior Lights
Control Unit Input Test (cont'd)
Multiplex Control Unit, Door:
6. Remove the driver's door panel, and disconnect the 20P connector from the door multiplex control unit.
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DOOR CONNECTOR
PNK
I... J I
,
Al A2
/ / A4 A6 A7 A8
/ Al0
All A12
/ / A15 A16
,
A17 A18 A19
1/
BlK/RED
8. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit, and make these input tests.
• If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
A7 PNK Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
lock knob There should be less than 1 V. • Faulty driver's door lock actuator
locked • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
lock knob There should be 5 V or more. • Faulty driver's door lock actuator
unlocked • An open in the wire
• Short to ground
A17 BlK/RED Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
lock knob There should be less than 1 V. • Faulty driver's door lock actuator
unlocked • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
lock knob There should be 5 V or more. • Faulty driver's door lock actuator
locked • An open in the wire
• Short to ground
22-162 BACK
r--:'I
1..::..1
Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test (Canada)
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see page 20-65).
2. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the daytime running lights control unit (B).
RED/BLU RED/GRN
RED/WHT RED/VEL BlK GRN/WHT
A
BlK BLU/WHT RED/ORN GRN/RED
BLU/RED ORN/WHT VEL/RED
(cont'd)
BACK 22-163
Exterior Lights
Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test (Canada) (cont'd)
4. Make these input tests at the connector.
2 RED/BLU Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 54 (40 A) fuse in the
conditions There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
• Blown No. 10 (10 A) fuse in the
passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box
12 VEL/RED Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.5 (7.5 A) fuse in the
4 BLK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
7 BLK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
3 RED/YEL Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 45 (20 A) fuse in the
switch ON (iiD) There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
• Faulty headlight relay 2
• Faulty combination light switch
5 RED/GRN Combination light Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 43 (20 A) fuse in the
switch ON (iD) There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
• Faulty headlight relay 1
1 RED/WHT Combination light Connect a jumper wire between • Blown bulb
switch ON (iiD), No.3 and No.1 terminals • Faulty high beam cut relay
and dimmer switch Left headlight (HIGH) and high • Faulty combination light switch
inHIGH beam indicator light should • Poor ground (G401)
come on. • An open in the wire
11 RED/ORN Combination light Connect a jumper wire between • Blown bulb
switch ON (iD), No.5 and No.1 1 terminals. • Faulty high beam cut relay
and dimmer switch Right headlight (HIGH) should • Faulty combination light switch
inHIGH come on. • Poor ground (G401)
10 ORN/WHT Combination light Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty high beam cut relay
switch ON (iiD), There should be continuity. • Faulty combination light switch
and dimmer switch • Poor ground (G401)
in HIGH • An open in the wire
6 GRN/WHT Parking brake Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty parking brake switch
pedal There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
8 BLU/RED Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty headlight relays
conditions There should be battery voltage. • An open in the wire
9 BLU/WHT Ignition switch ON Attach to ground: • Blown bulb
(II) The DRL indicator light should • An open in the wire
come on.
13 GRN/RED Ignition switch ON Attach to ground: • Blown bulb
(II) The brake system light should • An open in the wire
come on.
22-164 BACK
r--:'I
t=..I
HID Lamp System Troubleshooting
7. Check for continuity between the No.1 terminal of

ilCAUTION the inverter unit 2P connector and body ground.
Never turn on the combination light switch before
fitting the HID bulbs to their bulb sockets and
INVERTER UNIT 2P CONNECTOR
completing the reassembly of the headlight
assembly.
1. Check the No. 43 (20 A) and No. 45 (20 A) fuses in

the under-hood fuse/relay box.
Are the fuses OK?
YES - Go to step 2.
NO-Replace the fuse (s), and recheck. • =

2. Substitute a known-good HID bulb and turn the Wire side of female terminals
combination light switch ON.
Does the headlight low beam come on?
YES - Go to step 8.
YES-Replace the original HID bulb . •
NO-Repair open in the wire between the inverter
NO-Go to step 3. unit and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for
poor ground at G201 or G301 . •
3. Disconnect the 2P connector from the inverter unit.
8. Measure resistance between the No.1 and B
4. Turn the combination light switch ON. terminals and the No.2 and A terminal of the
igniter unit.
5. Measure voltage between the No.2 terminal of the
inverter unit 2P connector and body ground.
A
INVERTER UNIT 2P CONNECTOR
IGNITER
UNIT
=
Is there about 1-2 Q ?
YES-Substitute a known-good inverter, and
Is there battery voltage? recheck. If the symptom goes away, replace the
original inverter unit. •
YES-Go to step 6.
NO - Replace the igniter unit. •
NO- Repair open in the wire between the under-
hood fuse/relay box and the inverter unit. •
6. Turn the combination light switch OFF.
BACK
22-165
Exterior Lights
HID Bulb Removal
AWARNING and the navigation system, then write down the
A transient high tension (25,000 V) occurs at the frequencies for the radio's preset buttons.
bulb sockets of the high intensity discharge (HID)
lamps when the combination light switch is turned 2. Combination light switch OFF.
ON. It may cause serious electrical shock or
electrocution if you do not observe the cautions 3. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then
below. disconnect the positive cable.
4. Disconnect the headlight assembly 2P connector.

~CAUTION
• Never turn on the combination light switch 5. Remove the Torx bolt (A) using a Torx T20 bit.
before fitting the HID bulbs to their bulb sockets
and completing the reassembly of the headlight
assembly.
• Do not service the headlights assembly in wet
conditions, such as rain or snow, near a sprinkler
system, or when your hands are wet to prevent
electrocution.
• Do not touch the surface of the HID bulbs with
your bare hands and do not stain it with any oils
and fats.
• Do not disassemble the inverter unit and the
ignitor unit.
• Do not turn on the HID bulb by using a power
source other than the battery mounted on your
vehicle.
6. Turn the cover (8) 45° counterclockwise to remove

it from the headlight assembly.
22-166 BACK
r--:'I
~
7. Turn the socket (A) 45 0 counterclockwise to remove 9. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal.
it from the bulb (B).
10. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft
B code for the radio and the navigation system, then
8. Pull the retaining spring (A) away from the bulb (B),
then remove the bulb (B).
BACK 22-167
Exterior Lights
Headlight Adjustment
2. Park the vehicle 7.5 m (25 ft) away from a wall or a

ACAUTION screen (A).
Headlights become very hot during use; do not
touch them or any attaching hardware immediately A
after they have been turned off.
Before adjusting the headlights:

• Park the vehicle on a level surface.
/ I 7.5 m (25ft)
• Make sure the tire pressures are correct.

• The driver or someone who weights the same should
sit in the driver's seat.
1. Clean the outer lens so that you can see the center
ofthe headlights (A).
»
3. Open the hood.
4. '99-00 models: Check the horizontal angle gauge.

The line on the adjustment screw indicator should
line up with the mark on the gauge.
22-168 BACK
r--:'I
~
5. Turn the low beams on. 7. If necessary, adjust the headlights to local
requirements by turning the horizontal
6. Determine ifthe headlights are aimed properly. adjuster '99-00 models (A) and the vertical adjuster
(8).
Vertical adjustment:
Measure the height of the headlights (A). The lights
should reflect 52 mm (2.1 in.) below headlight
height (8).
Horizontal adjustment:('99-00 Models):

The width of the refracting points (e) should be the
same as the width of the headlight central points (0,
E).
'99-00 Models
o E
I /
\B c
'01-03 Models
BACK 22-169
Exterior Lights
Headlight Replacement Taillight Replacement
1. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-101). 1. Open the trunk lid and pull back the trunk side trim
panel (see page 20-58).
2. Disconnect the connectors (A).
2. Disconnect the connectors from the taillight (B).
3. Remove the five mounting bolts (B), then remove
the headlight assembly (C). Brake/Taillight: 21/5W
Turn Signal Light: 21W
A Back-up Light: 18W
Headlight (high):60 W
(low): 35W 3. Remove the six mounting nuts (C), then pull out the
Front Turn Signal/ taillight.
Side Marker Light: 27/8 W
4. Install the taillight and note these items:
4. Install the headlight in the reverse order of removal.
• Inspect the gasket; replace it if it is distorted or
5. After replacement, adjust the headlights to local stays compressed.
requirements. • After installing the taillights, run water over them
to make sure they do not leak.
22-170
BACK
r--:'I
I...:!!..I
High Mount Brake Light License Plate Light Replacement
Replacement
1. Remove the two screws (A), and pull the license
plate light (B) off.
1. Remove the rear speaker grille.
License Plate Light Bulb: 5W
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the high
mount brake light.
3. Remove both bulbs from the light.
High Mount Brake

Light Bulb: 21W x 2
2. Turn the bulb socket (e) 45° counterclockwise,

remove it from the light, then replace the bulb (D).
4. Push the light rearward to release the clips.
5. Pull the light.
6. Clean the rear window and install the light in the

reverse order of removal.
BACK
22-171
Exterior Lights
Bulb Replacement Fog Light Replacement
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights: 1. Remove the mounting bolt from the fog light (A).
Front Side Marker Light:
B
1. Remove the inner fender (see page 20-129).
2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from t~e lights.
FRONT TURN SIGNAL/PARKING LIGHT: 24/5 W

FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT: 5W
-------
.=:g:;:: ::=~~~~~c;-=-::::::;;=:::::-
2. Release the hook (8) from the fog light.
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C) and remove the

fog light assembly.
4. Turn the bulb socket (A) 45 0 counterclockwise to

remove it from the housing (8).
3. Turn the bulb socket (8) 45 0 counterclockwise to
remove them from the housing. FOG LIGHT: 51 W
4. Install the new bulb(s) in the reverse order of

removal.
22-172 BACK
r--:'I
~
Fog Light Adjustment Fog Light Switch Test/Replacement
'02-03 Models 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. (see

page 20-65).
Before adjusting the headlights:
• Park the vehicle on a level surface. 2. Carefully push the fog light switch (A) out from
• Make sure the tire pressures are correct. behind the dashboard.
• The driver or someone who weights the same should
sit in the driver's seat.
Adjust the fog lights to local requirements by turning

the adjuster (A). 111 12 TIT 4 15 II
3. Disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the switch.

1\ Terminal
1 2 3 4 5
Position \
ON = 0- -0
'""" =
~
OFF ~=
BACK 22-173
Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHTS

(In the gauge assembly)
Bulb Replacement, page 22-126
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

Test, page 22-177
c
C
c
COMBINATION UGHT/TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Test, page 22-158
TURN SIGNAL/HAZARD RELAY

DRIVER'S UNDER·DASH Input Test, page 22-176
FUSE/RELAY BOX
22-174 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:.I
Circuit Diagram
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH 'I : '99 Model
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY SOX IGNmON SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX '2 : '00-03 Models
~
~-+----'I
BAmR'Y No.41I1ZOA} NO.4216OA} BAT
+t-H~r"'-..o---<:r'-J:-+----WHT 8LKJYB.
IGI
No.49 115A} VEL/RED
~--------cr~--+------WHT/GRN ------------------------------~
COMBINATION
UGHTSWITCH
r - - - - - - GRN/BlU --------,
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
I
RED BlK
ON
12 L \,' R. 14 LIGHT HAZARD
(O.B4WI WARNING
SWITCH
13
GRN/RED "I RED

GRN BlU"
.....---------+----- GRN/RED
TURN SlGNAL/ HAZARD RELAY

GRN BlU GRN L
MUlTll'l.£X
CONTROlUNfT,
LEFT TURN SIGNAl LIGHTS RIGHT TURN SIGNAl LIGHTS DRIVER'S
REAR FRONT INDICATOR INDICATOR FRONT REAR

121WI IZIWI 13W1 I3WI 127W} 121W}
LEFT RIGHT
1IIAUR
IJGHTWG
COfH:CTOR
SlI( SlI( SLK Ill( SlI( 8LK BlK
I
I
SlI(
0601 G301
1
G501 G201 GIGI G401
BACK 22-175
Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher
Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Input Test
1. Remove the turn signal/hazard relay (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box (B).
2. Inspect the relay and fuse/relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
• If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.
3. Make these input tests at the fuse/relay box.
• If all the input tests prove OK, the turn signal/hazard relay must be faulty; replace it.
Cavi!}l Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
1 Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
2 Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the
There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty turn signal switch
Hazard warning switch Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 49 (15 A) fuse in the
ON There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
• Faulty hazard warning switch
3 Ignition switch ON (II) Connect No.2 terminal to No.3 • Poor ground (G201, G301, G501,
and turn signal switch terminal: G601)
in Right or Left position Right or left turn signal lights • Faulty turn signal switch
should come on. • .An open in the wire
Hazard warning switch Connect No.2 terminal to No.3 • Poor ground (G2()1, G301, G501,
ON terminal: G601)
Hazard warning lights should • Faulty hazard warning switch
-- --
comeon. - -
• An open in the wire _
22-176 BACK
r--:'I
I..!::.I
Hazard Warning Switch Test
With Navigation System: Without Navigation System:

1. Remove the instrument panel. (see page 20-65). 1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-65).
2. Disconnect the 1OP connector (A) from the hazard 2. Disconnect the 1OP connector (A) from the hazard
warning switch (8). warning switch (8).
3. Pull the hazard warning sWitch out from the

instrument panel.

switch position according to the table. 3. Remove the two mounting screws (C).

\ Terminal
6 7 1 2 10 9 3 5
Position \
OFF 9- -@- fO 0 -0 :\ Terminal
ON Q r-@ rO 0 P -0 Position \ 6 7 1 2 10 9 3 5
0 -0 OFF 0 -@- fO 0 -0
0 -@- k) 0 k> -0
ON
0 r- -0
5. If necessary, check the illumination bulb (C).
5. If necessary, check the illumination bulb (D).
BACK 22-177
Interior Lights
DRIVER'S
VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS
SPOTLIGHT
DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH Test, page 22-180
PASSENGER'S
LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS
CEILING LIGHT
Test, page 22-181
PASSENGER'S DOOR
COURTESY LIGHT
PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR
COURTESY LIGHT
TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH

Test, page 22-184
TRUNK LIGHT
Test, page 22-184
22-178 BACK
r--:'I
~
Circuit Diagram
==1fJ
BA~
+ m
PASSENGEII'S
110.11 ~~
P.5A1 BOX
I
WllTBLU
I
WHTIW
I
WHT LU
T
WIlT LU
-
UGHT
I5WI
IlIIMR'S
DOOfI
COURruY
UGHT
I1IW1
CWNG
UGHT
I7WI
PASSENGER'S
DOOfI
COURmy
UGHT
IUWI
:- .. _
1'I2-Ql_
.. ,
YE RED Bu( RED RED RED
DRlWI'S PASSENGER'S
UMlER-OASH IJM)SI-DASII SPDlUGlfTS
fUSE/RELAYBOX RJSE/RELAYBOX I lUWat
MUlTl'lEJl
MIJlTPlfX CONTROl.
CONT1IOL lINT,
UNT, PASSENGER'S
DRIVER'S ,----"----,
GRN ORN GN
I' ------ h 1,------ r'~N
ClOSE
PEN
ClOSE
DRIVER'S PASSENGfR'S GLOVE CONSOLl COIN

DOOfI DOOR BOX BOX I'OCXET
SWITCH SWITCH UGHT UGHT UGHT
~..;..) ~..;..) IUWI ~JWI IUWI
BLII
BIJ(
i~MULTPlfX
COHIlIOL
lINT,
1
, OIIIVEII'S
L .. _ .. _
GI01 GSal 0501 G5I1
BACK 22-179
Interior Lights
Spotlight Test
1. Carefully pry off the lens (A) with a small 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
screwdriver. switch position according to the table.
c 1\ Terminal
1 3
Position \
r;:
ON 0 = -0
LEFT
OFF
.......
RIGHT r-
ON 0 -.:::r -0
OFF
6_ B o o
2. Remove the four mounting screws (B).
3. Disconnect the 3P connector (C) from the

housing (D).
5. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulbs.

If the bulb are OK, replace the spotlights.
22-180 BACK
r--:'I
L::!..I
Ceiling Light Test
1. Turn the light switch OFF. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
2. Carefully pry off the lens (A) with a small
screwdriver. Terminal 1
Position
OFF
MIDDLE
ON
2 4
"
3
A-----
3. Remove the two mounting nuts (8) and the housing
(e).
6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb.
4. Disconnect the 3P connector (D) from the housing. If the bulb is OK, replace the ceiling light.
BACK 22-181
Interior Lights
Vanity Mirror Lights Replacement Courtesy Light Replacement
1. Open me sunvisor. 1. Carefully pry off the lens (A) with a small
screwdriver.
2. Carefu ll Y pry off the lens (A) with a small
screwdriver. Courtesy Light: 3.8W
Vanity Mirror Light: 1.1W
-------
A 2. Remove the bulb (8) from the socket.
3. Remove the bulb (8) from the socket.
22-182 BACK
r--:'I
l!!!..I
Glove Box Light Replacement Console Box Light Replacement
1. Remove the glove box (see page 20-66). 1. Remove the rear console (see page 20-62).
2. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise from the 2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the rear
light housing. then remove the bulb (A). accessory socket sub-harness.
Glove Box Ligtht: 3.SW 3. Remove the beverageholder cover from the center
console.
A
4. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise from the
light housing. then remove the bulb (A).
Console Box Light: 3.SW
BACK 22-183
Interior Lights
Trunk Light Test Trunk Latch Switch Test
1. Open the trunk lid. 1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Pry out the trunk light assembly. 2. Disconnect the 6P connector fro in the trunk lid latch.
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the

housing (B).
B -.1

1\ Terminal
1 4
I
I
Position \
OPEN 0 D
CLOSED
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the

trunk latch switch.
4. Open the trunk light cover (C).
5. Make sure that the bulb (D) is OK, then Check for
continuity between the No.1 and No.2 terminals.
Ifthere is no continuity, replace the trunk light.
22-184 BACK
r--:'I
Dash Lights Brightness Controller 1...::..1
Circuit Diagram
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
UNDER-HDOD ruSE/RElAY BOX FUSE/RElAY BOX
BA~ I No.• ~n2OA) No~I4OA

~-+-----YEL ------+......:)'0.....(;0-+---.
No.59 (15A)
FUSE
I
RED/BLK WHT/YEL 1'99 Model)
WHT/RED I'OO-OJ Models)
, . . . . - - - REDIBLK - - RED/BLX
lAS AU
B3
RED/BLX RED~HT
2 5
• AUDIOUMTLlGHT
• AfT GEAR POSITION LIGHT
• DRIVER'S SEAT HEATER SWITCH LIGHT
• PASSENGER'S SEAT HEATER SWITCH LIGHT
• CRUISE CONTllOL MAIN SWlTCHfTCS
g) .... DASHUGHTS
SWITCH LIGHT
UGHT ~J? BRIGHTNESS
CONTROUIR
MULTIfW(
• HAZARD WARNING SWITCH UGHT CONTROL
IO.56W1 UNIT,
• CLOCK
• MOOMIOOFSWlTCHUGHT DRIVER'S
• CUMATE CONTROL UNIT UGHT
• SEl!CTiR£SET SWITCH LIGIfT
• NAVIGATION DISPlAY LIGHT
1
•
LE- r
WHT RED
B4
A20
RED
A14
B,K
....
BACK 22-185
Dash Lights Brightness Controller
,. Before testing the dash lights brightness control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system
(see page 22-298).
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 N3 />8 A10 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 ~

A17 A18 A19 A20 . - - A21 A22 A23 A24
, - - -- - - '-------
RED/WHT WHT/RED
81
\ / 83184185
8111812181318141815

DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR I
RED
~
1 2 3 4 F=l 5 6 7 8
9
--
10 11 12
-
13 1 14 15 16 V 18

~I~I
16T17l 18 19
7 II8 9
20
22-186 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:.I
4. With the driver's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector and driver's
under-dash fuse/relay box socket.
• If all the input tests prove OK,go to step 5.
A12 Fuse/relay Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
relay box
A14 Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
B3 RED/WHT Adjusting dial Check for resistance between • Faulty dash lights brightness
and rotated the B3 and B4 terminals: There controller
B4 WHT/RED should be 0-20 k Q. • An open in the wire
5. Reconnect the driver'S multiplex control unit to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the following
input tests at the appropriate connectors on the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
Cavi~. Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
03 RED/BlK Combination Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 59 (15A) fuse in the
light switch There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
ON (;00=) or • Faulty combination light switch
(ID) • An open in the wire
16 RED Combination Attach to ground: Dash lights • An open in the wire
light switch should come on full bright.
ON (;00=) or
(ID)
BACK 22-187
Dash Lights Brightness Controller
Controller Test
1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page 20-

65).
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the controller.
111 121 ffi 6

15 1 11
3. Measure resistance between the No.4 and No.5

terminals while rotating the adjusting dial.
Resistance should vary from 0 to 20K ohms as the
dial is rotated.
4. If necessary, check the illumination bulb (A).
22-188 BACK
r--:'I
Entry Light Control System I..!:!..I
IGNITION KEY SWITCH

Test, page 22-191
IGNITION KEY LIGHT
Test, page 22-191
CEILING LIGHT
Test, page 22-181
PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH
LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH
BACK 22-189
Entry Light Control System
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOOD RJSE/RELAYBOX IGNITION SWITCH

BAnERY I
No.42f80A)
~~1--o~o---<r~~----W~----+O
BlXlYEL
-----i[i--6~ ~ 5l,
IGNITION
KEY DRIVER'S
LiG~ UNDER-DASH
fLED) FUSE/RElAY
No.59fl5A) BOX CEnJNG
FUSE LiGHT
~1BlJ(
I
RED/BlJ( fF.../Nllybo......1I) Y
I
BLKJWHT
Al All A24 .:J2 A21
MULTIPLEX I A15 A2 MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, Bl B9 MULTPLEX CONTROL UNIT,

CONTROL UNIT, 0-- BRN DRIVER'S PNK
DOOR PASSENGER'S
A17 A13 A16 A17 A16 A14
BlKlAED BLU OlIN GIIN GRN GRN
UN-o. ,0 DRIVER'S
LOCK \ : OOORLOCK
KNOB 1 iGNITION DRIVER'S LEFT REAR RiG~REAR
PASSENGER'S
'----t-.J. SWITCH KEY DOOR DOOR DOOR DOOR
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
( Closed' ) faosect : Door Oplll) fClosed: Door opIII) fCioied : Door oplll) fCiosed : Door open)
Key inserted
I I
G401 G401
22-190 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
Ignition Key Switch Test Ignition Key Light Test
NOTE: For more key-in beeper information, refer to the 1. Remove the steering column upper and lower
circuit diagram (see page 22-190) and input test (see covers (see page 17-27).
page 22-192).
2. Disconnect the 7P connector.
When the ignition key is not removed, the key-in beeper
in the driver's multiplex control unit senses ground
through the closed ignition key switch. When you open
the driver's door, the beeper circuit senses ground
through the closed door switch.
1. Remove the steering column upper and lower

covers (see page 17-27).
2. Disconnect the 7P connector.
3. The LED should come on when power is connected

to the No.7 terminal and ground is connected to
No.6 terminal.
4. If the LED does not come on, replace the ignition

key switch.
3. Check for continuity between the No.1 and No.3

terminals .
• There should be continuity with the key in the

ignition switch .
• There should be no continuity with the key
removed.

ignition key switch.
BACK 22-191

1. Before testing the entry light control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page 22-298).

f---
A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 f - - - A2l A22 A23 A24
- -- - -- - -
.-
GRN/ORN
4
5 10
\
GRN/YEL
RED/BLK BLU/WHT
n \ \
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 115 16 17 18 19 20
L..J
22-192 BACK
r--:'I
l!!!..I
4. With the driver's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector or driver's
under-dash fuse/relay box socket.
A1 Fuse/relay Under all Attach to ground: The ignition • Blown No. 47 (20 A) fuse in the
box socket conditions key light should come on. under-hood fuse/relay box
• Blown LED
• Faulty driver's fuse/relay box
A24 Ignition switch Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
ON (II) There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
5. Reconnect the driver's multiplex control unit to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the following
input tests at the appropriate connectors on the back of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
For driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-93) .
03 RED/BLK Combination Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 59 (15A) fuse in the
light switch There should be battery voltage. under-hood fuse/relay box
ON • Faulty taillight relay.
09 BLU/WHT Ignition key is Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
in the ignition There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty ignition switch
switch • An open in the wire
Ignition key is Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty ignition switch
out of the There should be 5 V or more. • Short to ground
ignition switch
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
open There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground:
A10 GRN/YEL Left rear door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty left rear door switch
open There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
Left rear door Check for voltage to ground:
(cont'd)
BACK 22-193
Multiplex Control Unit, Passenger's:
6. Remove the passenger's multiplex control unit from the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and disconnect
its connector.
FUSE' qELAY BOX SOCKET
Al M. /l:3 A4 A5 AS A7 M3 /l9 A10 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 f - - A17 A18 A19 A20 f - - A2l A22 M.3 A24
-,
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR A
1 2 3 4 5 n6 7
8 9 10111 12113 14 115 16117 18119 20
I
GRN/WHT
\
GRN
22-194 BACK
~
~
8. With the passenger's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector and
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box socket.
o If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
o If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 9.
A22 Fuse/relay Ignition switch Check for voltage to ground: o Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
box socket ON (II) There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
A21 Ceiling light Attach to ground: Ceiling light o Blown No. 11 (7.5 A) fuse in the
switch in the should come on. passenger's under-dash fuse/

middle relay box
position o Faulty ceiling light
9. Reconnect the passenger's multiplex control unit to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the
following input tests at the appropriate connectors on the back of the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
A16 GRN Passenger's Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty passenger's door switch
door open There should be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
Passenger's Check for voltage to ground:

A14 GRN/WHT Right rear Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty right rear door switch
door open There should be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
Right rear Check for voltage to ground:
(cont'd)
BACK 22-195
10. Remove the driver's door panel and disconnect the 20P connector from the door multiplex control unit.
11. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are making good contact.
• Ifthe terminals look OK, go to step 12.
A1 A2 A7 A8
A11 A12 A17 A18
+
BlK/RED
12. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit, and make the input test at the connector.
• If a test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
• If the input test prove OK, go to step 13.
obtained
A17 BlK/RED Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: Faulty driver'S door lock kuob
lock knob There should be less than 1 V. switch
unlocked Poor ground (G401)
An open in the wire -- ---
13. If all the input tests prove OK, one of the control units must be faulty. Substitute a known-good control unit for the
one that is most likely at fault, then recheck the system. If the system works properly, the original control unit is
faulty; replace it. If there is still a malfunction, substitute a known-good control unit for the next most likely unit to
be at fault, and recheck. If the system works properly, the original unit is faulty; replace it.
22-196 BACK
r--:'I
Stereo Sound System ~
WINDOW ANTENNA
Test, page 22-206
Repair, page 22-206
LEFT REAR
DOOR SPEAKER
RADIO REMOTE SWITCH

Test, page 22-205
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR SPEAKER

EQUAUZER UNIT
Removal, page 22-203
Connecter Terminals, page 22-201
AUDIO UNIT
Removal/lnstallation, page 22-202
Connector Terminals, page 22-200
WOOFER
STEREO AMPUFIER
Connector Terminals, page 22-201
WINDOW ANTENNA COIL

Test, page 22-205
BACK 22-197
Stereo Sound System
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-ttOOO FUSE/IIElAY BOX

BAmRY
+
No.41 (12OAI No.S414OAI
YEL-----------,
DIlVER'S
UNDER-DASH
IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAY BOX
~"'~"''''~ I
YELI.BlK
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
NoS
I2DAJ
With Nlvigllionl
'-"-"l
IWithout NlVigllionl
'-"-"l
MULl1fUX •
I 'um- mi 1 ~RY 1
NAVIGATION I CON11IOI.
UNIT, COMBINATION
y.
DISPLAY PASSENGER'S UGHTSWITCH
Y i<=>
I
GRN.IWHT I BLU
Y I
REDl8lK
WHTFD WHT/RED V
L. ..J._ ..I L.. ~.. _ ..1 G401 WHT/RED ACCESSORY
POWER
A4 All A2 SOCICET
AUDIO UNIT
e El
A3 A16 At;
GAY
BLU GAYjBlK I
BLUjGRN
BRNr REDIGRN
OMr+ "'rJ
LEFT REAR
DOOR SPEAKER
RIGHT REAR
DOOR SPEAKER
BB
DRIVER'S
DOOR SPEAKER
PASSENGER'S
DOOR SPEAKER
DASH LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROUER
SEEK
I
: UP
1---1
RADIO REMOTE SWITCH
G502
22-198 BACK
r--:'I
~
----------- :Shieldlng
,.... _
1'03..Modell .. _ _ _ _ _ _ ..., .. .. .. .. .. .. 1'99-02 MocWsI
:--·
i
_ --_· · __ ·_··_··_··-1
.
WINDOW NAVIGATION ONSTAR CONTROL UNIT NAVIGATION UNIT
- ANTENNA
r- UNIT ~\7--'-\l-\l~'
o,
c..=:::.. ........ -- .. - ........... ..
r:::
I .... .... .. .... .. ........... ..
:::~
WHT GAN WHTBLJ( LT RN WHT GRN WHT BIJ( lOIN ORN ~LU BLU GRN ~
,
·
·
ANTE A LEAD -'_'-
··-....... ................. ............ ..
.. ......
AI. AI2 All AI3 All AI2 AI3
L .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ ..~ _ .. _ .__ .. __ ._ .. __ . ~ . f--i
AUDIO UNIT
AI
WOOFER SPEAKER
BI B7 B2 B8 85 83 a. B9 Bl1 BI2
.................. -- -
..... ....
If:: --
--- --- --- ........
1 ( .......... - .. -......
........,.
--- -- .......... ........ "
WHTGRN : w:rr GRN OlIN BLU~RN WHiYR
WHT GRN
RD BIJ( GAY OlIN BLU BJ( BRN WHT
<±l
STEREO AMPUFIER
8 81 <±l
7
...... -_ ............ ..
......
..-.. ......
~......
l BLU GRN n
........ _-- ..........
--- -;---------- -~~~ ia

OlIN au
~
-- --- -- .......... - ........... --

qlY
-- --- -- ........ - --- --
I. 6 11 13 9
• 12 5 7
EQUALIZER UNIT
1
G502 6501
BACK 22-199
Stereo Sound System
Audio Unit Connector Replacement
When replacing an audio unit connector, match the wires to the cavities as listed in the following table.
Cavities 11, 12, 13 and 14 of the connector A are used for the navigation system or onstar system.
Cavity Wire Connects to Cavity Wire Connects to

A1 ORN Radio switched power A11 ORN *3 Navigation unit (COM)
WHT/GRN *'
A2 WHT/RED ACC (Main stereo power A12 ORN/BlU * 3 Navigation unit (R +)
supply) lTGRN *'
A3 GRN/RED Radio remote switch A13 BlU/GRN * 3 Navigation unit (l +)
BlK/WHT*'
A4 GRN/WHT* ' Security input A14 WHT/BlK Navigation unit (MUTE)
BlU *2
A5 RED/YEl Right rear speaker (+ ) A15 BRN/WHT Right rear speaker (-)
A6 BlU/YEl left rear speaker (+) A16 GRY/WHT left rear speaker (-)
A7 RED/GRN Front passenger's door speaker A17 BRN/BlK Front passenger's door speaker
(+) (- )
AS BlU/GRN Driver's door speaker (+) A1S GRY/BlK Driver's door speaker (-)
AS RED/BlK Lights-on signal A1S RED Dash lights brightness
controller
A10 WHT/GRN Constant power A20 BlK Ground (G502)
* 1: With Navigation system * 3: 'SS-02 Models
* 2: Without Navigation system * 4: '03 Model

B1 WHT Equalizer unit (left output) B7 RED Equalizer unit (Right output)
B2 GRN Equalizer unit (SUM output) B8 BlK Equalizer unit (Common output)
B3 ORN Equalizer unit (left input) BS BlU/GRN Equalizer unit (Right input)
B4 ORN/BlU Equalizer unit (Common input) B10 -- Not used
B5 GRY Equalizer unit (Output shielding) B11 BlK Equalizer unit (Ground)
86 -- ~- -
Not used 812 VVHT/YEl Equalizer unit (Switched +8AT)
o co
Ol !1~l ol! I~ ~o
',----, '
~
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 Al AZ A3 A41 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Al0
B7 B8 B9 B10 Bll B12 All A12 A13 A14iA15 A16 A17 A18 A19 AZO
22-200 BACK
r--:'I
1.::..1
Stereo Amplifier Connector and Equalizer Unit Connector Replacement
When replacing a stereo amplifier connector, match the When replacing an equalizer unit connector, match the
wires to the cavities as listed in the following table. wires to the cavities as listed in the following table.
Cavity 9 is not used. Cavitiy 2 is not used.

1 WHT/GRN Constant power 1 WHT/YEl Audio unit (Switched + BAT)
2 ORN Radio-switched power 2 -- Not used
3 WHT/GRN Woofer speaker (+) 3 BlU/GRN Stereo amplifier (BASS +)
4 WHT/GRN Woofer speaker (+) 4 ORN Audio unit (left output)
5 BlK Ground (G581) 5 BlU/GRN Audio unit (Right output)
6 WHT/GRN Constant~ower 6 RED Audio unit (Right input)
7 BlU/GRN Equalizer unit (BASS +) 7 BlK Audio unit (Ground)
8 ORN/BlU Equalizer unit (BASS - ) 8 GRY Stereo amplifier (BASS
9 -- Not used shielding)
10 BlK/WHT Woofer speaker ( - ) 9 GRY Audio unit (Output shielding)
11 BlK/WHT Woofer speaker ( - ) 10 ORN/BlU Stereo amplifier (BASS -)
12 BlK Ground (G581) 11 GRN Audio unit (SUM input)
12 ORN/BlU Audio unit (Common output)
13 BlK Audio unit (Common input)
14 WHT Audio unit (left input)
1 2 ..--. 31415
6 7 819 10111112
BACK 22-201
Stereo Sound System
Audio Unit Removal/Installation

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 5. Remove the climate control unit (with Navigation)
SRS component locations, precautions and procedures or CD console box (without Navigation).
(see page 23-17).
NOTE:
• Put on gloves to protect your hands .
• Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related
parts.
and the navigation system, then write down the
frequencies for the radio's preset buttons and the
navigation system.
2. Remove the rear console (see page 20-62).
3. Remove the console panel (see page 20-63). 6. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:
4. Remove the six mounting screws, disconnect the
audio unit connectors (A), climate control unit • Make sure the audio unit connectors are plugged
connectors (with Navigation) (8) and the antenna in properly, and the antenna lead is connected
lead (C), then remove the audio unit (D). properly.
• Enter the anti-theft code for the radio and the
c B navigation system, then enter the customer's
radio station presets.
22-202 BACK
r--:'I
~
Stereo Amplifier Replacement Equalizer Unit Replacement
1. Remove the rear seat (see page 20-95). 1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-65).
2. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the 2. Remove the rear console and console panel (see
amplifier. page 20-63).
3. Remove the audio unit (see page 22-202).
4. Remove the Navigation display unit on vehicles

with Navigation System (see page 22-434), or
remove the climate control unit on vehicles without
B Navigation System (see page 21-60).
5. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the

equalizer unit (B).
3. Remove the two mounting bolts (B) and the

amplifier.
4. Install the amplifier in the reverse order of removal.
6. Remove the bracket from the dashboard.
7. Remove the mounting screws (A), then remove the

equalizer unit from the bracket (B).
8. Install the equalizer unit in the reverse order of

removal.
BACK 22-203
Stereo Sound System
Speaker Replacement
Front Speaker: Woofer:
1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Open the trunk lid.
2. Remove the three screws (A) from the speaker (8). 2. Disconnect the high mount brake light connectors,
and remove the bulbs.
c
3. Remove the woofer cover (A).
J A
D
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), then remove the

speaker.
Rear Speaker:
1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-12).
2. Remove the three screws (A) from the speaker (8).
4. Disconnect the 5P connector (8) from the woofer

(C), then remove the four screws (D) and the
woofer.
A
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), then remove the

speaker.
22-204 BACK
r--:'I
~
Radio Remote Switch Test Window Antenna Coil Test
1. Remove the two screws (A) from the radio remote 1. Disconnect the connectors (A and 8) from the
switch (8). window antenna coil (C).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (C) from the radio

remote switch. 2. Check for continuity between terminal 82 and body
ground and between terminals A 1 and 81.
3. Measure resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2
terminals in each switch position according to the 3. If there is no continuity, replace the window
table. antenna coil by removing the rear shelf (see page
20-56).
Position Resistance
OFF About 3.6 kQ
....
(SEEK)
About 990 Q
•
(VOl. UP)
About 370 Q
... About 100 Q

(VOL. DOWN)
4. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the

radio remote switch.
BACK
22-205
Stereo Sound System
Window Antenna Test Window Antenna Repair
1. Wrap aluminum foil (A) around the tip of the tester NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section
probe (8) as shown. must be no longer than 1 inch.
1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A)

with fine steel wool, then clean it with alcohol.
2. Touch one tester probe to the window antenna

terminal (A) here, and move the other tester probe c
along the antenna wires to check that continuity
exists. 2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion
A\ of the window antenna wire (8) with cellophane

tape (C).
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver

conductive paint (A) extending about 1/8" on both
--~/.
sides of the break. Allow 30 minutes to dry.
NOTE: Thoroughly mix the paint before use.
[£J
0: )
3. If continuity does not exist, repair the window

antenna.
4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.
5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it

dry 3 hours before removing the tape.
22-206
BACK
~
Homelink Remote Control System 1..::.1
Circuit Diagram Test
Turn on the spotlight.
• If the spotlight comes on, the Homelink's power and

ground circuits are OK. If the Homelink will not open
the customer's garage door, check that the Homelink
is programmed properly (see the owner's manual),
call Homelink at 800-355-3515 or on the internet, go
UIIlER-HOOD to www.homelink.jci.com
RISE/llELAY
BOX
• If the spotlight does not come on, check for these
problems:
- A blown No. 11 (7.5 AI fuse in the passenger's
under-dash fuse/relay box.
- An open in the WHT/BlU wire between the
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box and
spotlight.
- An open in the BlK wire between the spotlight and
PASSENGER'S
No.n lNlER-DASH G581.
/7.5AJ RlSE/llELAY
lOX
'"--i----'
SPOTLIGHtS
BlX
0581
BACK 22-207
Accessory Power Socket
Circuit Diagram
BATTERY
+
No.41
(12OA!
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/llELAY
BOX
No.54
I40Al
IGNITION
SWITQI
VEl WIlT/ill!
~
.a DRIVER'S
n.sAl UMlER-DASH
~/REl.AY
ACCESSORY PASSENGER'S
POWBI lINDEll-DASH
SOCKET FUSEIIIElAY
BOX .
L . . - f - - - - - - f - - ' , RElAY
~
WIlT/RED
AUDIO
UNIT IcblERY
~~ POWER
SOCKET
BlJ(
I6501
1
G4Q1
I
GSa1
22-208 BACK
r--:'I
I..!!:..I
Front Socket Test/Replacement
1. Remove the rear console and front console trim 6. Remove the housing (A) and socket (8).
(see page 20-62).
2. Remove the console panel (see page 20-63).
3. Disconnect the 2P connector (A).
---+--BLK
--+--WHT/RED
4. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are

all making good contact.
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded,

repair them as necessary, and recheck the
system.
5. Turn the ignition switch ACC (I), and check for

voltage between the No.1 and No.2 terminals.
• There should be battery voltage.

• If there is no battery voltage, check for:
- blown No.8 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's under-
- faulty accessory power socket relay.
- poor ground (G401, G 581)
- an open in the wire.
- blown No; 9 (20 A) in the passenger's under-
BACK 22-209
Accessory Power Socket
Rear Socket Test/Replacement
1. Remove the rear console (see page 20-62). 5. Remove the housing (A) and socket (B).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A).
.... BlK
.} WHT/RED
3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are

all making good contact.
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded,

system.
4. Turn the ignition switch ACC (I), and check for

voltage between the No.1 and No.2 terminals.
• There should be battery voltage.

• If there is no battery voltage.
- blown No.8 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's under-
- faulty accessory power socket relay.
- poor ground (GS01, GS81).
- blown No.9 (20 A) in the passenger's under-
22-210 BACK
~
Trunk Lid Opener I.!!!..I
TRUNK LID OPENER MAIN SWITCH

Test, page 22-213
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH

Test, page 22-213
TRUNK LID OPENER SOLENOID

Test, page 22-364
BACK 22-211
Trunk Lid Opener
Circuit Diagram
e+
BAmRY
,UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAYBOX
No.41112OA1
~
No.5414O-'1
$J
YEl PASSENGER'S
No.12 UNDER- DASH
I20AI RJSE/RELA Y
BOX
~ ,
~UNK
OPI:NER
MAIN
Z SWITCH
MUlTl'lEX
CONTAOI.
-r
BlU
UMT, Z 11IUNK
PASSENGER'S UD
I
OPENER
I SWITCH
-y
l
WHT/RED
11IUNK
UD
OPENER
SOLENOID
G601
22-212 BACK
~
l!!!:..I
Main Switch Test Switch Test
1. Remove the glove box (see page 20-66). 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Remove the front passenger's console cover (see 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the switch.
page 20-63).
3. Disconnect the 2P connector from the main switch.
3. Check for continuity between the No.1 and No.2

terminals .
4. Check for continuity between the No.1 and No.2 • There should be continuity when the switch is
terminals. pushed.
• There should be no continuity when the switch is
• There should be continuity with the switch ON. released .
• There should be no continuity with the switch
OFF. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the
switch.
main switch.
BACK 22-213
Automatic Dimming Inside Mirror
Description Circuit Diagram
The automatic dimming inside mirror has a front-facing

lux level sensor (A), a rear-facing lux level sensor (B), UNDER-HOOD RJSE/RELAV BOX [j] : ONSTARSYmM
and a control unit. The control unit receives signals M~W
+ ~ '~
' ONSTARSYSmoI
from each sensor. Based on the difference between the
two lux levels (the light outside the vehicle and the light
~~~
from the headlights of the other vehicle, etc.), the
control unit controls the electro-chromic gel to reduce
the glare. This dimming function is canceled when the
transmission is in reverse, or when the automatic
dimming switch (e) is turned OFF.
~~
~ No'9
ONSTAR SYSTEM
:DASH
(75A) RJSE/RELAV
BOX
REVERSE
RElAY
A
WITHOUT ONSTAR SYSTEM

WHT GRNj
~ GRN/BlJ(
\J ~'
:"
·IIACI(-UPUGHTS
ofIAVIGATlON UNT
III :2 _
lJIANSMISSION AUTDMA11C IISIlE

RANGE DMMWG MIRROR
SWlTOi fHlo bull-in controIlI1ftl
(~ [H) ) ~I
13- : ! 11 :
I
A BlJ( . I I·BlJ(
'¢>!i
IIJ( ,
Ii: .
B
!1
I -:- I~!
GIGI : GS81J
1.._.. : J'
1.._.,
[] OJ
22-214 BACK
~
I.!!!!!..I
Test/Replacement
Without OnStar System: OnStar System:
1. Remove the front ceiling light (see page 22-181). NOTE: Before testing, check the NO. 13 (7.5A) fuse. NO.
7, 10,11,13,14, and 15 terminals are OnStar switches
2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the automatic microphone power, ground and signal lines.
inside dimming mirror (B). 1. Disconnect the 16P connector from the mirror.
16P CONNECTOR
RED/WHT BRN BLU/GRN
2. Check for voltage between the NO. 12 terminal and

3. Check for continuity between No. 3 terminal and body ground with the ignition switch ON (II).
body ground.
• If there is battery voltage, go to step 3.
• If there is continuity, go to step 4. • If there is no voltage, check for:
• Ifthere is no continuity, check for: - an open in the wire.
- poor ground (G5a1). 3. Check for voltage berween the NO. 16 terminal and
body ground with the ignition switch ON (II) and
4. Check for voltage between No.1 terminal and body AfT gear position in [RJ.
ground with the ignition switch ON (II).
• If there is battery voltage, replace the mirror by
• If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. removing torx screw.
• If there is no voltage, check for: • If there. is no voltage, check for:
- blown No. 9 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's - an open in the wire, or
under-dash fuse/relay box. - faulty reverse relay, or
- an open in the wire. - faulty transmission range switch.
5. Check for voltage between No.2 terminal and body

ground with the ignition switch ON (II) and
Transmission range switch in [RJ.
• If there is battery voltage, replace the mirror

assembly.
• If there in no voltage, check for:
- an open in the wire .
- faulty reverse relay.
- faulty Transmission range switch.
BACK 22-215
Moonroof
MOONROOF SWITCH
Test, page 22-219
KEY -OFF TIMER CIRCUIT

(In the multiplex control unit, passenger's)
Input Test, page 22-321 MOONROOF MOTOR
Test, page 22-218
MOON ROOF
UMITSWITCH
Test, page 22-219
MOONROOF CLOSE RELAY

Wire colors: GRN/RED, GRN,
[ WHT/YEl, BlK, GRN/RED ]
MOONROOF OPEN RELAY
Wire colors: GRN/YEl, GRN,
[ WHT/YEl, BlK, GRY/YEl ]
Test, page 22-103
22-216 BACK
r--:'I
I.!:!..I
Circuit Diagram
I I
BAmRY No.41 1120AI No.51 (COAl MULTPLEX
'-0--+-~
\::r;J
WHT/BLU - ~=Jlr'f'
(Koy-offtim_)
r.0.l.~!._ .. _ .. _ .. _ •• _ .. _ .. _ •• _ .-; U
.....
r··-.. - . - . - . - . -··-r-··+I---'I-----I-tI PASSENGER'S

UNDER-DASH
i ~:------------------~ i:~W FUSE/RELAY
BOX
-.. - . - .. - . - . -.. ··n

('02-03 Modelsl
!! ,"-"-"-.. -.~
No.1
~ (30A)
'1<=>"1 No.1S I'
(30A)
No.7
(lOA)
~._ .. .J
r
GRN
I
GRN
aL aL
WHT IYEL aL WHT;tEL
rl-~T~ ~T-r-h
_____ \P :ROOF ~/_____ =ROOF
4----1- ~...J RELAY I...-9+-_+-, RELAY
J MOONROOF .I.
GRY VEL GRNrEL
'---._1~1@12. MOrOR .-+____GRN.....iRED GRN RED
~GRYtyEL -
MOONROOF
U/KI
., SWITCH
"
OPEN 0 '9 CLOSE OPEN )5' CLOSE No.59(I5A)

FUSE
'-i--+-'
GRYiYEL G)R:D VEL/IRED

2
Y
RED/BLK
6 4 S 3
OPEN : CLOSE : mr) ( D ( DLIGHT

(0.56Wx2)
2 MOONROOf SWITCH 1
BLK RED BLK
....... 1 7
MULTIPLEX
CONTROLUMT,
1
PASSENGER'S
G501 G501 G581
BACK 22-217
Moonroof
Switch Test Motor Test

NOTE: The moonroof can still be operated for about 10 1. Remove the headliner (see page 20-59).
minutes after the ignition switch is turned from the "II"
to the "I" or "0" positions, as long as none of the doors 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the moonroof
have been opened. This provides a convenience to motor.
parked occupants while offering a degree of security
against unwanted or accidental moonroof operation.
1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see

page 20-65).
2. Carefully pry out the switch from the dashboard,

and disconnect its connector.
m
3. Check the motor by connecting power and ground
according to the table.
1\ Terminal
1 2
Position \
OPEN e e
CLOSE e e
4. If the motor does not run, replace it.
NOTE: See closing force check (see page 20-53) for

A motor clutch test.


bulbs (A) or the switch.
22-218 BACK
r--:'I
I..!!!!..I
Limit Switch Test
1. Remove the headliner (see page 20-59).
2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the moonroof

limit switch.

NOTE: Turn the motor by hand with the wrench.
Terminal
Position
TILT
OPEN
CLOSE
4. If there is no continuity, replace the motor.
BACK 22-219
Rear Window Defogger
-: Rear window defogger switch is built into the climate control unit.
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH-
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH- (Without navigation system)
(With navigation system)
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY

Test. page 22-103
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

Function Test. page 22-222
Defogger Wire Repair. page 22-222
WINDOW ANTENNA COIL

Test. page 22-205
22-220 BACK
~
I.!!!!.I
Circuit Diagram
BAmRY
UNDER-HOOD FUSE / RELAY BDX
No.411120AI No.4216OA1
+ l---+--::J'-D--.....-eJ"U)-+----...
-&-
~
IGNITION SWITCH
'" m ~ =,,,,,,
LP FUSE/RELAYBOX
BlKJYEl
WHTIGRN
REAR
f~-------------------
PASSENGER'S wtlDOW
UNDER-DASH DEFOGGER
FUSE/RELAY BOX L-+-____________ ~~
RELAY
BLKIGRN BRN YEL
11
CUMATE CONTROL
REAR WINDOW
~
UNIT
(Rw window dtfogg«
.wi1l:h and deiogg«
DEFOGGER
SWITCH
tim« circu~ built into
climate control un~
) Il'IlICATOR
lLEDI
AI WINDOW ANTENNA COL
Bl
BLKlGRN
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
G401
BACK 22-221
Rear Window Defogger
Function Test Defogger Wire Repair
NOTE: Be careful not to scratch or damage the defogger NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section
wires with the tester probe. must be no longer than 1 inch.
1. Check for voltage between the positive terminal (A) 1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A)
and body ground with the ignition switch and with fine steel wool, then clean it with alcohol.
defogger switch ON.
There should be battery voltage.
• If there is no voltage, check for:

- a faulty defogger relay.
- faulty window antenna coil.
- an open in the BLK/GRN wire.
B A
c
2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion
of the defogger wire (B) with cellophane tape (C).
3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver

conductive paint extending about 118" on both
sides of the break. Allow 25 minutes to dry.
Thoroughly mix the paint before use.
2. Check for continuity between the negative terminal

(B) and body ground.
If there is no continuity, check for an open in the
defogger ground wire.
3. Touch the voltmeter positive probe to the halfway

point of each defogger wire, and the negative
probe to the negative terminal.
There should be about 6 V with the ignition switch
and the defogger switch ON.
• If the voltage is as specified, the defogger wire is

OK.
• If the voltage is not as specified, repair the
defogger wire. 4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire.
- If it is more than 6 V, there is a break in the
negative half of the wire. 5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it
- If it is less than 6 V, there is a break in the dry 3 hours before removing the tape.
positive half of the wire.
22-222 BACK
r:-:'I
Clock l=!..I
Circuit Diagram Replacement
1. Remove the instrument panel (see page 20-65),

'1 : '99 Model
'Z : '00-03 Models
UNDER-HOOD RISE/RElAY BOX 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the clock.
No.4211OA1
No.54
14OA1
WHT~
BAT IGNTION
B~
161 SWITCH
$J ~
PASSENGER'S DRIVER'S
No.13 UNDER-DASH No.9 UI'tlER-DASH
17.5A1 FUSEJRELAY 17.5A1 FUSE/RELAY
BOX BOX
r-r;r-l
WIIT/YEL ~ WIlT/VEL ~ lL VEL
~~ WHT D~ \J COMBt.lAT1ON
UGHTSWITCH
3, Remove the two mounting screws (B) from the
clock.
·PCM
• GAUGE
ASSE_Y
GAUGE
ASSEMBLY Y
RED
4. Remove the clock from the instrument panel.
CLOCK Terminals
Cavity Wire Connect to
1 VEL IG1 (Main clock power
supply)
2 WHT/YEL*' Constant power
WHT/RED*2
3 RED/BlK Lights-on signal
4 RED Multiplex control unit,
driver's
5 BlK Ground
* 1: '99 Model
* 2: '00-03 Models
BLK RED
5. If necessary, replace the bulb (C).
~
MULTPLEX
CONTROl.
UNT,
DllVER'S
0501
BACK 22-223
Horns
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELA V BOX
HORN RELAY HORN SWITCH

Test, page 22-103 Test, page 22-227
CABLE REEL
page 23-231
HORN (LOW)
Test/Replacement,
page 22-226
HORN (HIGH) ('00-03 models)
Test/Replacement, page 22-226
J
HORN (HIGH) ('99 model)
22-224 BACK
Circuit Diagram
BAmRY
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAYBOX
• IllWEUGIIT
• KEY INTBILOCK
SOLfNOll
• SECURITY HORN
~:~I "T
BLU D
r"-
I LTGRN/~~-" i
i~ i""~
I• CONTlIOl UMT I•
MULTI'LfX
· PASSENGBrS '
1.._ .. _ . J.
IONSTAR SYSTEM)
r"-"-"
I LTGIINIBW
iI ~ .I
ONSTAR
CABLE
REEL
HORN
(Low)
HHORN
(High)
• CONTROl •
. .. J
i..~._
CRUISE CONTROL
SET/llESUME/
CANCEl. SWITCH
BACK 22-225
Horns
Horn Test/Replacement
1. Open the hood. 5. Test the horn by connecting battery power to the
terminal (A) and grounding the bracket (8). The
2. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-135). horn should sound.
B~
3. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-101).
(High horn for '00-03 models)
4. Disconnect the 1P connector (A), and remove the

low horn (8) and high horn (e) ('99 model) or (D)
('00-03 models).
B
c
6. If it fails to sound, replace it.
~
'~
........ ) < )
BACK
22-226
~
~
Horn Switch Test
1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page 20- 5. Remove the driver's airbag assembly.
65).
6. Check for continuity between the cable reel No.2
2. Remove the steering column upper and lower terminal (A) and the horn switch positive terminal
covers (see page 17-27). (8).
3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8 4P • If there is no continuity, check the cruise control
connector (A) from the cable reel (8). Set/Resume/Cancel switch. If the switch is OK,
replace the cable reel (see page 23-219) and
B check for proper operation.
• If there is continuity, replace the driver's airbag.
4. Check for continuity between the cable reel No.2

terminal and body ground in each switch position
according to the table .
• If there is continuity, the horn switch is OK .

• If there is no continuity, go to step 5.
\ Terminal
2 Body ground
Position \
Pushed 0 -0
Released
BACK
22-227
Power Seats
Driver's Power Seat (S-way Adjustable):
REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR

Test, page 22-233
FRONT UP-DOWN MOTOR SLIDE MOTOR

Test, page 22-233 Test, page 22-233
Passenger's Power Seat (4-way Adjustable):
RECLINE MOTOR
Test, page 22-234
SLIDE MOTOR
Test, page 22-234
ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
Test/Replacement,
page 22-232
BACK
22-228
~
I.!!!:.I
Circuit Diagram - 8-way Adjustable
UNDfR-HOOD RlSE/RELAV BOX

BATTERY
No.41 (120AI No.5514GA1
VELIGRN
No.4
I20AI
~ No.2
12OA1
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAVBOX
BLU REO
B6 B2 POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
UP "
B5 A3 A4 AI A5 A6 A2 B4 B3 Bl
BIJ( GRN EL GN BLU VEL BU RED REDIVEL VEL VELIGRN BLK
FRONT UP-DOWN REAR UP-DOWN

MOTOR MOTOR
G551 G551
BACK 22-229
Power Seats
Circuit Diagram - 4-way Adjustable
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/REI.AY BOX

i
BAmRY
No.41 112OA) No.55I40A)
+~--~~~~~~--~
YEL/GIIN
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
No.8 FUSE/RELAYBDX
(ZOA)
WHT.
81 83 POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENTSW1Ta!
BACK- FOR- BACK- '. fOR- '.

WARD WARD WARD WARD
B4 A4 A2 as B8 B2
BIJ(
RECLN
MOTOR
G581 G5IIl
22-230 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!!!.I
Switch Test/Replacement
8-way Adjustable: 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each

,. Remove the adjustment switch cover (A) from the
driver's seat by removing the two screws (B), and 1\ Terminal
A1 A2 A3 A4 AS A6 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
pulling off the adjustment switch knobs (C). Position \
FOR \.../
h 1\.../
SLIDE WARD
SWITCH BACK :\.../ "
WARD r-. Ir-. 1\..../
FOR 1\.../ \.../ J\
RECLINE WARD
SWITCH BACK
"
" t:::: h
'-...I
WARD
[V
J\ 1\.../
FRONT UP
UP-
DOWN "
SWITCH DOWI\ In \..../ J\ 1\..../
REAR UP [\..../ r-. r-. jV

UP-
DOWN
SWITCH DOWI\ i"
\.../ h \..../
A1 F====t A2
2. Disconnect the 6P connectors (D) from the
adjustment switch (E), then remove the switch from A3 A41A5 A6
the cover by removing its two mounting screws.
3. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs.
F=L
81 82
83 841 85 86

switch.
(cont'd)
BACK 22-231
Power Seats
Switch Test/Replacement (cont'd)
4-way Adjustable: 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each

1. Remove the adjustment switch cover (A) from the
passenger's seat by removing the two screws (B),
and pulling off the adjustment switch knobs (C).
"-Position
Terminal
\
A2 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
FOR ,.. ..... ..... ,..

SLIDE WARD i
SWITCH BACK ..... ,.... ..... ,.... I
WARD
FOR .....
.("\ ..... i
RECLINE WARD C
SWITCH BACK ..... ,.. ..... ,..
WARD
[g]
2. Disconnect the 6P connectors (D) from the

adjustment switch (E), then remove the switch from
the cover by removing its two mounting screws.
I==l
81 82
3. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs.
83 84 185 86

switch.
22-232 BACK
r--:'I
~
Motor Test
8-way Adjustable: 3. Test the motor. When the motor stops running,
disconnect battery power immediately.
1. Remove the driver's seat (see page 20-78).
Recline motor:
2. Disconnect the 6P connectors from the adjustment
switch. 1\ Terminal
B3 B4
Position \
Forward <±> e
FRONT
UP-DOWN Wire side of Backward e <±>
MOTOR female terminals
Slide motor:
1\ Terminal
A1 A5
Position \
Forward e G)
Backward G) e
Front up-down motor:
SLIDE
MOTOR
1\ Terminal
A3 A4
Position \
UP <:8 e
Wire side of
DOWN e <:8
female terminals
Rear up-down motor:
1\ Terminal
A2 A6
Position \
UP <:8 e
DOWN e <:8
4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly,

check for an open in the power seat wire harness
between the 6P connector and the 2P or 4P
connectors. If the harness is OK, replace the motor
'99 model (see page 20-84).
'00 model (see page 20-85),
BACK 22-233
Power Seats
Motor Test (cont'd)
4-way Adjustable: 3. Test the motor. When the motor stops running,
disconnect battery power immediately.
1. Remove the passenger's seat (see page 20-78).
Recline motor:
2. Disconnect the 6P connectors from the adjustment
switch. 1\ Terminal
B5 B6
Position \
Forward e G)
Wire side of
female terminals
Backward G) e
Slide motor:
1\ Terminal
A2 A4
Position \
Forward e G)
-
Backward G) e
RECLINE
MOTOR

check for an open in the power seat wire harness
between the 6P connector and the 2P connectors. If
ADJUSTMENT the harness is OK, replace the motor
SWITCH '99 model (see page 20-84),
~ Wire side of '00 model (see page 20-85),
~
female terminals
22-234 BACK
~
Power Mirrors I.!!:.I
POWER MIRROR and DEFOGGER SWITCH

Test, page 22-238
POWER MIRRORS
Function Test, page 22-237
Test, page 22-239
Mirror Actuator Replacement, page 22-240
BACK
22-235
Power Mirrors
Circuit Diagram
Without DPMS
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAYBOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RELAYBOX
M[B I~~' --@-.,---f§.I-II-....,

.
YjLK
r - - - - YEL/BLK
POWER MIIROR SWITCH
LEFT
dD--U~--GD
• ~~-----+--~
," ~~;ER
~~-~
.... AAA ~
""-1 vvv '1:::::7
r--- :r,- ------------------------------,q"

LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
718 9 110
ORN~ BLU(wKr YEL/WHT alx
BLU GRN ORN~HT

LEFTMIIROR RIGHT MIRROR
LEFT
e
UP RIGHT DEFOGGER UP
e
RIGHT I DEFOGGER
BLU~T BLU10RN B!J< BLU/WHT LTGRN

r
ILK
I I
.......... .......... ........

G551 6511 G551
22-236
BACK
~
a=:.J
Function Test
Without DPMS left mirror
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 6. Connect the No.1 terminal to the No.7 terminal,
and the No.4 (or No.9) terminal to body ground
with jumper wires. The left mirror should tilt down
(or swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).
• If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swing
left), check for an open in the BlU/WHT (or BlU/
ORN) wire between the left mirror and the 10P
connector. If the wire is OK, check the left mirror
actuator.
• If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left,
repair the BlU/GRN wire.
• If the mirror works properly, check the mirror
switch.
BLU/WHT
Right mirror
Wire side of
female terminals 7. Connect the No.1 terminal to the No. 8 terminal,
and the No.4 (or No. 10) terminal to body ground
with jumper wires. The right mirror should tilt
down (or swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).
BLU/GRN BLU/ORN • If the miror does not tilt down (or does not swing
left), check for an open in the BlU/WHT (or IT
GRN) wire between the right mirror and the 10P
2. Disconnect the 1OP connector from the power connector.
mirror switch. If the wire is OK, check the right mirror actuator.
• If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left,
3. Choose the appropriate test based on the repair the YEL/WHT wire .
symptom: • If the mirror works properly, check the mirror
• Both mirrors don't work, go to step 4. switch.
• left mirror doesn't work, go to step 6.
• Right mirror doesn't work, go to step 7. Defogger
• Defogger doesn't work, go to step 8.
8. Connect the No.3 and No.6 terminals with a
Both mirrors jumper wire, and check for voltage between the No.
3 terminal and body ground. There should be
4. Check for voltage between the No.1 terminal and battery voltage and both mirrors should warm up
body ground with the ignition switch ON (II). with the ignition switch ON (II) .
There should be battery voltage. • If there is no voltage or neither warms up, check
• If there is no battery voltage, check for: for:
- blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver'S under- - an open in the YEL/BlK and ORN/WHT wires.
dash fuse/relay box. - blown No.4 (7.5 A) in the driver's under-dash
- an open in the YEL/BlK wire. fuse/relay box.
• If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. - poor ground (G551, G581).
• If only one fails to warm up, check its defogger.
5. Check for continuity between the No.2 terminal • If both warm up, check the defogger switch.
and body ground.
• If there is no continuity, check for:
- an open in the BlK wire.
- poor ground (G551).
• If there is continuity, check both mirrors
individually as described in the next column.
BACK
22-237
Power Mirrors
Power Mirror and Mirror Defogger Switch Test
1. Disconnect the 10P connector or 13P connector (A) 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
from the power mirror switch (8). switch position according to the table.
Mirror Switch:
1\ Termlnel 1 2 4 7 8 9 10
Position \ [2] [6] [5] [10 [11 [12 [13:
UP
DOWN
~ -0
A
l
lEFT ,.,
;..
-....,
RIGHT
UP
DOWN
0- f-<>
R
Fsmfffil
Sfffij10
LEFT
RIGHT
~
'99-02 models
~ Defogger Switch:
1\ Termlnel
3 6
Position
\ [1] [8]
'03 model
ON 0 -0
OFF
- --- - --- - - - --_ .. - .. - - - -
[] : '03 model

switch.
BACK
22-238
r--:'I
~
Power Mirror Actuator Test
'99·01 models: '02·03 models:

1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the power 2. Disconnect the 13P connector (A) from the power
mirror (B). mirror actuator (B).
B

3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and

3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to the table.
ground according to the tab~e.
f\ Terminal
6 7 8
Position \
1\ Terminal
4 5 t; TILT UP (~ (f)
Position \ TILT DOWN (f) e
TILT UP (f) e SWING LEFT C-:> (f)
TILT DOWN e (f) SWING RIGHT C-B e
SWING LEFT (f) e
SWING RIGHT e (f) 4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace the
mirror actuator.
4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace the
mirror actuator. Defogger Test
Defogger Test 5. Check for continuity between the No.4 and No.5
terminals of the 13P connector. There should be
5. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No.2 continuity.
terminals of the 6P connector. There should be
continuity. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the
switch.
6. Ifthe continuity is not as specified, replace the
switch.
BACK
22-239
Power Mirrors
Power Mirror Actuator Replacement

1. Remove the power mi rror from the door (see page 5. Remove the three screws (A) and the actuator (8).
20-25), and disconnect the 6P ('99-01 models) or
13P ('02-03 models) connector.
2. Cut the wire harness with wire cutters.
6. Route the wire harness (A) ofthe new actuator

through the hole in the bracket (B).
3. Record the terminal locations and wire colors.
4. Remove the mirror holder (see page 20-26).
~B
A
BACK
22-240
r--:-I
I..:!:..I
7. Insert the terminals into the connector as shown

below.
'99-0; models:
LEFT MIRROR RIGHT MIRROR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
BlK BLK
\ J
~
G! f
ORN
~l
Terminal side of male terminals
'02-03 models:
lEFT MIRROR CONNECTOR
G):r~~Nmm
BlU/ORN \ BR~
BW/GRN RED/BlK
RIGHT MIRROR CONNECTOR
BRN/WHT GRN GRN/RED BlK ORN/WHT
1:1{1:kwcl(
lTr:: /
YEl/WHT
Bl~~ RED/BlK
8. Apply tape to seal the intersection of the wire

harness.
9. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

Be careful not to break the mirror when reinstalling
it to the actuator (see step 4 on page 20-26).
10. Reinstall the mirror assembly to the door.
11. Operate the power mirror to ensure smooth

operation.
BACK
22-241
Driving Position Memory System (DPMS)
POWER MIRRORS
Actuator Test, page 22-239
Position Sensors Troubleshooting,
page 22-266
POWER MIRROR and DEFOGGER SWITCH

Test, page 22-238
DRIVING POSITION MEMORY SWITCH

Test, page 22-265
POWER MIRROR CONTROL CIRCUIT

(In the multiplex control unit, passenger's)
22-242
BACK
~
~
RECLINE MOTOR
Test, page 22-274
RECLINE POSITION SENSOR
Troubleshooting,
step 1 on page 22-267
REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR

Test, page 22-274
REAR UP-DOWN POSITION SENSOR
Troubleshooting,
step 1 on page 22-269
SLIDE POSITION SENSOR

Troubleshooting,
page 22-266
FRONT UP-DOWN MOTOR

Test, page 22-274
FRONT UP-DOWN POSITION SENSOR POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Troubleshooting, step 1 on page 22-268 Input Test, page 22-260
SLIDE MOTOR
Test, page 22-274
BACK
22-243
System Descriptions
The driver's seat and the power mirrors have a memory feature. The seat and mirror adjustments can be regulated
separately. All the adjustments can be memorized by pressing the MEMO button on the driving position memory
switch, and then pressing one of the two position buttons within five seconds. Pressing the appropriate position
button will move the seat and the mirrors to the memorized position.
Disconnecting the battery will cancel the memorized positions.
Power Seat Position Sensors:

Each motor has a reed switch sensor which detects motor rotation and sends a pulse to the power seat control unit
when the motor rotates. The control unit stores the number of pulses in its memory, and the seat position is
memorized.
Power Mirror Position Sensors:

By means of a Hall-effect type tilt position sensor and swing position sensor, the power mirror control circuit in the
passenger's multiplex control unit detects the voltage changes caused by the movements of the mirrors.
These voltage changes are stored in memory, and the power mirror positions are memorized.
Memory Retrieval:
When one of the two buttons on the driving position memory switch is pressed with the vehicle parked (shift lever in
IE) and the driver door closed, the seat and the mirrors move to the memorized positions. The remote transmitters will
also activate the DPMS.
BACK
22-244
~
I..!!:.I
General Troubleshooting Infomation
The self-diagnostic function of the driving position memory system detects system problems. This information can be
retrieved by displaying diagnostic trouble code.
Displaying the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and move the seat to a non-memorized position.
2. Press the MEMO button (A) and both position buttons (8) at the same time, and hold them.
c::=:l 1
c
c::=:l 2
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait at least 1 second, then release the three buttons.
4. After 1 second, the position button indicators (e) will blink to show the DTe.
DTC Indications
No System Problem Pattern:
If there is no DTe stored, the indicators blink only once (3 seconds).
MEMO button }
Pos. button 1
Pos. button 2 ::,J ON (II)
.: 1 sec or more I
:.. ..
!
: ' -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Ignition
switch OFF j=l- 0.""
:. 3 sec ~ :
Indicator 1
Indicator 2 }
ON
.. "oc .I only 1 blink
OFF
(cont'd)
BACK
22-245
General Troubleshooting Infomation (cont'd)

System Problem Pattern:
If a system problem has occurred, the DTC is stored, the indicators flash the DTC. The first digit is indicated by the
number of long (1 second) blinks, and the second digit is indicated by the number of short (0.26 second) blinks.
There is a 3 second break between each DTC when there are multiple DTCs.
MEMO button}
Pos. button 1 ON
Pos. button 2
OFF-----I
ON (III
.. .
1 sec or more
: ----__+
.--......
Ignition SWitCh' J i.. 0.3 sec
OFF ~
two 0.26 sec blinks
: , 1 sec '
:..
,, - ;,
, -~-
Indicator 1 }
Indicator 2
;.... I'
ON! 1 sec I' ....
1 sec 1 U
, , l '
,
.. 3 sec break
j OTC " ,..tod
OFF :
Canceling the DTC Indication

• Turn the ignition switch OFF or
• Press the MEMO button, or the position button 1, or the position button 2, or
• Press one of the driving position adjustment switches.
Erasing the DTC from Memory

Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the radio, then write down the frequencies for the radio's preset button.
Disconnect the battery negative cable for at least 30 seconds. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code
for the radio, then enter the customer's radio station presets.
BACK
22-246
~
~
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Index
OTC Symptom Possible Cause Page

31 Seat can't be adjusted at all Faulty power seat adjustment (see page 22-260) for driver's
switch, or power seat control power seat control unit input
unit test
(see page 22-254) for power
seat adjustment switch test
32 Positions can't be stored or Faulty driving position memory (see page 22-260) for power
retrieved with the driving switch, power seat control unit seat control unit input test
position memory switch (failure (see page 22-265) for driving
to write or read in the power position memory switch test
seat control unit) (see page 22-260) for power
33 Positions can't be stored or Faulty driving position memory seat control unit input test
retrieved with the driving switch, or passenger's (see page 22-254) for multiplex
position memory switch (failure multiplex control unit control unit input
to write or read in the troubleshooti ng
passenger's multiplex control (see page 22-265) for driving
unit) position memory switch test
37 Seat can't be adjusted or can be Faulty transmission range (see page 14-144) for
adjusted even when the vehicle switch, or vehicle speed sensor transmission range switch test
moving circuit (see page 14-105) for
countershaft speed sensor test
(see page 22-129) for vehicle
speed sensor circuit
troubleshooting
BACK
22-247
Circuit Diagram
DllVER'S
UM)£fI-DASH
~'~
BATTERY
UNDER-HOODFUSE/RELAY BOX
---@::IBLK/yELYEL--
IGNI'IlON SWITCH £NOffl;j
FUSE/REI.AYBOX
+~WHT 8AT No.417.5A1

IGZ YEL YEl/BLK ----+--------
PASSENGER'S
utIlER-DASH 1FuM/nIIv bollocbll
jl
FUSE/RELAYBOX
~YEL @No.l1l7.5A1 WHT/BI.U

No.1317.5A1
-1------+
No.55I40AI No.2IZOAI
~ YEl/GRN I ,O'...D RED --+---+--------
~8LU
~ I IFuu/"'..,bol .....1
IFuu/....y bollOCkltJ
I
WHTIflED
A12 I A24
~PN<r
MULT1PUX CONTROL UNIT. DllVER'S
A14 811 A16 A3 814 A2 819

• NAVlGAllON \NT
• GAUGE
ASSEMIIlY
• POWERSEAT
COHT1IOI.UMT
• GAUGE ASSEMBlY
aiK aiK GRNJDRN
• POWER • OIUISE
T
~ ~
SEAT 8LU1BLK BLUlWHT
CONTROL .=UMT
UNIT
COHTlIOI. UNIT V
Y
GRN{ORN
Y
8LUIWHT
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT.
DOOR
KEYLESS
RECEIVER
UNIT
MULTJlLEX
CONTORL UNIT.
PASSENGER'S
f
~
GRN/ORN
DRIVER'S
BLUr
=
DOOR
SWITCH V
LD:or-;p.,) (~I!l) PCM
G401
~
GS03
....... I
Gl0l
BACK
22-248
r--:'I
I..!::.I
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
--VEl
- VEl/8LK
?
REDI LK
5 DRIVI'lG POSmON MEMORY SWITCH
POSITION
MEMO BUTTONS
IFuJe/1IIIy box oocl<lI) 2 NlICATQRS BUTTON ~
WHT/YEl
- WHT/BLU Q~1~ ~2 C~I~ I~' 11,

-: ~
--R£D Y L !FUll/1liiy box oocl<lIl Y 4 3 6 7 9 8 10
--BLU-
IFuse/roiIY box oocl<lI)
~
REDIGRN YL YEL/WHT LTBLU 8LU YEL 8LK
~~ ~~ (To poge 22-252)

DASHUGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROLLER
83 D4 Al0 AS B2 86 Cl0 AS A19
C4
--PNK---<
87 A7
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
A17 AlB
(
A20 01 A3
MULTIPLEX
BrK ax aK 8LU BLK W~ GRN ORN CONTROL
J
UNIT,
OliVER'S
?
GRN RN
• PCM
• GAUGE
GRN ORN ASSEMBLY
• CRUISE
10 9 CONTROl
TRANSr.tSSKlN
RANGE ~q, DRIVER'S
DOOR
UNT
·Cl.NATE
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH CONTROl
3 ( 00Hd '
kI position [!]
J 3 (Closed '
In position 00 ) (~~ J UNT
• NAVlGA1lON
UNIT
..JJ...
G503
I I
G551 G1Gl
I
G1Gl
-' '- ...
G401
~
(cant'd)
BACK
22-249
II:D/IIlJ( RED/IIlJ(
BI B2 DRIVER'S POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWlTOt
AIONT SUl£ REAR REaH

UP-DOWN UP-DOWN
UP './ DOWN './ FOA- '. / BACK- UP 'J DOWN '. / FOA- '. / BACK-
WARD 6 WARD WARD 6 WARD
~ 1M I~ 1M ~ IAi I~ I~
II:D. GAN. GRN. va. VEURED BlU/OIIN BlU/RED REDLWHT II:DLVEL
~ cz C8 Ai AI. C3 C9 CI C7
POWER SEAT CONTROL lINT
II ~ 85 II D2 os D3 D6
GRNIVEL G BlUIVEL ILU RED AEDJYEL YEUGRN
FRONT UP-DOWN MOTOR SLIIEMOTOR REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR REaHMOTOA
BACK
22-250
r--:'I
I.!!!!:..I
POWER SEAT CONTllOl UNIT
AI A2 en ca el2
"12
""
GRN Bu( BRN BLU Bu( WHT Bu( REDI K YEL/BlJ( BAN Bu(
h
BAN BAN
hBRN BAN
FRONT SlJ)£ REAR REa.M

UP-DOWN POSIT1ON UP-DOWN POSIT1ON
POSIT1ON SENSOR POSIIlON SENSOR
SENSOR SENSOR
WHTBu( BAN Bu(
(cont'd)
BACK 22-251
TAUlGHT (From page )

RELAY 22-249
I I
RED/JILK
l
YEL/fK
r··+··_··(WIlh~Oggerll
1 .
I
VEL/JILl<
POWER MIRROR SWlTai
I DEFOGGER
I LEFT r--~--l;------'-- RIGHT
SWITCH
-"'
~;
I
\::Y I
o1J
~--'--~ -~
Cf (0.56W1
1......0 ~I
If6=.
(From Pl9!22-2491
DOWN
:t,----- -- ---------- :1"
I
LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
1
I 10 11 13
~
(Fuse/relay box IOdIIII VEL
!l
ORNjWHT BLUjRED
PUR
~c
BLK BLU/BLK
184 183 1 B6 1 as A2 I A24 A22

DASH LIGHTS
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROLLER
I POWER
MIRROR
DEFOGGER
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT. PASSENGER'S
(Pow. mirror control circuitl
.. (Tonext)
page
1_--_--_------1 AS B22 B9
~
BLK BLK
• MULTPLEX
CONTROL UNIT.
DRIVER'S
·POWERSUT
CONTROL UNIT
-'""- -'""- -'""-
G551 G581 G504
BACK
22-252
r--:'I
t.=:..I
- WItI! doIogger
DEFOGGER
SWITCH
Fr~
( ..........
page
I
L£FTMIRROR 7
T
ORN WHT
5 RlGHTMIlROR 7
ORNWHT
~~ ~: ~~ ~:
(±) (±)
M M
e (±) (±) (±)
UP RIGHT -DEFOGGER UP RIGHT -DEFOGGER
8 6 4 8 6 4
BLU GRN BLU 0lI'l

r BlU ~HT LT ~
B16
T." B15
MULTPLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S

1- B14 B12
IPow. mirTo. controI ..... ~J
1~
+
B18 B19 810
f7
GRN [wHT GRN RED GRN B~ B~
RED BLJ( BRN/WIfT RED ~

1 9 2 3 9 2
L£FT RIGHT
--Q Jt- ~ 0-
POWER POWER
MIRROR MIRROR
POSITION POSITION
SENSOR SENSOR
Tl.T SWWG Tl.T SWING
3 1
BAN WHT BRN WHT

....... ...-.:-
G551 G581
BACK 22-253

1. Before testing the driving position memory control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system. Perform
the multiplex mode test first.
its connector.
3. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact .

A13 A14 A15 A16 --- A17 A18 A19 A20 - A21 A22 A23 A24
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S CONNECTOR B
RED/WHT ORN/WHT BLU/RED RED/BLK

\PU\ \ iLU/BLK \ ;RN/ iRN/RED
i ,
Bl 1B2 1B3 1B4 1B5 86IB71B8IB91810

1Blll B121 B131 B141B151 B161)<JB171B181B191B201 B211B22
/ e L / L T ! BLt/ORN\
LT GRN BLU/WHT BLU/GRN
BtN! BRN~H~ ~LK
GRN/WHT GRY
BLK
\
1 2 3 4
0 5 6 7
8 9 10 111 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17
1
18 19 20
1
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR H
718
t
YEL Wire side of female terminels
BACK
22-254
~
I.!!!...I
4. With the connectors still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors .
.
If ate
II h .,nput tests prove OK go to step 5.
AS BlK Under all conditions Check for continuity • Poor ground (G5S1)
to ground: • An open in the wire
There should be
continuity.
B22 BlK Under all conditions Check for continuity • Poor ground (G504)
to ground: • An open in the wire
There should be
continuity.
A2 Fuse/relay Under all conditions Check for voltage to • Blown No. 55 (40 A) fuse in the
box socket ground: under-hood fuse/relay box
There should be • Blown No.5 (20 A) fuse in the passenger's
battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty passenQer's fuse/relay box
H7 VEL Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
ground: under-dash fuse/relay box
There should be • An open in the wire
battery voltage.
A24 Fuse/relay Under all conditions Check for voltage to • Blown No. 54 (40 A) fuse in the
box socket ground: under-hood fuse/relay box
There should be • Blown No. 13 (15 A) fuse in the passenger's
battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty passenger's fuse/relay box
B5 BlU/BlK Ignition switches ON Check for voltage to • Blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
(II) and power mirror ground: under-dash fuse/relay box
selector switch to right, There should be • Faulty power mirror switch
then press the power battery voltage. • An open in the wire
mirror switch "Right"
or "Down".
B3 PUR Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to • Blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
and power mirror ground: under-dash fuse/relay box
selector switch to right, There should be • Faulty power mirror switch
mirror switch "left"
or "Down".
B2 RED/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to • Blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
and press the power ground: under-dash fuse/relay box
mirror switch "UP". There should be • Faulty power mirror switch
battery voltage. • An open in the wire
B6 BlU/RED Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to • Blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
selector switch to left, There should be • Faulty power mirror switch
mirror switch "Right"
or "Down".
B4 ORN/WHT Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to • Blown No.4 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
selector switch to left, There should be • Faulty power mirror switch
mirror switch "left"
or "Down".
(cont'd)
BACK
22-255

813 YEL/WHT Connect battery Check right power mirror • Faulty right power mirror
power to 813 actuator operation: actuator
812 LTGRN terminal and 812 The mirror should swing left. • An open in the wire
terminal to 822
terminal
momentarily
813 YEL/WHT Connect battery Check right power mirror • Faulty right power mirror
814 8LU/WHT terminal and 814 The mirror should tilt down. • An open in the wire
terminal to 822
terminal
momentarily.
816 8LU/GRN Connect battery Check left power mirror • Faulty left power mirror
815 8LU/ORN terminal and 815 The mirror should swing left. • An open in the wire
terminal to 822
terminal
momentarily.
816 8LU/GRN Connect battery Check left power mirror • Faulty left power mirror
817 8RN terminal and B17 The mirror should tilt down. • An open in the wire
terminal to 822
terminal
- - - -- -
momentarily. - - - - --_ .. _--
PUR BLU/BlK BLU/RED RED/BlK
RED~HT
i i i
\ DRr-
i
/
i
= \
1'<0::::>'.
i 7"
"
GRN/RED
B1IB21B31B4IB5 B6IB71B8IB91B10
1B111B121B131B141 B151B161XJB171 B181B191B201 B211B22
~~T /oLU/ORN \ BIN rBRN}WH~ ~K

lTGRN BLU/WHT BLU/GRN GRN/WHT GRY
BACK
22-256
r--:,
l=::.J
5. Reconnect the passenger's multiplex control unit to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these
input tests at the appropriate connectors on the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box .
88 RED/BlK Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power mirror position
(II) the terminals: sensor
819 BRN/WHT There should be about 5 V. • Faulty passenger's multiplex
control unit
• A short to ground
87 GRN Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power mirror position
819 BRN/WHT The voltage should change • An open in the wire
from about 1 V to 3 V when • A short to ground
the right mirror swings from
left to right
810 GRN/RED Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power mirror position
B19 BRN/WHT The voltage should change • An open in the wire
the right mirror tilts from up
to down.
818 GRN/WHT Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power mirror position
819 8RN/WHT The voltage should change • An open in the wire
the left mirror swings from
left to right.
B20 GRY Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power mirror position
B19 BRN/WHT The voltage should change • An open in the wire
the left mirror tilts from up to
down.
(cont'd)
BACK
22-257
Multiplex control Unit, Driver's:
6. Remove the driver's unit from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and disconnect its connector.
7. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 All A12

A13 A14 A15 A16 - A17 A18 A19 A20 r-- A21 A22 A23 A24

PNK
~'Bl B31 B41 B5

B11
/
BlK BlU/WHT
I PNK/BlK
GRN/ORN
f
2 314
5 16 9 110

DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR E
WHT/RED
I
2 3 4
10 11 12 13
\ BlU/BlK
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR Q
213 4
12 113 114 II 15
BlK
/
BACK
22-258
~
I.!!!!!..I
8. With the driver's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors .
015 BLK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401 I
conditions ground: • An open in the wire
B11 BLK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G5031
A24 Fuse/relay Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
box socket (II I There should be battery driver's under-dash fuse/relay
voltage. box
• Faulty driver's under-dash fuse/
relay box
E5 WHT/RED Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 54 (40 AI fuse in the
conditions There should be battery under-hood fuse/relay box
voltage. • Blown No. 13 (15 AI fuse in the
passenger's under-dash
fuse/relay box
E17 BLU/BLK Shift lever in [f] Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G1011
ground: • An open in the wire
There should be continuity. • Faulty transmission range
switch
B14 BLU/WHT Ignition switch OFF With PCM connector A (32PI • An open in the wire
disconnected, check for
continuity between the B14
terminal and the No.9
terminal of the PCM 32P
connector A:
B19 PNK/BLK Ignition switch OFF Check for continuity between • An open in the wire
the B19 and the keyless
receiver unit terminal No.12:
9. Reconnect the driver's multiplex control unit to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these input tests
at the appropriate connectors on the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
There should be 1 V or less. • Poor ground (G4011
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
closed There should be 5 V or more. • A short to ground
10. If all the input tests prove OK, one of the control units must be faulty, Substitute a known-good control unit for the
one that is most likely at fault, then recheck the system. Ifthe system works properly, the original control unit is
BACK
22-259
Power Seat Control Unit Input Test
1. Remove the driver's power seat (see page 20-78).

NOTE: Be careful not to scratch the interior trim.
2. Disconnect the connectors from the power seat control unit (A).
12P CONNECTOR C
BLU/ORN/PNK
GRN/WHT VEl/BlK RED/VEL
RED/WHT \.... \ .--. I BRN/WHT
Br ~El\RN
~11234561~ V\l
Wire side of
~I 7 8 9 10 11 12 1___ 11121f[415161 female terminals
RED/VEL I / \ \ BRN/BlK t ,
GRN/BlK RED/BlK
BlU/RED VEl/WHT
20P CONNECTOR A 8P CONNECTOR B

VEl/BlK
BLU
~ ~ \ f
6
16
, [I]ml~I:1 Wire side of
female terminals
BLU/VEl lRN / vtl !GRN}VEl

GRN/BlK
BLU/VEl
VEL/RED GRN/ORN BlK
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system .
BACK
22-260
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
4. With the power seat control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors .
A9 YEL Ignition switch Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
ON (II) There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
A10 WHT/BLU Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 54 (40 A) fuse in the
• Blown No. 11 (7.5 A) fuse in the
passenge~sunde~dash
fuse/relay box
B3 BLU Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 55 (40 A) fuse in the
• Blown No. 4 (20 A) fuse in the
fuse/relay box
04 RED Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 55 (40 A) fuse in the
• Blown No.2 (20 A) fuse in the
fuse/relay box
A20 BLK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G503)
B7 BLK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G551)
01 conditions There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
A3 BLU/WHT Ignition switch With PCM connector A (32P) • An open in the wire
OFF disconnected, check for
continuity between the A3
terminal and No.9 terminal of
the PCM 32P connector A:
A7 BLU/BLK Shift lever in [f] Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G101)
There should be continuity. • Faulty transmission range switch
A17 WHT Shift lever in [RJ Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G101)
There should be continuity. • Faulty transmission range switch
AS LTBLU Push the Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty driving position memory switch
position button 1 There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
A19 BLU/yEL Push the Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty driving position memory switch
position button 2 There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
C10 YEL/WHT Push the MEMO Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty driving position memory switch
button There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
B6 YEL Ignition switch Attach to ground: • Faulty driving position memory
ON (II) Indicator 2 should come on. switch indicator
B2 REO/GRN Ignition switch Attach to ground: • Faulty driving position memory
ON (II) Indicator 1 should come on. switch indicator
(cont'd)
BACK
22-261
Power Seat Control Unit Input Test (cont'd)
NOTE: All connector view are from wire side of female terminals
20P CONNECTOR A 8P CONNECTOR B
BLU/BLK \
BLU/WHT
"
RED/BLK
\."
VEL/BLK
\ BLU/BLK
\
/I
LT BLU
VEL
WHT/BLU
BLU
\
RED/GRN
\ I
BLU
B~I ~ !""TC I ~ I~
[I]ml~I:1
I" I I 71 I I ("\ 11"
t' 1~~iliiIO±~
1 0
1112_ 1611181920 -BLK

,/ I I I I I I
f ~U/VEL GL ! ~EL ~LK ~RN/VEL

WHT/BLK
GRN/BLK VEL/R(. / GL/ORN
WHT BLU/VEL
12P CONNECTOR C 6P CONNECTOR 0

BLU/ORN PNK
--
VEL/BLK
RED/WHT
GRN/WHT
~II
\ BLK RED
\ \ I~ j
VEL RED
---1~ 1: 1:I~: 1,5,1,:

,..-BRN/WHT
11121ffilsl61
RED/VEL LI-..J.':~7--L..1-:-..J.I_~"""-L..I~..LI_-,I ___ BRN/BLK
GRN/BLK / VELIWHT\
! \
RED/VEL VEL/GRN
BLU/RED RED/BLK
obtained
B1 BLU Jump B3 terminal to B1 Check slide motor operation: • Faulty slide motor
terminal, and B5 terminal to There motor should run. • An open in the wire
B5 BLU/YEL B7 terminal. Reverse the
connections to operate the
motor in the other direction.
B4 GRN Jump B3 terminal to B4 Check front up-down motor • Faulty front up-down
terminal, and B8 terminal to operation: motor
B8 GRN/YEL B7 terminal. Reverse the There motor should run. • An open in the wire
02 REO Jump B3 terminal to 02 Check rear up-down motor • Faulty rear up-down
terminal, and 05 terminal to operation: motor
05 REO/YEL B7 terminal. Reverse the There motor should run. • An open in the wire
03 VEL Jump 83 terminal to 03 Check recline motor • Faulty recline motor
terminal, and 06 terminal to operation: • An open in the wire
06 VEL/GRN B7 terminal. Reverse the There motor should run.
--
motor in thE;l()1:her directioll"---_ -- --- ---
22-262
BACK
r--:'I
I...:!..I
obtained
AS RED/BLK Slide switch in "FORWARD" Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
the AS and A6 terminals: • An open in the wire
A6 YEL/BLK There should be continuity.
Slide switch is in the neutral Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
position. the AS and A6 terminals:
AS RED/BLK Slide switch in "BACKWARD" Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
the AS and A16 terminals: • An open in the wire
A16 YEL/RED There should be continuity.
Slide switch is in the neutral Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
position. the AS and A 16 terminals:
AS RED/BLK Recline switch in Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
"FORWARD" the AS and C1 terminals: • An open in the wire
C1 RED/WHT There should be continuity.
Recline switch is in the Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
neutral position. the AS and C1 terminals:
AS RED/BLK Recline switch in Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
"BACKWARD" the AS and C7 terminals: • An open in the wire
C7 RED/YEL There should be continuity.
AS RED/BLK Front up-down switch in Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
"DOWN" the AS and C8 terminals: • An open in the wire
C8 GRN/BLK There should be continuity.
Front up-down switch is in the Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
AS RED/BLK Front up-down switch in "UP" Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
the AS and C2 terminals: • An open in the wire
C2 GRN/WHT There should be continuity.
AS RED/BLK Rear up-down switch in "UP" Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
the AS and C3 terminals: • An open in the wire
C3 BLU/ORN There should be continuity.
Rear up-down switch is in the Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
AS RED/BLK Rear up-down switch in Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
"DOWN" the AS and C9 terminals: • An open in the wire
C9 BLU/RED There should be continuity.
Rear up-down switch is in the Check for continuity between • Faulty adjustment switch
(cont'd)
BACK
22-263
Power Seat Control Unit Input Test (cont','.!)
5. Reconnect the connectors to the driver's power seat control unit, and make these input tests at the connectors.
o If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system .
NOTE: All connector views are from wire side of female terminals.
20P CONNECTOR A SP CONNECTOR B
BlU/WHT
BlU/BlK \
"
II
RED/BlK
\
VEl/BLK
\ BlU/BlK
....\ \
lTBlU
VEl
WHT/BLU
BlU
\
RED/GRN
\ I
BLU
B~I ;=r=:
, 1 .., 1 " 1 71 1 1 1 n 1,,, 1.------
, ' I 17t7171 uI' I I~ I'v mffil~I:1
"7 0
L U
_11,2 16 17 18 19 20 - B l K
/
VEl/R-(.J~""7"-/L.17G-RJ..~"7/-0.J.~-N-;::':-'~-l-U...J/~El
f GL / ~El ~lK ~RN/yEL
WHT/BlK
GRN/BlK
WHT BlU/VEL
12P CONNECTOR C 6P CONNECTOR 0

BlU/ORN
I
PNK
-- :> I
GRN/WHT \ /YEL/BlK BlK RED VEL RED
RED/WHT ""
5
~BRN/WHT \ \ /~ j
I: 1: 1: 11: 11 111: I 1 12 I fGl 1 1 5 6
RED,m1
GRN/BlK
I . I
vL/WHT\
I I I-BRN/BLK
! ,
RED/YEl VEl/GRN
BlU/RED RED/BlK
A1a GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty driver's door switch
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: o A short to ground

A2 BlU/BlK While slide motor Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty slide position sensor
running There should be 0 V to about o An open in the wire
5 V alternately. o A short to ground
A12 GRN/BlK While front Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front up-down position
up-down motor There should be 0 V to about sensor

running 5 V alternately. o An open in the wire
o A short to Jlfound
C5 VEL/BlK While recline Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty recline position sensor
motor running There should be 0 V to about o An open in the wire
5 V alternately. o A short to ground
C11 RED/BlK While rear Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty rear up-down position
up-down motor There should be 0 V to about sensor

running 5 V alternately. o An open in the wire
o A short to ground
A1 BRN Ignition switch Measure voltage between A 1 o Faulty slide position sensor
ON (II) and A11: o Faulty front height position sensor
A11 WHT/BlK There should be 5 V. o Faulty driver's power seat control
unit
o A short to ground
C6 BRN/WHT Ignition switch Measure voltage between C6 o Faulty recline position sensor
ON (II) and C12: o Faulty rear height position sensor
C12 BRN/BlK There should be 5 V. o Faulty power seat control unit
0A. short to ground __ -
BACK
22-264
~
I.!::..I
Driving Position Memory Switch Test/Replacement
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Disconnect the 1OP connector from the memory switch (A).
_-----A
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table.
'\ Terminal
2 3 4 7 8 9 10 5 6
Position \
OFF
MEMO
button ,...
...,
ON ()
Position 1
OFF
button ~
ON 0- --0 0 :v 0
Position 2 OFF
button
ON 0 0
I :'\
Indicator 1 0 \"y 0
Indicator 2
I :'\ ()
\"y
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb (A) or the switch.
BACK
22-265
Power Seat Position Sensor Troubleshooting

Slide Position Sensor: 5. Reconnect the 3P and 20P connectors.
1. Remove the driver's power seat (see page 20-78). 6. Check for voltage between the No.3 terminal of the
slide position sensor and body ground.
NOTE: Be careful to not scratch the interior trim.
2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the slide position

sensor and the 20P connector from the power seat
control unit.

the slide position sensor and A 11 terminal of the
power seat control unit.
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR A
171 ~ 17 18 19 110
16117 118 119 120
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 7.
NO- Repair the open or the short in the BRN

wire .•
SLIDE POSITION SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
7. Check for voltage pulse between the No. 1 terminal
Is there continuity? of the slide position sensor and body ground when
the slide motor moves forward or backward.
YES-Go to step 4.
NO-Repair open in the WHT/BLK wire .•

the slide position sensor and A2 terminal of the
Does voltage pulse from 0 to about 5 V

5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I10 alternately?
16117118119120
YES - Replace the power seat control unit.•
NO-Check for a short in the wire. If the wire is OK,

Is there continuity? faulty slide position sensor; replace the slide motor
assembly.•
YES - Go to step 5.
NO-Repair the open in the BLU/BLK wire .•
BACK
22-266
r--:'I
l!::..I
Recline Position Sensor: 5. Reconnect the 6P and 12P connectors.
recline position sensor and body ground.
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the recline
motor/position sensor and the 12P connector from
the power seat control unit.

the recline position sensor and C12 terminal of the
RECLINE POSITION SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR
I--*"",~!..-f---i Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V?
2 3 4 5
6 Wire side of
1-7+-a-t--g-t-,-0+-'-'+-'2-; female terminals YES-Go to step 7.
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT 12P CONNECTOR C NO- Repair the open or the short to ground in the
BRN/WHT wire .•
7. Check for voltage pulse between the No.5 terminal
YES - Go to step 4. of the recline position sensor and body ground
when the recline switch moves forward or
NO - Repair open in the BRN/BLK wire .• backward.

the recline position sensor and C5 terminal of the
2 3 4 5 6
7 a 9 '0 " '2 alternately?
YES - Replace the power seat control unit..

NO-Check for a short in the wire. If the wire is OK,
YES-Go to step 5. faulty recline position sensor; replace the recline
motor assembly.•
NO- Repair open in the YEl/BLK wire .•
(cont'd)
BACK
22-267
Power Seat Position Sensor Troubleshooting (cont'd)
Front Up-Down Position Sensor: 5. Reconnect the 5P and 20P connectors.
front up-down position sensor and body ground.
2. Disconnect the 5P connector from the front up-

down position sensor and the 20P connector from
the power seat control unit.

the front up-down position sensor and A 11 terminal
of the power seat control unit.
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNrr 20P CONNECTOR A
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 7.
NO- Repair the open or a short to ground in the

BRNwire .•
FRONT UP·DOWN posmoN SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
7. Check for voltage pulse between the No. 5 terminal
Is there continuity? of the front up-down position sensor and body
ground when the front up-down switch moves up
YES - Go to step 4. and down.
NO-Repair open in the WHT/BLK wire .•

the front up-down position sensor and A12 terminal

alternately?
YES - Replace the power seat control unit..
Is there continuity? NO - Check for a short in the wire. If the wire is OK.
faulty front up-down position sensor; replace th f.
YES-Go to step 5. front up-down motor assembly.•
NO - Repair open in the GRN/BLK wire .•
BACK
22-268
r--:'I
I..:!!:.I
Rear Up-Down Position Sensor: 5. Reconnect the 5P and 12P connectors.
rear up-down position sensor and body ground.
2. Disconnect the 5P connector from the rear up-down

position sensor and the 12P connector from the

the rear up-down position sensor and C12 terminal
POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT 12P CONNECTOR C
23456
f-+--+---If-+--+---I Wire side of female terminals =
7 8 9 10 11 12
Is there about 5 V?
YES-Go to step 7.
Wire side of female terminals NO- Repair the open or the short to ground in the
BRN/WHT wire .•
REAR UP-DOWN POSITION SENSOR 5P CONNECTOR
7. Check for voltage pulse between the No.1 terminal
Is there continuity? of the rear up-down position sensor and body
ground when the rear up-down switch moves up
YES-Go to step 4. and down.
NO-Repair open in the BRN/BlK wire .•

the rear up-down position sensor and C11 terminal
23456
7 8 9 10 11 12

alternately?
YES - Replace the power seat control unit.•
Is there continuity? NO-Check for a short in the wire. If the wire is OK,
faulty rear up-down position sensor; replace the
YES-Go to step 5. rear up-down motor assembly.•
NO- Repair open in the RED/BlK wire .•
BACK
22-269
Power Mirror Position Sensor Troubleshooting
NOTE: Before troubleshooting, check the No.4 (7.5A) 5. Check for voltage between the B3 and B22
fuse in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and test terminals with the power mirror switch pressed to
the power mirrors. the Left or Down.
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
2. Check for voltage between the B2 and B22 Y..

terminals of the passenger's multiplex control unit PUR
with the power mirror switch pressed UP. ~
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S

CONNECTORB
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
>< B6 B7 BB B9 B10
B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16IXIB17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
Y..
BLK
RED/WHT
c::;--;> -
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
>< B6 B7 BB B9 B10
B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B161XiB17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
Is there battery voltage?
BLK
- YES-Go to step 6.
Wire side offemale terminals
NO-Repair open in the PUR wire .•
Is there battery voltage? 6. Move the selector switch to Left.
YES-Go to step 3. 7. Check for voltage between the B6 and B22

terminals with the power mirror switch pressed to
NO-Repair open in the RED/WHT or BLK wire .• the Right or Down.
3. Move the selector switch to Right.
4. Check for voltage between the B5 and B22 Y..

terminals with the power mirror switch pressed to BLU/RED
the Right. ~
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
>< B6 B1 BB B9 B10
B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B161XiB17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
BLU/BLK BLK
-
B1IB21B31B4IB5 B6IB7IBBIB91B10
B111B121B131B141B151B16 B171B181B191B201B211B22
BLK
YES - Go to step 8.
NO-Repair open in the BLU/RED wire .•
YES - Go to step 5.
NO-Repair open in the BLU/BLK wire .•
BACK
22-270
~
t=:..I
8. Check for voltage between the B4 and B22 12. Apply battery power to the B16 terminal and
terminals with the power mirror switch pressed to ground the B15 [or B17] terminal.
the left or Down.
'Y..
ORN/WHT B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 810
~ 811 B12 B13 814 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
>< B6 B7 B8 B9 810
811 812 B13 B14 815 816IX/B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
BLU/ORN BRN
BLK
~
Does left mirror swing left [or tilt down] ?

YES - Go to step 13.
YES-Go to step 9.
NO-Check the power mirror actuator (see page
NO- Repair open in the ORN/WHT wire .• 22-239). If the mirror is OK, repair the open in the
BlU/GRN or BlU/ORN [BRN] wires .•
9. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
13. Reconnect the 22P connector B to the passenger's
10. Disconnect the passenger's multiplex control unit multiplex control unit.
22P connector B.
11. Apply battery power to the B 13 terminal and
ground the B12 [or B14] terminal. 15. Check for voltage between the B8 and B22
terminals.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 810
RED/BLK
811 B12 B13 814 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10
LTGRN BLU/WHT 811 B12 B13 B14 815 816 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
BLK
Does right mirror swing left [or tilt down] ?

Is there about 5 V?
YES-Goto step 12.
YES - Go to step 16.
NO - Check the power mi rror actuator (see page
22-239). If the mirror is OK, repair the open in the NO-Repair open or short in the RED/BlK wire. If
YEL/WHT or IT GRN [BlU/WHT] wires .• the wire is OK, replace the passenger's multiplex
control unit.•
(cont'd)
BACK
22-271
Power Mirror Position Sensor Troubleshooting (cont'd)
16. Check for voltage between the 88 and 819 18. Check for voltage between the 810 and 819
terminals. terminals while moving the mirror from up to down.
Bll B21 631 B41 B5
Is there about 5 V? Does the voltage change from about 1 V to 3 V?
YES-Go to step 17. YES-Gotostep 19.
NO- Repair open or short in the 8RN/WHT wire. If NO- Repair open or short in the GRN/RED wire. If
the wire is OK, faulty power mirror position sensor, the wire is OK, faulty right power mirror position
replace the power mirror actuator.. sensor, replace the right power mirror actuator .•
17. Check for voltage between the 87 and 819 19. Check for voltage between the 818 and 819
terminals while moving the mirror from right to left. terminals while moving the mirror from left to right.
BllB2I63IB4IB5 B61B1IBBIB9IB1J
'::L RN/WHT
Does the voltage change from about 3 V to 1 V? Does the voltage change from about 3 V to 1 V?
YES - Go to step 18. YES - Go to step 20.
NO- Repair open or short in the GRN wire. Ifthe NO-Repair open or short in the GRN/WHTwire.lf
wire is OK, faulty right power mirror position the wire is OK, faulty left power mirror position
sensor, replace the right power mirror actuator.• sensor, replace the left power mirror actuator.•
BACK
22-272
r--:'I
I.!!!!!..I
20. Check for voltage between the 820 and 819

terminals while moving the mirror from up to down.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10
611 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16
GRY
Does the voltage change from about 1 V to 3 V?
YES-Substitute a known good passenger's

multiplex control unit, and recheck. If the systems
now work OK, replace the original passenger's
unit..
NO- Repair open or short in the GRY wire. If the

wire is OK, faulty left power mirror position sensor,
replace the left power mirror actuator.•
BACK
22-273
Driver's Power Seat Motor Test
1. Remove the driver's seat (see page 20-78). 3. Test the motor by connecting power and ground
according to the table. When the motor stops
2. Disconnect the connector from each power seat running, disconnect battery power immediately.
connector.
REAR UP-DOWN MOTOR

...,.. .......
SLIDE MOTOR
'" Position
SLIDE
Terminal
FORWARD
'" e0
1 2
'3_-
_..
MOTOR
BACKWARD
e
RECliNE
FORWARD
8 C±)
MOTOR
BACKWARD
-~----
C±)
~-
e
'" Position
FRONT
Terminal
UP
~
0
2
8
3
UP-DOWN
MOTOR DOWN
e C±)
FRONT UP-DOWN MOTOR '" Position
REAR
Terminal
UP
~
0
3
e
4
UP-DOWN
MOTOR
DOWN e C±)

replace it (see page 20-89).
RECLINE MOTOR
22~274
BACK
r--:'I
Seat Heaters ~
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SEAT-BACK HEATER
('99 model only)
Test, page 22-277
FRONT PASSENGER'S
SEAT CUSHION HEATER
Test, page 22-277
SEAT HEATER RELAY

('99 model)
1
Test, page 22-103
DRIVER'S SEAT-
BACK HEATER
Test, page 22-277
DRIVER'S SEAT CUSHION HEATER

Test, page 22-277
C____ --l
OJ
DRIVER'S SEAT HEATER SWITCH FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT HEATER SWITCH

Test/Replacement, page 22-277 Test/Replacement, page 22-277
BACK
22-275
Seat Heaters
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-ItOOD FUSE/RELAYBOX
±) No~)
$
BATmff No.42I1OA)
I ,,:;;;. "" t§""r-----

IGNITION SWI'IQt
YEL
-v '-J.j YEL/GRN
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RRAY
No3
(lOA)
DII1II:R'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RElAY
I No.•
f1.SA)
BOX BOX
TH : THERMOSTAT [ON: Below 93"1' (3''C) J
OFF: Above 109'F ((3'C)
BR : BREAKER [ON : Below 86'F f30'C) J WHTLGRN YEl/JlU(
OFF: Above 122'F (SO'C) SEAT HEATER RELAY
HI : High
LO :Low
---=r
No.l0nOA) I No.l0(IOA)
PASSENGER'S PASSfNGER'S
FUSE FUSE
)7
~D/,.BUt
DRtVER'S SEAT
WHT/BLK
FRONT PASSENGER'S WHTr

Y
~'Iz
HEATER SWITCH SEAT HEATER SWlTCH
I~
rnyo w '9H1 LO o/~' YII
rn,?" E"I" II LO 0'
IIQ)
@ G?~TORS
UGHT lIGHT
(O.58Wl
I~::. 56W~ r.lDlCATORS
(O.56Wx2)
(O.saw)
;
MULTI'lEX
CONTlIOI.
WHT/BLU
...----WHT/~D
Bu(
I
-----+-.......
GRN1BLU B\x
. . . - - - - GRN/~D
;
MULTPLEX
CONTlIOI.
UNIT, UNIT,
DllVER'S DllVER'S
I3 I3
r" roO
I
I
I . . .
._ .. _ .. _. J L._ .. J
CUSHION BACK ~ BACK
('99 Model only!
DRMJrSSEAT FIIONT PASSfNGER'S

HEATER SEAT HEATER
I
G551
1
G501
1
G561
I
G302
BACK
22-276
r--:'I
~
Switch Test Seat Heater Test
1. Remove the console panel (see page 20-63). 1. Carefully remove the front seat (see page 20-78).
2. Push out the seat heater switch (A) from behind the 2. Check for continuity between the No.1 and No.2
center console panel. terminals, and the No.1 and No. 3 terminals. There
should be continuity.
3. Disconnect the 6P connector (8) from the switch. 3. If there is no continuity, replace the seat heater.
4. Check for continuity between the terminal in each

Terminal
6 4 5
Position
HIGH
ON
LOW
OFF

switch.
6. If necessary, check the illumination bulbs (C).
BACK 22-277
Wiper/Washer
WINDSHIELD WASHER TUBE

WASHER RESERVOIR
WASHER LEVEL SWITCH

Test, page 22-287
WASHER MOTOR
Test, page 22-285
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARMS and UNKAGE

WIPER/WASHER SWITCH
INTERMITTENT WIPER CIRCUIT

(In the multiplex control unit, driver'S)
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

Test, page 22-285
INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY

Test, page 22-103
22-278 BACK
r:-:'I
1.:...1
Circuit Diagram
DIlVER'S
HAmRY
e_--t_No_~_'
I UNDER-HOOD Fl./SE/RELAYBOX
-4---WHT-&- ~
IGNmoN SW1TCH
~
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
No.9(7.5A1
No.7
(7.5Al
~1-----------+tM----G~~----------------~
GRN BlK
r"r J"
: GRN BlK ;
I._ .. ,.... .. _ .. _ .. .. ..__ _ - __ _
.. .. .. ('11
.. ..
- "I
1..-.. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .....;•
YEL/GRN
A7 WINDSHIELD WPER/WASHER SWITCH
~.- .-- --
L _ ______ __ _
, SWITCH OfT ' 00

INT
~~~
/~- - --- "
00
HI
J\fK-MIST MIST
OfT/INT
Al A2 AS AI A4 A3
BlK/YEL
cr Vl1r
GRN BlK GRN1ILK
WINDSHELD
WPERMOTOR
1 --BLU/WHT
BLU/YEL
• ~
HI
LO
2
BLU
WINDSHEI.D
,
~ ..:j WIP£R
~
INTEAMITTENT
~ RElAY
GRN/RED
'----"~
GAUGE ASSEMBLY 5 3
BLU/WHT
Y BlK/YEL
$ ~
PNK 2 WASHER R.UID
1
LEVEL SWITCH
(Oosed : FIOIt down I
M
ILK
2
WNISHIELD
WASHER
MOTOR
BlK BLK BlK
I 1 L 11
'1 : '99 Modol
'2 : 'OO-OJ Modell
r...
G2Dl G2Dl G302 G401
(cont'd)
BACK
22-279
WiperIWasher
1
(Fuse/"""v box tocbtI
A24 A22
all PNK B9
.. _Modekl
,...('00-03 .. _ .. _ .. .. _ .. _ .. _
,...('.ModoII . ..
114 . 115
:, ~GRN/WHT lID
ii~-
o BLU/WKT
~ !i
. II
MULTI'W:
JNTEIII1ITTENT INTERMIITENT CONTROL UNIT,
, DWEll TIME DWELlTM PASSENGER'S
: CONTROLlER PCM : CONTROU.ER
'B2
: GIIN/YEL -
B9
.
I
:
B2
GRN/YEl
116
L .. _ .. _ .. _ .L No.4712OAI
RISE L .. _ .. _ .. _. ...J
.Alo
-GRN
tmIMTTENT
WP£R CIRCUIT
In lilt MUI.TI'L£X
Y B22
J
( CONTROl UNIT,
DRIVER'S BRAKE PEDAL
, POSITION
SWITCH
(CIoHd : P_I dlprtllldl
wi IAI
--BlU/WKT o WHT/BLK
111
A3
• BlJ(Jlll
--GRN/lED ~
I r 115
USA : GIIN/lED
MULTI'L£X
CONTIIOI.
UNIT,
-F- 5
DRIVER'S
~
ICIIIIIdII
- - IlK/YEl
USA : GRN/RED
CanadI :GRN/WHT
PARKWG TRANSMISSION
BRAKE RANGE
SWITCH SWITCH
(CIoHd : Pedal puohodI (CIoHd : In poIiIion [l] I
I
G101
I I
G503 G504
22-280
BACK
r--:'I
I...:!..I
1. Before testing the wiper/washer control functions, troubleshoot the mUltiplex control system (see page 22-298).
2. Remove the driver's multiplex control unit from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, and disconnect its
connector.
3. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are making good contact .
Al A2. A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 Al0 All A12

A13 A14 A15 A16 I - - A17 A18 A19 A2.0 t--- A2.1 A2.2 A2.3 A2.4

GRN/YEl ('00-03 models)
81
\ 810/
GRN/WHT ('00-03 models)
B3 B4 85
/ /
BlK BLU/WHT GRN/RED (USA)
GRN/WHT (Canada)
(cont'd)
BACK
22-281
Wiper/Washer
Control Unit Input Test fcont'd)
under-dash fuse/relay box sockets .
A9 Fuse/relay Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.7 (7.5 A) [No. 12 (30
box socket (II) and Wiper There should be battery A) fuse] fuse in the driver's
switch a, INT voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty wiper switch
AS Brake pedal Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 47 (20 A) fuse in the
pushed There should be battery under-hood fuse/relay box
voltaQe. • An open in the wire
A11 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 12 (30 A) fuse in the
(II) There should be battery driver's under-dash fuse/relay
voltage. box
• Faulty intermittent wiper relay
A21 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.7 (7.5 A) [No. 12 (30
(II) and washer There should be battery A) fuse] fuse in the driver's
switch ON voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty washer switch
A23 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 12 (30 A) fuse in the
voltage. box
A3 Shift lever in (f] Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G101)
ground: • Faulty AfT gear position switch
There should be continuity to • An open in the wire
Qround
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
voltage. box
B9" GRN/YEL Intermittent dwell Check for resistance between • Faulty intermittent dwell time
B10" GRN/WHT time control ring the terminals: controller
turned It should vary from about 0 to • An open in the wire
30 k Q as the ring is turned.
B11 BlK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G503)
B14 BlU/WHT Under all Check for continuity between • An open in the wire
conditions the B14terminal and No.9
terminal of the PCM 32P
connector A:
B15 GRN/RED Parking brake Check for continuity to • Faulty parking brake switch
(USA) pedal pushed ground: • An open in the wire
GRN/WHT
(Canada)
[ ] : '99 model
I
* 1: '00-03 models
22-282 BACK
~
~
5. Remove the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box (see page 22-101).
its connector.
7. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are making good contact.
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12
A13 Al4 Al5 Al6

--- A17 Al8 Al9 A20 ~ A2l A22 A23 A24
MULT'PLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S CONNECTOR
I:',m~::g]
GRN/~
('99mode1)
\
GRN/YEL
BL
('99 model)
8. With the passenger's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector and the
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box sockets.
B22 BlK Under all conditions Check for continuity to • Poor ground (GS04)
A22 Fuse/relay Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to • Blown No. 9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
box socket (II) ground: driver's under-dash fuse/relay
There should be battery box
voltage. • An open in the wire
B16 * GRN!YEl Intermittent dwell Check for resistance • Faulty intermittent dwell time
1
time control ring between the terminals: It controller
815 * GRN/WHT turned should vary from about • An open in the wire
1
oto 30 kQ as the ring is
turned.
* 1: '99 model
BACK
22-283
Wiper/Washer
Wiper/Washer Switch Test/Replacement

1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see page 20-65).
2. Remove the steering column covers (see page 17-27).
3. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the wiper/washer switch (8), then remove the two screws (C) and the switch.
'r-lL--
A1 A2 A3 A4
A5
V A7 A8
4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. If the switch fails any
continuity check, replace the switch.
1\ Terminal
A1 A2 A3 A4 AS A7 AS B1 B2
Position \
OFF 0 0
INT
0 0
0 0
LO 0 0
HI 0 0
Mist switch ON 0 -0
Washer switch ON 0 -0
Intermittent dwell time
controller turned ""ArI(
0- 30kQ
5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch.
22-284 BACK
r--:'I
~
Wiper Motor Test Washer Motor Test
1. Open the hood, and remove the cap nuts and the 1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-129).
wiper arms.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washer
NOTE: Carefully remove the wiper arms, so that motor (B).
they do not touch the hood.
2. Remove the windshield wiper arms (see page 22-

286).
3. Disconnect the 5P connector(A) from the wiper

motor(B).
3. Test the washer motor by connecting battery

power and ground according to the table.
o If the motor fails to run smoothly, replace it.

o If the motor runs smoothly, but little or no
4. Test the motor by connecting battery power and washer fluid is pumped, check for a disconnected
ground according to the table. or blocked washer hose, or a clogged pump
Ifthe motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, outlet in the motor.
replace it.
\ Terminal
1 2
1\ Terminal
1 2 4 Battery
\
Position \ Connected (B 8
LOW SPEED 8 (B
HIGH SPEED 8 (B
5. Connect an analog voltmeter between the No.5 (+)

and No.3 (-) terminals, and run the motor at low
or high speed. The voltmeter should indicate 0 V
and 4 V or less alternately.
BACK
22-285
Wiper/Washer
Wiper Motor Replacement

1. Remove the nuts (A) and remove the windshield 5. Scribe a line (A) across the link and windshield
wiper arms (B). wiper linkage to show the original adjustment.
Separate the windshield wiper linkage (B) from the
wiper motor (C).
Remove and
replace the clips A
18 N·m 11.8k
13Ibf.ft)
2. Remove the hood seal and cowl cover.
3. Remove the bolt (AI and windshield wiper linkage

assembly (B).
6. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note
these items:
• Grease the moving parts.

• Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the wiper
switch ON, then OFF to return the wiper shafts to
the park position.
• If necessary, replace any damaged clips.
• Check the wiper motor operation.
A C
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2Ibf·ft)
4. Disconnect the 5P connector (C) from the wiper

motor (D).
BACK
22-286
r:'I
a.=!..I
Washer Reservoir Replacement Washer Fluid Level Switch Test
(Canada)
1. Pull away the right innerfender (see page 20-129).
2. Disconnect the washer tube (A) and washer motor 1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-129).
connector (B).
2. Disconnect the switch 2P connector (A).
3. Remove the three bolts (C) and the washer

reservoir (D). 3. Remove the washer level switch from the reservoir.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. Check the NOTE: Fluid may flow out of the opening.
washer motor operation.
float (B) position according to the table.
,\ Terminal
1 2
Position \
flOAT UP
FLOAT DOWN 0 D
BACK
22-287
Wiper /Washer
Washer Tube Replacement
1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-129).
2. Remove the windshield washer nozzles and clips, then remove the tube.
~ ~
~
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Take care not to pinch the washer tube. Check the windshield washer
operation.
BACK
22-288
r--:'I
Immobilizer System ~
IMMOBILIZER INDICATOR LIGHT

Bulb Location, page 22-126
PCM
IMMOBILIZER RECEIVER UNIT Replacement,
Troubleshooting, page 22-293 step 1 on page 11-4
Replacement, page 22-294 Substitute known-good for testing,
step 1 on page 11-5
TRANSPONDER
__- __________ (Built into the ignition key)
/
IGNITION KEY
BACK
22-289
Immobilizer System
Circuit Diagram

BATTERY i
No.411120AI No.5414OA1
+ ~L ~ •
No.46
liSA)
No.1115AI No.13 17.sAl

DRIVER'S DRIVER'S
FUSE FUSE WIlT1m .1'19 ModIII
WHT/IED 110-03~
WHT/GRN
'7 '7
REDlWHT BlUIORN WHTIm I" ModIII
WHTIIED 1'00-03 ModIIII
IMMOIIUZEII
~ • I I ~LJBlJ( NlCATOR
I.IGIIT
IlAWI
KEY
---q]
L....o----o--o-
~:- -- -- -- -- -- PGM-R
MAtI
~ __________+-______ ~~,RELAY
BI IIlkLYEL GAN/YEL
§) @
NOR.R IGPI IGP2 IMOal IMOEN
PCM LGI
BIIN
FUEL
PUMP
IFPI
BllNIBLK
Gl0l ;552 G101
BACK
22-290
~
t=:.I
System Description
The vehicle is equipped with an immobilizer system that will disable the vehicle unless the proper ignition key is used.
This system consists of a transponder located in the ignition key, an immobilizer receiver unit, an indicator light, and
the PCM.
The vehicle has two kinds of keys.
• The black master key for:

- ignition switch.
- door locks.
- tailgate lock.
- glove box.
• The gray valet key for:

- ignition switch.
- door locks.
When the key is inserted in the ignition switch and turned to the (II) position, the immobilizer receiver unit sends
power to the transponder in the ignition key. The transponder then sends a coded signal back through the immobilizer
receiver unit to the PCM.
• The immobilizer system can store up to six key codes.

• If it is necessary to rewrite the PCM, the dealer needs the customer's vehicle, all its master keys and valet keys, and
the Honda PGM Tester equipped with an immobilizer program card with the latest version of PGM Tester sohtware.
Any key that is not learned during rewriting will no longer start the engine.
• It is possible to add ONE new key without reprogramming all of the keys (follow the prompts in the PGM Tester
IMMOBI menu).
• If the customer has lost his key, and cannot start the engine, contact Acura Customer Relations.
IMMOBILIZER RECEIVER UNIT
\
PCM FUEL SUPPLY
SYSTEM
IGNmON KEY
\
KEY CYLINDER
(Has built-in transponder)
(cont'd)
BACK
22-291
Immobilizer System
System Description (cont'd)
o If the proper key has been used, the immobilizer indicator light will come on for about two seconds, then go off.
o If the wrong key has been used or the code was not received or recognized by the PCM, the indicator light will come
on for about two seconds, then it will blink until the ignition switch is turned OFF. For accurate immobilizer system
diagnosis get as much information from the customer as possible. A blinking indicator light means the key was not
recognized.
o If the ignition switch turned OFF, the indicator will blink for about five seconds to signal that the immobilizer system
has been set correctly, then the indicator will go off.
NOTE: Large metal objects, key fobs, other immobilizer keys, and other transpondars can interfere with the
immobilizer signal. If an intermittant program is suspected, remove the ignition key from the key ring.
Problem Part set PGM-Tester

required 7
CD Master or valet key has been lost or additional Blank key YES
master or valet key is required.
® All master and valet keys have been lost. Blank key x 2, or 3 YES
® Immobilizer receiver unit does not work. Immobilizer receiver unit NO
CD PCM does not work. PCM YES
® Ignition switch does not work. Ignition switch, Master keys, and valet key YES
(rekey all lock cylinders to the new keys)
~[)oor ke~der is broken. Door key cylinder (rekey the cylinc!gr)_ NO
22-292 BACK
r--:'I
~
Troubleshooting
Follow this procedure if the vehicle does not start, or 4. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the
after rewriting the PCM with the PGM-Tester and the immobilizer receiver unit (B).
vehicle does not start.
Note these items before troubleshooting:
• Due to the action of the immobilizer system, the

engine takes slightly more time to start than engines
of vehicle without an immobilizer system.
• When the system is normal, and the proper key is
inserted, the indicator light comes on for 2 seconds,
then it will go off.
• If the indicator starts to blink after 2 seconds, or if the
engine does not start, repeat the starting procedure.
If the engine still does not start, continue with this
procedure.
1. Using a scan tool, check for a Diagnostic Trouble

Code (DTC) (see page 11-3). Wire side of female teminals
Is DTe P160l indicated?
YES-Substitute the PCM with a known-good PCM 5. Check for voltage between the No.1 terminal and
and retest (see page 11-5).. body ground with the ignition switch turned ON (/I).
NO - Go to step 2. Is there battery voltage?
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) with the proper key. YES-Go to step 6.
3. Check to see if the immobilizer indicator light NO - Check for these problems:
comes on.
• A blown No.1 (15A) fuse in the driver's under-
Does the indicator light blink? dash fuse/relay box .•
• A blown No. 46 (15A) fuse in the under-hood fuse
YES-Go to step 4. /relay box .•
• An open in the YEL/BLK wire between the PGM-FI
NO-Check for these problems: main relay and the immobilizer receiver unit..
• A faulty PGM-FI main relay .•
• An open in the PNK wire between the gauge
assembly and PCM .•
• A faulty immobilizer indicator light..
• A blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the passenger's
under-dash fuse/relay box .•
(cont'd)
BACK
22-293
Immobilizer System
Troubleshooting (cont'd) Immobilizer Receiver Unit

Replacement
6. Check for continuity between the No.4 terminal
and body ground.
NOTE: The PCM dose not need to be reprogrammed if
Is there continuity? only the receiver has been replaced.
YES-Go to step 7. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see

page 20-65).
NO-Repair open in the BRN/BlK wire between the
immobilizer receiver unit and G101 .• 2. Remove the steering column covers (see page 17-
27).
and the PCM. 3. Disconnect the 5P and 7P connectors (A) from the
immobilizer receiver unit (8).
B
YES-Go to step 8.
NO-Repair open in the RED wire between the

immobilizer receiver unit and PCM .•

and PCM.
YES-Replace the immobilizer receiver unit..
NO-Repair open in the BlU wire between the A

immobilizer receiver unit and PCM .•
4. Remove the screws (C) and the immobilizer

receiver unit from the ignition key cylinder (D).
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. After replacement, check the immobilizer system.
BACK
22-294
~
Multiplex Control System I..!!!!..I
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S
IGNITION KEY LIGHT

Test,page 22-191
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DOOR

(Built into the power window master switch)
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DRIVER'S

(Has built-in beeper)
00DGU B
8 a °0 00
MULTIPLEX CONTROL INSPECTION CONNECTOR
BACK
22-295
Circuit Diagram (Power, Ground, Communication Lines)
'I :'II,'03Mod11
UNDER-HOOD FUSIi/IIELAYBOX '2 :'00-03 ModII&
IGNIT10N
BAmRY
No.41IUDA) No.42I60A)
+ WHT~
IGI
No.51(4DAI
-=" WIfT/aLU
No.54I4DA)
-=" va ur
No.47(ZOA)
~,.,.
PASSENGER'S
UMJER-DASH
~ No.U
(7.5A)
~ (7.5A1
NoJ
IIIUVER'S
lJM)£R-DASH
FUSIi/IIELAY FUSIi/IIELAY BOX
BOX
WHTiYEL
7
r-- I -
~~ IGNITION
KEYUGHT
ILEDI
'-- I - fFuNlnIay box socbtI

6
WHT/Yn ., WHT [au

WHTIiED ., :l'm~ ::w~~ \H WHTBlU
AI AI AIZ A24 A24 A22
BEEPER
R
MULllPLEX AIS A2 MULTJIlEX al II MULnPLEX
CONTROL UNIT. >--BRN CONTROL UNIT, ;>--PN< - CONTIIOI. UNIT,
DOOR DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S
AIZ AIS A2 all AI3 AI4 AIS B22 AI TAU
. ~---------,~ POWEll
WN)()W
RElAY
GIIN !wHT BlU WHT aLK Ifust/niay box lOCko1l
~
No.I5(ZOA)
'-D-
PASSENG£R'S
UNDER-DASH
I IGN/TlON
....!.::::;- = X RISE/RELAY BOX
~,
KEY
SWITCH
3 (~~td ) r-; -0
_ INSPECTlON
CONNECTOR
U EX a~ all E~ U
i
1G4DI
....
0551
... ........
G503
1
u
0401
....
G504
... 1
G581
BACK
22-296
r:-:'I
t.=!..I
System Description
The multiplex Control System has four internal Multiplex Communication

functions: To reduce the number of wire harnesses, digital signals
• Multiplexing (send multiple signals over shared are sent via shared multiplex communication lines
wires) rather than sending normal electrical signals through
• Wake up/sleep models (runs at full power only on individual wires.
demand to reduce battery draw) • The input signals from each switch are converted to
• Fail-safe (fixes or ignores faulty signals) digital signals at the central processing unit (CPU).
• Self-diagnosis (Mode 1 for the system, Mode 2 for The digital signals are sent from the transmitter unit
input lines) to the receiver unit as serial signals.
• The transmitted signal is converted to a switch signal
The system controls the function of the following at thE:! receiver unit, and it operates the related
circuits component.
• Engine Oil Pressure Indicator • There are exclusive communication lines between
• Seat Belt Reminder each of the multiplex control units:
• Lights-on Reminder - Door H Driver's (between the door and the driver's
• Key-in Reminder multiplex control units) Wire color: BRN
• Key Light Timer - Driver's H Passenger's (between the driver's and
• Dash Lights Brightness Control the passenger's multiplex control units) Wire color:
• Entry Light Control PNK
• Automatic Lights-off The control units always communicate via these lines
• Power Door Locks when the system is operating, and they stop
• Power Window (including key-off timer operation) communicating when the system is OFF.
• Wiper/Washer (including speed sensitive intermittent
wiper) Wake-up and Sleep
• Keyless Entry/Security Alarm The multiplex control system has "wake-up" and
• Interlock "sleep" functions to decrease parasitic draw on the
battery when the ignition switch is OFF.
• In the sleep mode, the multiplex control unit stops the
functions (communication and CPU control) when it
is not necessary for the system to operate.
• As soon as any operation is requested (for example,
door is unlocked), the related control unit in the sleep
mode immediately wakes up and begins to function.
This control unit also sends a wake-up signal to the
other control units via the communication lines.
• When"the ignition switch is turned OFF, and driver's
or front passenger's door opened, then closed, there
is about a 10 second delay before the control units go
from the wake-up mode to the sleep mode.
• If any door is open, the sleep mode will not function.
• If a key is in the ignition switch, the sleep mode will
not function.
Fail-safe
To prevent improper operation, the mUltiplex control
system has a fail-safe function. In the fail-safe mode,
the output signal is fixed when any part of the system
malfunctions (for example, a faulty control unit or
communication line).
Each control unit has a hardware fail-safe function that
fixes the output signal when there is any CPU
malfunction, and a software fail-safe function that
ignores the signal from the malfunctioning control unit
and allows the system to operate normally.
BACK
22-297
Troubleshooting
Special Tool Required: 4. If there is a OTC, it will blink/beep, pause, then

MPCS Service Connector 07WAZ-001010A repeat the OTC as long as the ignition switch is ON
(II).
1. Check the driver's No.9 and the passenger's No. 13
fuses. Is there a repeating DTC?
Are the fuses OK? YES-Countthe blinks/beeps, then go to step 7.
YES - Go to step 2. NO-See if the SCS circuit is working properly. Go

to step 5.
NO-Find and repair the cause of the blown fuse .•
5. Check for continuity between the No.3 terminal in
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the driver'S seat the inspection connector and the A 15 terminal in
belt is unbuckled, the seat belt reminder will beep the driver's unit.
five times.
3. Check self-diagnosis function Mode 1 for a
diagnostic trouble code (OTC) by connecting the YES-Go to step 7.
special tool to the multiplex control inspection
socket (A). After about 5 seconds, the ignition key NO- Repair the open in the wire, and recheck for
light should come on and the beeper should beep OTCs .•
for 2 seconds, go off for 0.2 second, then blink and
beep for 0.2 second. This means that you are in 6. Check for continuity between the No.1 terminal of
Mode 1 of the self-diagnosis function. the inspection connector and body ground.
A YES-Go to step 12.
NO-Replace the driver's under dash fuse/relay

box and recheck for OTCs.•
7. One second after you go into self-diagnosis mode

1, the ignition key light and beeper indicate the OTC,
and repeat it every 3 seconds. If there is more than
one OTC, the system will indicate them in
ascending order, beginning from the OTC with the
lowest numerical value. Find your OTC in this table,
then go to step 8 and check the communication
lines.
07WAZ-001010A
DTC Cause
1 The driver's unit is not able to receive
MODE 1: IGNITION KEY LIGHT and BEEPER signals from the door unit.
2 The driver's unit is not able to receive
0.2 sec. signals from the passenger's unit.
ON
3 Malfunction in the driver's unit.
4 Signals from each unit do not match.
5 The passenger's unit is not able to
OFF
receive signals from the other units.
6 The door unit is not able to receive
0.2S8C.
2S8C. signals from the other units.
BACK
22-298
r--:'I
I.:!..I
8. With the ignition switch OFF, check for continuity 11. Confirm the sleep mode:
according to the table. • Check for voltage between each communication
line and body ground while shifting to the sleep
Communication Line Wire Continuity mode. There should be battery voltage.
Door unit to Driver's BRN YES • Check the parasitic draw at the battery while
unit shifting to the sleep mode. Amperage should
Driver's unit to PNK YES change from about 70 through 80 mA to less than
Passenger's unit 10 to 20 mA.
Is there continuity? 12. Confirm the wake up mode.

• When the ignition switch is turned ON (11), all of
YES-Go to step 9. the multiplex control units wake up at the same
time without "talking" to each other through the
NO-Check for an open in the wire .• communication lines.
• When any switch in the multiplex system is
9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check for turned on, it wakes up its related control unit
voltage between the communication line and which, in turn, wakes up the other units.
ground
Communication Line Wire Voltage After confirming the sleep mode, look in the
Door unit to Driver's unit BRN 3.5-9.5 following tables for the switch most closely related
Drivers unit to PNK 3.0-10.0 to the problem. Operate that switch and see if its
Passenger's unit control unit wakes up.
Does the voltage match the table? NOTE: If any control unit is faulty and will not wake
up, several parts of the system will malfunction at
YES-Communication lines are OK. Go to step 10. the same time.
In each table below, the control unit is followed by
NO - Repair the line according to the following .• a list of the switches and input signals that can
wake it up.
• If the voltage is too high:
- Check for a short to another wire. Multiplex Control Unit, Passenger's
- Check for poor contact in the connector at the No. 130.5 A) passenger's fuse
receiving unit. Communication lines (BRN, PNK)
• If the voltage is too low: Front passenger's door switch (OPEN)
- Check for a short to ground or to another wire. Front passenger's door key cylinder switch
- Check for poor contact at the connector on the (LOCK!U N LOCK)
transmitting unit. Front passenger's door lock switch (LOCK!
- Faulty circuit in the transmitting unit. UNLOCK)
Front passenger's door lock knob switch
10. Shift to the sleep mode: (UNLOCK)
• Turn the ignition switch OFF. Keyless transmitter (LOCK)
• Cancel the key-off operation timer in the power Keyless transmitter (UNLOCK)
window system by opening and closing one of Keyless transmitter (TRUNK)
the doors. Right rear door switch (OPEN)
• Make sure that the exterior lights are off. If you Right rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
do not operate any switches related to the Radio/navigation display security input
multiplex control units within one minute after * Grounded through the radio/navigation
meeting the above conditions, the system display connector. Test by disconnecting
function shifts to the sleep mode. (All of the connector from radio.
switches must be turned OFF except door lock
knob switches).
(cont'd)
BACK
22-299
Troubleshooting (co nt'd)
Multiplex Control Unit, Driver's 14. Look in the following tables for the switch most
No. 9 (7.5 A) driver's fuse closely related to the problem. While still in Mode
Communication lines (BRN, PNK) 2, operate the switches to test the circuits between
Ignition key switch the switches and their control units. If the circuit is
Combination switch OK, the ignition key light should blink once and the
Driver's door switch (OPEN) beeper should beep once. If the circuit is faulty,
Left rear door switch (OPEN) there will be no indication.
Left rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
Trunk latch switch (OPEN) Does the ignition key light blink and beeper beep?
Trunk key cylinder switch
Engine hood switch (OPEN) YES - The circuit is OK. Refer to the testis) for that
individual system._
Multiplex Control Unit, Door
No. 15 (20 A) passenger's fuse NO-Go to step 15.
Communication lines (BRN, PNK)
Driver's door key cylinder switch (LOCK/ In each table below, the control unit is followed by
UNLOCK) a list of circuits that it can check in Mode 2.
Driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK/
UNLOCK) Multiplex Cont,.()LUnit, ~ilssenger's
Driver's door lock switch (LOCK/UNLOCK) Front passenger's door switch (OPEN)
Front passenger's door key cylinder switch
Is the wake-up function OK? (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Front passenger's door lock switch(LOCK/
YES - Troubleshoot the individual system function UNLOCK)
that had a problem. Go to step 13. Front passenger's door lock knob switch
(UNLOCK)**
NO- Test power and ground to all three multiplex Keyless transmitter (LOCK)
control unit (see page 22-192) .• Keyless transmitter (UNLOCK)
Keyless transmitter (TRUNK)
13. From Mode 1, disconnect the special tool from the Right rear door switch (OPEN)
multiplex control inspection connector for about 10 Right rea r door lock knob switch (UNLOCK)
seconds, then reconnect it. The ignition key light Radio/nav,gation display security input
should come on and the beeper should beep for 2 * Ground through radio connector.
seconds, then blink and beep twice more at 0.2 Test by disconnecting the connector from
second intervals. This means the system has gone radio/navigation display.
from Mode 1 to Mode 2. **When testing a door lock knob, be sure all
MODE 2: other door lock knobs are in the locked
position.
IGNITION KEY UGHT
2 ..c.
J
0.2 He.
ON
OFF
NOTE: To cancel mode 2, disconnect the SCS

service connector from the multiplex control
inspection connector for more than 10 seconds or
turn the ignition switch OFF.
BACK
22-300
r--:'I
II.!=:.J
Multiplex Control Unit, Driver's 15. Check 2 or 3 more circuits listed for that control unit.
Transmission range switch [f]
Brake switch (ON) Does the ignition key light blink and the beeper
Dash lights brightness controller (TURNING) beep for each circuit?
Driver's door switch (OPEN)
Driver's seat belt switch (UNLATCHED) VES- The additional circuits are OK. Repair the
Engine hood switch (OPEN) short or open in the circuit that failed the test in the
Combination light switch (ON) preceding step .•
Left rear door switch (OPEN)
Left rear door lock knob switch (UNLOCK) * NO- Multiplex failed circuits can mean that the
Parking brake switch (ON) control unit has failed without triggering a DTC.
Trunk latch switch (OPEN) Test a few more circuits. If they also fail, substitute
Windshield wiper/washer switch (except MIST a known-good control unit, then recheck. If the
switch) system works properly, the original control unit is
*When testing a door lock knob, be sure all faulty, replace it. there is still a malfunction,
other door lock knobs are in the locked substitute a know-good control unit for the next
position. most likery faulty control unit, then recheck. If the
system works properly, that control unit is faulty;
Multiplex Control Unit, Door replace it..
Driver's key cylinder switch (LOCK/UNLOCK)
Driver's door lock knob switch (LOCK/
UNLOCK)
Driver's door lock switch (UNLOCK)
Power window master switch
The key cylinder switches should only beep/flash when

turned to LOCK or UNLOCK. If they beep/flash when
returning to the neutral position, the switch is defective
or misaligned. Adjust or replace the affected key
cylinder switch.
BACK
22-301
Muftiple'? ' ontrol Unit Input Test

Door Unit:
1. Remove the driver's door panel, and disconnect the connectors from the door multiplex control unit.
3. Make the following input tests at the connector A.
Wire side of
female terminal
A1 WHT/YEl Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
('99, '03 conditions There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
models) relay box
WHT/RED • An open in the wire
('00-02
models) I
A2 GRN/WHT Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 15 (20A) fuse in the
('99-02 (II) There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
models) relay box I
WHT/YEl • Faulty power window relay

('03 model) • An open in the wire
A12 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
A19 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G551)
---------
conditions There should be continui!y. • An open in the wire
BACK
22-302
r--:'I
I..:!::..I
Passenger's Unit
4. Remove the passenger's multiplex control unit from the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
S. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.
6. Make the following input tests at the connector B and the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box socket.
Wire side of
female terminals
Al A2. M A4 Ar. A6 A1 M AS AID All A12
A13 A14 A15 A18 r-- Al1 A18 A19 A20 - A2.1 A22 A23 AU
A24 Fuse/relay Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.SA) fuse in the
relay box
• Faulty passenger's fuse/relay box
A8 Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (GS81)
A22 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.SA) fuse in the
A12 Ignition switch OFF All power windows and • Poor ground (GS81)
Jump A 12 to A24 moonroof should operate. • Faulty power window relay
B22 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (GS04)
(cont'd)
BACK
22-303
Multiplex Control Unit Input Test (cont'd)

Driver's Unit:
9. Make the following input tests at the connector B and the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box socket.
• If all the input tests prove OK, troubleshoot the Multiplex Control System (see page 22-298).
Wire side of
female terminals
relay box
A14 Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's
(II) There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
A13 Ignition key is Check for continuity to ground: • Faulty ignition key switch
inserted into the There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
ignition switch • Poor ground (G401)
A1 Under all Attach to ground: Ignition key • Blown No. 47 (20A) fuse in the
conditions light should come on. under~hood fuse/relay box
• Blown lED
A15 Short the multiplex Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
control inspection There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
connector
terminals.
B11 BlK Under all Check for continuity 7 , ~ round: • Poor ground (G503)
'----- ----
conditions There should be com .. ity. • An open in the wire
22-304
BACK
r--:'I
Seat Belt Tension Reducer ~
Circuit Diagram
M@I~
IGNITIDN
1 SWITCH
No.9 DRIVERS
(7.5A) UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RB.AY
BOX
ilRrvER'S
TENSION
REDUCER
SOLENOID
TENSION
PASSENGER'S
REDUC£R
SOLENOID
T
SRSUNT
nf---3
~-t----'
BlU RED
• MULTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT,
DRIVER'S
• SEAT BELT
T
REMINDER LIGHT
• SRSUNIT
BLU RED
Y
RED/BLU BLU
2
DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S
SEAT BELT SEAT BELT
SWITCH SWITCH
I --
G551
I
G581
® aOHd, @
® Closed, ®
Opon: Buckled
Opon: Unbuckled
BACK
22-305
Seat Belt Tension Reducer
Test
1. Remove the seat side trim (see page 20-55). 3. Check for voltage between the No. 1 (+) terminal
and body ground with the ignition switch ON (II).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the seat belt There should be battery voltage.
tension reducer (B).
• If there is no voltage, check for:
- a blown No.9 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's under-
B
- an open in the YEL wire.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and reconnect the 2P

connector to the seat belt tension reducer.
5. Check for voltage between the No.2 terminal and

body ground with the ignition switch ON (II) and
the seat belt unbuckled.
There should be battery voltage.
• If there is no voltage, check for a faulty seat belt

switch, short to body ground on the BLU/RED (or
YEL/BLU) wire, or replace the seat belttension
reducer.
Wire side of • If there is battery voltage, go to step 6.
female terminals

and body ground with the seat belt buckled.
• If there is no continuity, check for:

- poor ground (G551, G581).
- faulty seat belt switch.
BACK
22-306
~
Power Windows t.=!..I
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
KEY -OFF TIMER CIRCUIT

J
In ~he multiplex control
[ Unit, passenger's
PASSENGER'S WINDOW SWITCH

Test, page 22-331
PASSENGER'S WINDOW MOTOR

Test, page 22-333
POWER WINDOW RELAY

Test, page 22-103 RIGHT REAR WINDOW SWITCH
Test,page 22-331
RIGHT REAR WINDOW MOTOR

Test, page 22-333
LEFT REAR WINDOW SWITCH

Test, page 22-331
LEFT REAR WINDOW MOTOR

Test, page 22-333
DRIVER'S WINDOW MOTOR

Test, page 22-332
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DRIVER'S
BACK
22-307
Power Windows
Descriptions
'02-03 Models
The driver's window will stop and automatically open if you pinch your hand or something during auto-up operation.
The system is composed of the power window master switch, the power window control unit and the driver's window
motor.
The power window motor incorporates a pulser which generates pulses during the motor's operation and sends the
pulses to the power window control unit. As soon as the power window control unit detects no pulses from the pulser,
the control unit makes the power window motor stop and reverse.
POWER WINDOW MASTER

SWITCH
POWER WINDOW MOTOR '\ POWER WINDOW

CONTROL UNIT
Sensor
~@ IS-PeriodofP"'~+ IUUL
MAGNET ~ Period of pulses-- JLfl.J
:.-- Position when something
~ is pinched
Period of
pulses
Threshold value for
judgment of pinching
Resetting the power window control unit
Resetting the power window control unit is required after performing the following procedures:
• disconnecting the battery.

• removing the No.1 (20A) fuse in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
• disconnecting the 18P connector from the power window control unit.
• removing the window regulator, glass or glass run channel.
1. Make sure the glass is installed properly.

3. Remove the No.1 (20A) fuse in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) on for seconds, then turn it OFF. Reinstall the No.1 (20A) fuse in the driver's
under-dash fuse/relay box.
5. Make sure the driver's window does not work in AUTO with the ignition switch ON (II).
7. Move the driver'S window all the way down by using the driver's switch.
8. Move the driver's window all the way up by using the driver's switch, when the window reaches the top, ho':ne
driver's window switch in the UP position for 2 seconds.
* If the window does not work in AUTO, reset the power window master switch according to the above procedures
again.
22-308
BACK
r--:'I
I.!!!..I
Circuit Diagram
'99 Model
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH
UND£R-HOOO FUSEIRELA YBOX FUSftRElAy BOX
BAmRY
No.13 (7.5AI
YEL WHTIYEl -
·MUlJ1W(
CONTlIOI. UNIT,
No.51 UOAI
WHTIBlU - -i>
5 DRIVER'
ITo
S
..... 22-3111
·MUlJIIlEX
CONTROl UMT,
PASSfNGER'S
ITOpagl 22-3121
MULTIPlEX
CONTfIDl UNIT,
PASSfNGER'S
(;zmPlge )
-312
)1
~----------~~ POW8I
WNlOW
RElAY
GRNIWHT -
No.7
I20AI
~ No.8
I20AJ
~ No.16
I20AI
~ No.15
120AI
BI.K
W'T FIIDNT RIGIIT

REAR PASSfNGER'S REAR
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
Topage ) '~ ____y,-_~
(22-311
(To p.g. )
22-312
(cont'd)
BACK
22-309
Power Windows
PASSENGER'S
SWITCH
r
(Frompltlt
\22-311,312
WHT VEL WHT RED
POWER MNDOW MASTER SWITCH

AI lin the MUlTI'tEX CONTROL UNIT, DOOR) B2
DN:DOWN
.~
DRIVER'S FRONT LEFT RIGHT
SWITCH PASSENGER'S REAR REAR
"$.0
......
'. UP/ ",DN UP/ ",DN UP/ ",DN
MAlI
SWITCH
UP: '-DN
I
---GRN/WHT
A2 .
~
1
H CONTROl. UNIT
J
l-
I I
<!\.:~-----~ ~ _____ Vo
~
~~jD lIGHTS
11.12Wx2)
A11 AID A4 A19 A12 II A15
I~ I~
~
REDl LU REDrl RD Ir"
2 1 3
MUlT1PlEX
CONTROl. UNIT
.- -- ---. DRIVER'S
lToPltll22-31
4
PUlSER aLK
DRIVER'S WINDOW
MOTOR B,K
~~ ~ ~ ~
G551 G401
BACK
22-310
r--:'I
I.!:..I
'99 Model
MULTIPLEX No.1317.5A)
CONTROL PASSENGER'S
UNrr, DOOR FUSE
Frompog. ) From pogo )
( 22-310 ( 22-309
I BRN
I
WHT EL
A12
Bl
MULTIPI.EX CONTROL UNIT, DRlVER'S o----PNK-
A16 A19 A7 A14

No.7I2OA)
PASSENGER'S
FUSE
GRN ORN From pogo GRN GRN BlU
( 22-3OS
y z
·t
WHT EL
3
5 6
LEn
~ .. REAR
swrrCH
DOWN .'
. " UP
,
~ ~
I I
DRIVER'S
DOORSwrrCH
ICIosed: Door open)
~,'~-----~ .. ~
-~
Ito j-----~j~
I 2
RED/BLU
1
I B
1
REDf
I 21 cro..-@ 1' POWER WINDOW

LEn REAR WINDOW MOTOR MAt.lSwrrCH
ITopoge22-310)
G401
(cont'd)
BACK
22-311
Power Windows
No.1317.5A1
PASSENGER'S
FUSE
~:)
I
WHT{fEL
A24
B9
----< MUlTl'lEX CONTROl. UNIT. PASSENGER'S lKey-oII tIoNr cftoitI
r r
A15 AIZ AI AI. All
No.161ZOA) No.J1ZOA)
PASSENGER'S PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH UMIER-DASH
FUSE/RELAYBOX FUSE/RElAY BOX
~-1- )7
IFrom PII' ZZ-31191 IFrom PIlI ZZ- 3OI1
)7 81.U 81.Ufta.
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
WHT~
T.. l
DOWN ,''1'', UP
RIGHT REAR
SWITCH
I
~3
DOWN
t
,''I'-, UP
II
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
SWITCH
(Top ..' )
ZZ-3119
~ ~ ~ ~
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR
SWITCH
(~t' ) Bu(
~}- - ~
n'~
• I ~--?~j~
I Xl *' • n
"~-r ~-
_,-.n ~~
~ lIGHT REAR WINllOW MOTOR
POWER
WNlOWMOTOR
POWER
~
...... ....10...1.... WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
WNIOW
MAIII SWITCH
lTopagoZZ-3111 ITo pagoZZ-3111
G5Il
22-312
BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
'00-01 Models
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX FUSE/RELAY BOX
No.• ' (l2OA1 No.54(40AI No.I3(7.5A1

VEl WIfT/RED - -
WIfT/IIlU -
~
MULTIPI.£X
CONTROL UNIT.
PASSENGER'S
iToplge22-3151
MULTIPLEX
CONlROL UNIT.
PASSENGER'S
~OmPiflO
-315
)
,
- -- - - -- -- - -:~ POWER
WNlOW
RELAY
No.7
(2OAI
! No.8
(2OAI
! No.I6
120AI
t~·
(2OA1
GRN/WHT - -
lEFT FRONT lIGHT

REAR PASSENGER'S REAR
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
(TOpagl y
22-315
(To pagl
22-316
G581
(cont'd)
BACK
22-313
Power Windows
DllYER'S lIMIER-DASH RJSE/RELAY BOX
MULTPLEX
--WHT/RED 8 CONTROL UNIT,
DRIVER'S PASSENGER'S
(To pago22-3151 SWITCH
~mp. )
- 315,316
WHT ~EL
)7
WHT RED
POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH
lin the MULTPLEX CONT1IOI. UNIT IOOORII B2
DN : DOWN IA ~ ~ ~
- vV'< 'tJ7 ~ ~
DRIVER'S RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR RIGIIT REAR •

SWITCH r-
~~ h ,
,
UP :
'
'
, ':,~O
- UP '" ",DN UP '" ",DN UP ,,' ",DN
Ie MAti
SWITCH
....... ---- .. -..... __ .. _-- .... --- - -- ------- . -- .. _.. - .......... ....... - .... _..... ---- oo .... _ _ _
-- .... .... -- ... --- ......
---- .....
~
Al
. POWER WINDOW
IMMERSION
--GRN/WHT
A2 _ ..
r
aM:UT
I i
~ /~-- - ---~ ~-- - ---~,j~

I
,1,12
I
A19 All Al0 A' 81 1,1,15
BIJ( RED[IILU REDTL RiO III" IrK BRH
2 1 3 ~
MUlTl'lEX
CONTROL UNIT
.--- -- -- ---- --- - ---. IDriver'sl
(To page 22-31
4
PULSER
DRIVER'S WNlOW
MOTOR
J~
....... ... ... ... .... ....... .... ....
GS51 G551 G401 G551
22-314 BACK
~
1.=..1
'00-01 Models
MULTIPLEX
CONTROL
UNIT (DOOR)
From page ) From page ) From page )
( 22-314 ( 22-314 ( 22-313
I BRN
I
(Fuse/relay box socket)
I
(Fuse/relay box socket)
A2 A12 A24
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT (Orivor's) MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT (Passenger's)

(Kay-oil tim. c:irClitl
A14 A16 A19 A7 AS A15 A12

No.7 (2IIA)
PASSENGER'S LPNK
-1-
FUSE
(From page 22-313)
GRN ORN
)1 GRN GRNBLU
WHTi~L
LEFT REAR SWITCH
~ POWER
-f- W(NDOW
ll! RELAY
o;,
DOWN
, ''
,o-~,
,, q
, '
:0-- To page )
(22-313
FRONT
DRIVER'S • f- PASSENGER'S
DOOR SWITCH DOOR
(Closed: Door open) SWITCH
(Closed:
Door open
)
'I ~1-401.;.-1
RED/BLU REDfEL WHTsrREID
I ~
I I
--I.
LEFT REAR WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW

MAIN SWITCH
(To page 22-314)
G4Gl G581
(cont'd)
BACK
22-315
Power Windows
MUllJllfX CONT1IOI. UMT (P1IHftgtI'1' Q(ey-oII .... cftuiIl
A7 AS AI. Ala
No.III20AI
PASSENGER'S No.812OA1
FUSE PASSENGER'S
FUSE
y
IFrom pIgo22-3131
IFrom pIfIt 22-3131
WHT~
YEL/GRN VL
Y
BLUr,
BU BLU EL
FRONT
5 6 RIGHT REAR SWITCH 5 6 PASSENGER'S SWITCH
" UP
DOWN
, '
, '
,00hJ,
, '\ :0- ~
, '
DOWN
, '
,, '
UP
,0- ...0,
, \ :0-
, '
- I
- -- --- ----
_ _ _ .J ___ J
'- - -- ---- - ,.
n ~
n ~ ~
ov ___~ A~ AI'- ~-- - :.J q,.:--- ~ A" A" ~- - - :j
4 1 2 4 1 2
REDfU AEDr WHTr BLUr BlUr WHTr

'I ~ I' .
"'"---+--'-

~
POWER WINDOW
MAtI SWITCH
21~II
FRONT PASSENGER'S
WINDOW MOTOR
~
POWER WINDOW
MAJlSWlTCH
lTopogl22-3141 lToplgo22-3141
BACK
22-316
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
'02·03 Models
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX FUSE/RELAY BOX
BAmRY
No.41 (120A) No.54 (40A) No.13 (7.5A)
+}---!--crv.:-'-:J'-O- YEL
WHT/BLU -
~
MUlTIPLEX
CONTROL UNIT, " " " - WHT/REO - -
PASSENGER'S
MULT(PLEX (To page 22-319)
CONTROL UNIT,
PASSENGER'S
~ompog. )
-319
1
~----------'l
POWER
WINDOW
RELAY
No.7
(ZOA)
~ No,8
(20A)
!No.16
(ZOA)
No.1
(ZOA)
WHT YEL GRN/WHT - -
WHT/YEL - -
BX
l t l
LEFT
REAR
SWITCH
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
SWITCH
RIGHT
REAR
SWITCH
(TO page
22-319 ) , y
J
(To page
22-320 )
....1"-
Gsa1
(cont'd)
BACK
22-317
Power Windows
PASSENGER'S
SWITCHES
( FtomPlfll
m
227
WKTh
POWER WINDOW MASTER SWiTOI WHTLRED WHT(1!ED
lin 1IHI MULTPLn CONTROL UIIT. DOOR I A20 112
AI, ...
1~~ ,. _................................... -- . ............... -- . .............. -_ ......... .. -.... .. .............. _...................... . . .. __..
DN :DOWN
(Topego
)
22-319
DAMR'S I~' I~II 1=,
--- : 1\ ", AUTt:::J\: -;;UTD UP .· T ',DN Ilup ,' T ',DN Ilup " T ',DN I(. MAtI
SWITCH
_\_ ~:tX_U1:.;l_ ~~
<f
~ ... L·--tt:J··U--'·T"'·r __ _ _.... . ....... .. ........ __ ...... .. .... .. .... __ .... a _ _ .. __ ..... __ .... _ .. .. ..... _ .. _ .. J
I
A2 Al0 A15
I A12 I A19 lit
-WHT/GRN ~EL Ill< BLK
~
B!-K
1 1 I I 1
- WHT/YEL ORN~GRN ILKIjlED IILKr ,. ar
WHT[YEL
L.-
14 11 13 15 MULTIPlEX
CONTROL UNIT,
DRIVER'S
POWER WNlOWCONTlWL IMT ITo P'1II22-3111
Up.e DO!'IN<±>
P 1'2 WKT117 1'6

R£DtBLU REDIJEL
• B BLU 81 BUt
~luuj _.
DRMR'S WINDOW MOTOR
.u.. .u.. .u..

G551 0401 0561
22-318 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:..I
'02-03 Models
IIUlTNX
CONTROL
UIfT(OOORI
(~l':'" ) From_ )
( ZZ-318 Fromptgt )
( ZZ-317
T B
T T
lfu••/rolly box socketl (fuse/reI.ybox lOdtetl
AIZ
MULTNX CONTROL UNIT. DRlVER'S MULTNX CONTROL UMT, PASSeNGER'S

(Kay-oft tim« drcuItl
Al4 A16 Al9 A1 AIS AIZ

No.112OA1
PASSENGER'S
FUSE PNK
(From paea ZZ-3111
GRNIDRN
7
WKT
GRN U
lfI'T REAR SWITCH
DRIVER'S FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR SWITCH DOOR
(00Nd : Door optIIl SWITCH
~Md";" )
lfI'T REAR WINDOW MOTOR POWERWf4DOW

MAIN SWITCH
(TopageZZ-3181
0401 GS81
(cont'd)
BACK
22-319
Power Windows
MULTI'lEX CON1ROI. UNT. PASSENGER'S IKey-ofttim. circuitI
A7 AS AI' All
No.ISI20Al
PASSENGER'S No.112OA1
RISE PASSENGER'S
RISE
y
IFrom pogo 22-3171
IFrom PItt 22-3171
WHT/BLK
YElJIlRN YEL
Y
BLUIBLK
BLU BLUIYEL
FRONT
RIGHT REAR SWITCH PASSENGER'S SWITCH
Rror
21 ot-@Il
~r
l
POWER WINDOW
BLUr
21 oc-@Il
FRONT PASSENGER'S
BLUr
l
POWER WINlOW
MAIN SWITCH WHlOWMOTOR MAIN SWITCH
ITo PItt 22-3181 ITo pog. 22-3111
22-320 BACK
~
I..:!:..I
'99-01 Models
1. Before testing the power window control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page 22-298).
3. Inspect all connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact .
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX SOCKET
Al A2. A3 A4 A5 />S A7 /If, AS A10 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 I - - A17 AlB A19 A2.O r-- A2l A22 A2.3 A2.4
GRN GRN/ORN
\ I.
2 3 4
5 6 9 10
I
GRN/BLU
(cont'd)
BACK
22-321
Power Windows
4. With the driver's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the driver's under-dash
fuse/relay box socket.
A12 Fuse/relay Under all Check for voltage to ground: o Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
relay box
A14 Check for continuity to ground: o Poor ground (G401)
There should be continuity. o An open in the wire
For driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-93).
o If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause then recheck the system.
A2 GRN JumpA2to Check the left rear window An open in the wire
battery motor operation:
voltage The window should go down.
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty driver's door switch
open There should be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty driver's door switch
closed There should be 5 V or more. o Short to ground
A5 GRN/BLU JumpA5to Check the left rear window An open in the wire
battery motor operation:
voltage The window should go up.
BACK
22-322
r--:'I
a=:.J
Multiplex Control Unit, Passenger's
its connector.
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 I - - A17 A18 A19 A20 - A21 A22 A23 A24
... .,
1
8
2
9 10 111
3
12
4
13
n
14
1
15 16
5
17 18
6
19
7
20
... 1 1 1
...
It
YEL YEL/GRN
\
GRN
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR F

BLU/YEL
n / ...
1 2 3 4151F==lJ617 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 19 20 21 22
I
BLU
(cont'd)
BACK
22-323
Power Windows
8. With the passenger's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the passenger's under-
dash fuse/relay box socket.
box socket conditions There should be battery passenger's under-dash fuse/
voltage. relay box
• Faulty passenger's under-dash
fuse/relay box
A12 Fuse/relay Under all Check for continuity to • Faulty power window relay
box socket conditions ground: Poor ground (G581)
A8 Fuse/relay Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G581)
box socket conditions ground: • An open in the wire
There should be continuity. - -- - --- - - - ---
9. Reconnect the passenger's multiplex control unit to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the
following input tests at the appropriate connectors on the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
For passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-94).
A16 GRN Front passenger's Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door
door open There should be 1 V or less. switch
Front passenger's Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door
door closed There should be 5 V or more. switch
• Short to ground
F18 BLU Jump F18 to Check the front passenger's • Faulty front passenger switch
battery voltage window motor operation: • An open in the wire
The window should go down. • Faulty window motor
F9 BLU/YEL Jump F9 to battery Check the front passenger's • Faulty front passenger switch
voltage window motor operation: • An open in the wire
The window should go up. • Faulty window motor
A12 YEL/GRN JumpA12to Check the right rear window • Faulty right rear switch I
battery voltage motor operation: • An open in the wire
The window should go down. • Faulty window motor
A11 YEL JumpA11to Check the right rear window • Faulty right rear switch
battery voltage motor operation: • An open in the wire
I
The window shoulc!JI<:> up. --
• Faulty window motor
BACK
22-324
r--:'I
l!!!:..I
10. Remove the door multiplex control unit from the driver's door, and disconnect its connectors.
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DOOR CONNECTOR A
WHT/VEl RED RED/VEL

~ GRN/WHT
t r +
(. ..J
n +
A1 A2
/ A4
/ A6 A7 A8
/ A10
Wire side of
female terminals
~/
A11 A12 A15 A16 An A18 A19
/
RED/BLU
t • BlK t
BlK
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DOOR CONNECTOR B
BlK
~
WHT/RED
+
Wire side of
female terminals
(cont'd)
BACK
22-325
Power Windows
12. With the door multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors.
• If all the input test prove OK, go to step 13.
conditions There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box
A2 GRN/WHT Ignition switch Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 15 (20A) fuse in the
ON (II) There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box I
A12 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G401, G551)
A19 conditions There should be continuity. • An open in the wire i
B1
A11 RED/BlU Connect the Check the driver's window • Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
A10 RED/YEl A10 terminal motor operation: passenger's under-dash fuse/
to the A12 The window should go up. relay box
terminal, and NOTE: Ifthe window is up, jump • Faulty driver's window motor
the A11 A 11 to A 12, and A 10 to A 1; the • An open in the wire
terminal to the window should go down.
- - ~HeJ'l'TlinaL _ '---- - - --
13. Reconnect the door multiplex control unit and perform the following input test.
A4 RED While Check for the voltage on the A4 • Faulty pulser
operating the and A 12 terminals: • Faulty driver'S window motor
driver's About 6 V should be indicated • An open in the wire
window switch as the driver's window motor • A short to ground in the wire
with the runs.
ignition switch
ON (II)
B2 WHT/RED Operating any Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401, G581)
passenger's There should be battery voltage. • Faulty passenger's switch
switch with • An open in the wire
master main
switch OFF,
and the
ignition switch
ON (II) ------
14. If all the input tests prove OK, one of the control units must be faulty. Substitute a known-good control unit for the
one that is most likely at fault, then check the system. If the system works properly, the original control unit is
BACK
22-326
r--:'I
~
'02-03 Models
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Disconnect the 18P connector (A) from the power window control unit (8).
Wire side of
female terminals
WHT
BlK/WHT RED/VEL VEL BlK/RED BRN BLU
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded repair them as necessary, and recheck the system .
(cont'd)
BACK
22-327
Power Windows

4. With the connetor still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors .
• If any test indicates a problem, find and correct, then recheck the system .
1 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G551)
8 WHT/GRN Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.1 (20A) fuse in the
There should be battery driver's under-dash fuse/relay I
voltage. box
• An open in the wire i
7 WHT/yEL Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.7 (20A) fuse in the
I
(II) There should be battery passenger's under-dash I
voltage . fuse/relay box i
• Faulty power window relay

• An open in the wire I
13 YEL Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty power window master
(II) and driver's There should be battery switch
window switch UP voltage. • An open in the wire
11 BLK/WHT Ignition switch ON I
I
(II) and driver's
window switch
AUTO UP I
I
Ignition switch ON
(II) and driver's
window switch
AUTO DOWN
15 BRN Ignition switch ON
(II) and driver's
wi ndow switch
DOWN
4 ORN/GRN Driver'S window Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401)
switch DOWN ground: • Faulty power window master
There should be continuity. switch
• An o~en in the wire
4 ORN/GRN Driver's window Check for continuity between • Faulty power window master
14 BLK/RED switch OFF the No.4 and No. 14 switch
terminals: • An open in the wire
3 RED/BLU Connect the battery Check for driver's window • Faulty power window motor
power to the No. 12 motor: • An open in the wire
(+) and ground the It should run (the window
No.3 (-) terminals. moves down).
12 RED/YEL Connect the battery Check for driver's window • Faulty power window motor
power to the No.3 motor: • An open in the wire
(+ ) and ground the It should run (the window
No. 12 (-) terminals. moves up).
22-328 BACK
r--:'I
I.!!:!..I
5. Reconnect the 1SP connector to the power window control unit, and make these input tests at the connector .
17 WHT Ignition switch ON Check for voltage between • Faulty power window motor
9 BLK (II) the No. 17 (+) and No.9 (- ) • Faulty pulser
terminals: • An open in the wire
There should be battery
voltage.
5 RED While operating the Check for voltage between
driver's window the No.5 (+) and No.9 (-)
switch terminals:
There should be pulse
voltage (an analog voltmeter
needle should move back and
forth alternately; a digital
voltmeter should show the
average voltage between
0-5V).
16 BLU While operating the Check for voltage between
driver's window the No. 16 (+) and No.9 (-)
switch terminals:
There should be pulse
voltage (an analog voltmeter
needle should move back and
forth alternately; a digital
voltmeter should show the
average voltage between
0-5V).
BACK 22-329
Power Windows
Master Switch Replacement
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 3. Remove the four mounting screws, then remove
the master switch (A) from the panel (8).
2. Remove the screws and master switch assembly.
22-330 BACK
r--:'I
~
Passenger's Window Switch Test/Replacement
1. Remove the passenger's door panel (see page 20- 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
6). switch position according to the table.
2. Remove the screws and passenger's switch

assembly.
3. Remove the three mounting screws, then remove

the passenger's switch (A) from the panel (B).

switch.
BACK
22-331
Power Windows
Driver's Window Motor Test

Motor Test ('99-01 Models) Motor Test ('02-03 Models)
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Disconnect the 4P connector from the window 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the window
motor. motor.
3. Test the motor in each direction by connecting

battery power and ground according to the table. ~
~CAUTION
~
When the motor stops running, disconnect
one lead immediately. Terminal side of male terminals
3. Test the motor in each direction by connecting

1\ Terminal
1 2
battery power and ground according to the table.
Direction \
UP e (±) ~CAUTION
DOWN
---
(±) e When the motor stops running, disconnect
one lead immediately.

replace it. 1\ Terminal
1 2
Pulser Test:
Direction \
UP (±) e
5. Connect the test leads of an analog ohmmeter to
the No.3 and No.4 terminals.
DOWN e (±)
6. Run the motor by connecting power and ground to 4. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly,
the No.1 and No.2 terminals. The ohmmeter replace it.
needle should move back and forth alternately.
7. Ifthe needle does not move back and forth, replace

the motor.
BACK
22-332
r--:'I
t=.!..I
Passenger's Window Motor Test
Pulser Test: 1. Remove the passenger's door panel (see page 20-
6).
5. Reconnect the 6P connector to the window motor.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the window
6. Check for voltage between the terminals. motor.
• There should be battery voltage between the

No. 6 (+) and No.4 (-) terminals when the
ignition switch ON (II).
• Connect an analog voltmeter between the No.5
(+) and No.4 (-) terminals, and run the window
motor at down or up. The voltmeter needle
should move back and forth alternately (a digital
voltmeter should show the average voltage
between 0 - 5 V).
• Connect an analog voltmeter between the No.3
(+) and No.4 (-) terminals, and run the window
motor at down or up. The voltmeter needle
should move back and forth alternately.
7. If there is no battery voltage or the needle does not

move back and forth, replace the motor.
3. Test the motor by connecting battery power and

ground according to the table. When the motor
stops running, disconnect one lead immediately.
1\ Terminal
1 2
Direction \
UP <±> e
DOWN e <±>

replace it.
BACK
22-333
Keyless Entry/Security Alarm System
LOCK BUTTON
TRUNK BUTTON
UNLOCK BUTTON
'~NICBUTTON
TRANSMITTER
Test, page 22-366
Programming, page 22-366
HORN RELAY
Test, page 22-103
\ _ _ _ UNDER-HOOD
-~ FUSE/RELAY BOX
TAilliGHT RELAY
Test, page 22-103
HEADLIGHT RELAY 1
Test, page 22-103
HEADLIGHT RELAY 2
Test, page 22-103
SECURITY INDICATOR
Test, page 22-365
SECURITY HORN RELAY ('99 Modell

Test, page 22-103
SECURITY HORN ('99 Model)

Test, page 22-364
HOOD SWITCH HEADLIGHT

Test, page 22-365
22-334 BACK
r--:'I
l!!!!:..I
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK SWITCH FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR

Test, page 22-363 KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
Test, page 22-363
IGNITION KEY SWITCH
Test, page 22-191 FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR!
KNOB SWITCH
Knob Switch Test, page 22-362
FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH
RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR!
KNOB SWITCH
RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH
TRUNK LATCH SWITCH

Test, page 22-364
DRIVER'S DOOR
KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT
Test, ('99-01 Models)
page 22-363 (In the multiplex control unit, passenger's)
LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER'S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR!
KNOB SWITCH
Actuator Test, page 22-361 LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR!
Knob Switch Test, page 22-362 KNOB SWITCH
KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT

('02-03 Models)
KEYLESS BUZZER ('00-03 Models)

Test, page 22-367
BACK
22-335
System Description
Security Alarm System Panic Mode

The panic mode allows the security system to be set off
The security alarm system is armed automatically after by the remote transmitter to attract attention. When you
the doors, hood, and trunk lid are closed and locked. push and hold the PANIC button for about two seconds,
For the system to arm, the ignition switch must be off the alarm will sound and the exterior lights will flash for
and the key removed, and the security control unit must about 30 seconds.
receive signals that the doors, hood, and trunk lid are To immediately cancel the panic mode, press any
closed and locked. The alarm can be disarmed at any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition
time by unlocking either door with the key or the switch ON (II). The panic mode will not function if the
remote transmitter. key is in the ignition switch.
When everything is closed and locked, none of the Keyless Entry System
control unit inputs are grounded (switches open). The security alarm system receives lock (arm), unlock
Fifteen seconds after the doors are locked with the key, (disarm) and panic signals from the keyless entry
the driver's lock knob, or the remote transmitter, the control unit. The keyless entry system allows you to
system arms. The security indicator on the driver's door lock and unlock the vehicle with the remote transmitter.
panel flashes immediately after everything is closed When you push the LOCK button, all doors lock. When
and locked. you push the UNLOCK button once, only the driver's
door unlocks. The passenger's door will unlock when
If one of the switches is misadjusted or there is a short you push the button a second time.
in the system, the system will not arm. As long as the The two keyless remote transmitters also activate the
control unit continues to receive a ground signal, it Driving Position Memory System (DPMS). Each
senses that the vehicle is not closed and locked, and it transmitter is coded to send either the Memory 1 or
will not arm. Conversely, a switch that is slightly Memory 2 signal to the DPMS control unit. The code is
misadjusted can sound an alarm for no apparent reason. marked on the rear of each remote transmitter.
In this case, it may only take a significant change in The feature can be turned off by pressing the LOCK and
outside temperature, the vibration of a passing truck, or UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter at the same time,
someone bumping into the vehicle to make the alarm and waiting for the LED on transmitter to blink twice. To
sound. turn the feature back on, press and hold the LOCK and
UNLOCK buttons at the same time, and the LED will
If anything is opened or improperly unlocked after the blink once.
system is armed, the control unit receives a ground The ceiling light, if its switch is in the center position,
signal from that switch. The system sounds the alarm will come on when you press the UNLOCK button. If
when any of these things occur: you do not open a door, the light will go off in about 30
seconds, the doors will automatically relock, and the
• A door is forced open security system will rearm. If you relock the doors with
• A door is unlocked without using the key or the the remote transmitter within 30 seconds, the light will
remote transmitter go off immediately.
• The hood is opened You cannot lock or unlock the doors with the remote
• The trunk lid is opened without using the remote transmitter if a door is not fully closed, or if the key is in
transmitter the ignition switch. If the trunk or hood is not closed, the
• The audio unit is removed doors will lock and unlock, but the security system will
not be armed until the trunk lid and hood are closed.
When the system sound the alarm because of one of To open the trunk lid, push the Trunk Release button
these violations, the security horn sounds and the and hold it for about two seconds. The trunk lid will not
headlight (low beam), parking lights, taillights, and side open if the key is in the ignition switch.
marker lights flash for 120 seconds. The alarm then The system will signal you when the doors lock and
shuts off and the system rearms. The alarm can be unlock by flashing the parking lights, side marker lights,
stopped at any time by unlocking either door with the and taillights: once when they lock, and twice when
key or the remote transmtter. they unlock.
When you press the LOCK button a second time within
5 seconds after you have locked the doors, the horn will
sound once to verify that the security system will be set.
BACK
22-336
r--:'I
I..!!!!!:.I
Circuit Diagram
'99-01 Models
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
UND£R-HOOD RJSE/RELAYBOX IGNITION SWITCH FUSE/RElAY BOX
+ No."1'211A) N•. ~ 1&01.) ~

BAT I No.9 n.sA) I 'Me/roily boll.cht)
-=:
BATTERY
I::: I
l-+-",-,CT"'\.~-_-<r'-C-+---WHT BlK/YEl -~~--
~V:>-I-- ~_
m ~ : ~I---+:------WllT/RED ---+---11---
t:::~~
PASSENGER'S
N•.59 UNDER-DASH
liSA) FUSE/RELAY BOX WIIT/YEL "
WIlT/RED "
IMt/NIIy box soclel)
~--+----BRN----~
WHT/YEL " RED GRN -AED/GRN - -
WHTf:: ~
AIS 816
~:- --------
TAlUGHT
RELAY
MULT1PL£X CONTROL UNIT, DOOR MULWLEX CONTROL
UNIT, DRIVER'S
UNLOCI( LOCI( UNlOCK LOCK

~
A17 1.7
DOOR LOCK KNOB
A6 AI8 AI
t12 A22 AI 811 AIO
BRN RED GRNIlED BU< RED/BU< RED/YEL
PHI(
CJ KEY
BlUWHT 1lK/WHT
~B~- RED/IlK
i---q]]
~
I 3 3 I
UN-
LOCK -- ... -, ,
COMBINATION HEADLIGHT
UGHTSWITCH RELAYS
2 DRMR'S
DOOR LOCK
2 DllMR'S DOOR
KEY CYLNlElI 2="
kNOB SWI1'Ol
i LOCK
~
B;It SWITCH
i SWITCH
1
I I
EXTERIOR
lIGHTS
G503
(cont'd)
BACK
22-337
' I :'99Modll
'2 : '00-01 Modell
------------------------------------------------nL
L"
----~I~- =~
0"
WHT/nL " WHT/RE

WHT/RED .,
SECUIITY
NlICATOA CElU'«i HEADlIGHT
(LHlI LIGHT RELAYS
YY
BlJ( BlU RED
A24 A23 A22 A21 A20
Bl B9 MULTl'LEX CONTROL UNIT,

MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT, DRIVER'S PM< PASSENGER'S
UNlOCK
B6 A\3 B9 aa A AI1 A\5
y! GAY BLU/GRN GRN/.ORN GRN
'O ~"f~
TRUNK
IGMTION l¥J DRIVER'S liFT REAR PASSENGER'S
=)
HOOD UD DOOR DOOR DOOR
SWITCH KEY ' KNOB LATCH
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
~.;... )
SWITCH
3 (~~Id ) ~~ ) &"...-~ )
(Closed :
2 (= ) \DOOfopon
I I
G201 G401
I
G551
I
GaOl
BACK
22-338
~
~
., : With NlVigllioftlystem
· 2 : Without NlVigllion system
I'99Modo1I 1'00- 01 Modoisl

; " -" - "- "- "- "-"-' - "- "- "- " -"-"-" - " -1
I lIN)£R- HOOD FUSE/RfLAY BOX : UNDER-HOODFUSE/RfLAYBOX :
No.4712OA1 No.4712OAl
I FUSE FUSE
SECURITY HORN
HORN RELAY
R1:LAY
~H SECUIITY
HORN
if
LTG IIW
AS
I-
G302
R1:EL LT /BLU
L .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ ..-' 1_.. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ .. _ ..-'
MUlTl'l£X CONTROl UNTo PASSfNGfR'S

rOO-Ol Models!
r-"-"- "- "- ']
B22 821
I II
ILK
I.r"-ILU
o
'-"l "'f"l
.,
.
I'
·2
0 LTGRN!A£D
I
I
11i I I
0 0
i I¢)i I
i GRN
116 1 i I TRUNK
I
o 0
L.. ._ .. j L.. ..-.J KfYlESS

IUZZER M ~NER
SOl£HOI)
I
I
i
I :
I
G201
1._ .. _ .. _ .._ .. ...1
I
I: I
GaOl
(cont'd)
BACK
22-339
DRIVER'S
DOOR LOCK
-------..,
ACTUATOR
r--WHTJRED ~--+1_2
IHTREAR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
~WHT/RED ~LTGRNJRED
FRONT 1'99 Modell •• ~
PASSENGER'S
DOOR LOCK rc ~SMITTER ) :
ACTUATOR
: I
~WHT/RED ~ LTGRN/RED I ,
LOCKe
AIO
lIGHT REAR
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
~ WHTJRED ~ LTGRN/RED --+

All
UNLOCKe
I BII
! ! !~C"~
I L4 !1(7 )1
L .. _.. i
LOCK :
MULTlPLEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S KEYLESS

RECEIVER
I•
TRUNK lINT L .. _ .. .
PANIC
UM.OCK UNLOCK LOCK UNl.OCK LOCK UNlOCK
A3 AI7 I AS A4 I All AI3 AI
DOOR LOCK KONB

BLuioRN IED~U
GRNjaLK
KEY
Q otW I
~u
I I
BLK/ORN
BLK
[p---j
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR LOCK
KNOB
SWITat
\ /:: -~ -- -- -- -- ----
atK
i
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
KEYCYlNIER
SWITat
m -1'
-- "
BLJ(
2
=NGER'S
DOOR LOCK
SWlTat
~--
Y
'
:
2
DOORLOCK
KNOB
SWlTat
t
BLJ(
1
G58I
BACK
22-340
r--:'I
I.!::..I
'02-03 Models
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
lHlER-HOOO AJSCIAELAV BOX GNITlON SWITCH FUSC/AELAY BOX
BAmRV No.41112OA1 No.42 16OA1

+ H-~O"'....J:)o-"",--c,,-.o--+---WHT ~
BAT
BlX/VEL
J 1 No.9 (7.SA1 IFuse/reily boll.chll
~,I40.J'.A)oo1~---YEL ~O.'317.SA ~I------WKT/RED IGI --+--- I ..

1 - - -....
~'-1J-I--
No.5514OA1
-----+-..N~
.~-+_-----
VELlGRN ----t--+--- WKT/AED
PASSENGliR'S
No.59 UNDER-DASH
115A1 AJSCIRELAYBOX WHT RED
IFuse/roily box •.,.btl
r---+----UN----~
WHT~EL REOI RN - REO/GRN 1 WKTIRED
AI AIS
r-+-----t, r'""'~B~~~~--~tA-'Z-~~-4-----
~c - - - ---- ~ TALUGItT
RELAY
MUlTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT. DOOR MULTPLEX CONTROL
UNIT, DRIVER'S
UNLOCK LOCK UNLOCK LOCK
1A17 A7 J A16 A6 AlB AI

JA12 811 Al0
BU GRN RED 1;X REO BlJ(
1
BLl flED DOOR LOCK KNOB
PNK (J KEY
BLU WKT BLl/WHT REOIVEL - -
f---c(]
~
3 I
UN- LOCK
LOCK
\-; ------ -_ ... -, . COMBINATION HEADLIGHT
LlGKT SWITCH RELAYS
Z DRIVER'S Z DRIVER'S DOOR Z =R'S
DOOR LOCK KEVCVLNlER
i
;
KNOB SWITCH LOCK
SWITCH
i jSWITCH
J
I I
EXTERIOR
LlGKTS
0401 G503
(cont'd)
BACK
22-341
YEL
WHT/RED
WHT/RED
WHT VEL WHT RED YL (~)
G~
2
SECURITY
INDICATOR
7 S ,
fLED) KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT
CEllING HEADUGHT
LIGHT RELAYS
1 3 2 4 6
r 11
RED/BLU GRN LU PNK ILK PNt( ~LU LT LU
1--
ILK/YOO' BLU/RED
GSOl
AS B18 B19 B20 121 A23 I A24 I A22 A21 A20
LOCK UNlOCK TRUNK PANIC
UNLOCK
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT. DRIVER'S ,...

B'
PNK
B9
MULTIPLEX CONTROL UMT.
PASSENGER'S
B6 A13 B6 A16 A17 A1S A14
YL BLU WIlT BLU GRN GRN ORN GRY ~L GRN
1 TRUNK
HOOD
SWITCH
Q' IGNmoN
KEY
SWITCH
UD
LATCH
DRIVER'S
DOOR
SWITCH
LEFT REAR
0001
SWIT
PASSENGER'S
OODR
SWITCH
RIGHT REAR
DOOR
SWITCH
~0Hd: SWITCH
&"sed: )
3~~) ~ open)
)
ood open ~Sed: )
open ooropen ~::.;.,) ~~)
BLK BLK BLK
1
G201
1
G401
1
G601
.JL .JL
BACK
22-342
r--:'I
I.!!!:..I
UND£R-HOOD RJSE/RfLA YBOX
No .• 712OAJ
RJSE
rl
HORN
(HIGH)
REEL LT GRN/ILU
AS
MULTIPlEX CONTROL UMT. PASSENGER'S
B22 821 AI II
i"r"
'I '2
f"-'- "l
.
I
I l LTGRN/RED
B6
. I
I NAVIGATION
DISPLAY
UNIT
wi BLU i
I 116
LJJ KEYLESS
BUZZER M ~R
TRUNK
SOUNOID
G504
r
G502
r
G202
r
G801
(cont'd)
BACK
22-343
"I : WitII NniIIIion """"

"2 : WIthout Hiviption """"
~WHT/AED~
I£FTREAR
DOORI.OC1C
ACllJATOR
~WHT/AED ~LTGRH/AED -
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR I.OC1C
ACTUATOR
~WHT/IED ~LTGRN/IED -
IIGIIT REAR
DOORI.OC1C
ACTUATOR
~WHT/AED ~LTGRN/AED- Y
AID All 811
LOCK 0 UNLOCK(±)
MULTPI.£X CONT1IOL UMT, PASSENGER'S
UNLOCK UNLOCK I.OC1C UNLOCK LOCK UNLOCK

A3 A17 A5 A4 A16 AJ AU
DOOR I.OC1C KOMI
Q
T
II.U OlIN
KEY
[J::>--! I
GRNiu !
:
i 1
IlUBW
3 3
JORN1 BJ( lED 8LU
1
IEDIILU
r-1~
1
FRONT
PASSENGER'S
DOOR LOCK
(\/:.. ! 0,
• - - __ ._1.. _. _____',.,
, ,
FRONT
PASSENGER'S ", /0 I~ER'S \,.0 RIGHT REAR
DOORI.OC1C
,0 I£FTREAR
DOORI.OC1C
KEYCYLNlER DOOR LOCK ICN08 IINDB
ICN08 SWITCH SWITCH
SWITCH SWITCH SWlTCH
L.....-
"'-
2 2 2 2
'--
'2(:)
I~ I~
i i
T
IG581
I
001
BACK
22-344
r--:'I
~
'99-01 Models
1. Before testing the keyless entry/security control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page
22-298).
Al A2. ~ A4 A5 /lS A7 ~ AS Al0 All A12
A13 A14 A15 A16 - A17 AlB A19 A2.0 - A2.1 A22 A2.3 A2.4
BLU/GRN
\
Bl B3 B4 B5
Bll B12 813 814 B15
!
BLK RED/GRN
,
GRN/ORN
2 3 4
5 6 9 10
BLU/WHT
n ~ I"
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Fl
10 11 12 13 14/15 16 17 18 19 20
~ ...
(cont'd)
BACK
22-345
• If all the input tests prove OK go to step 5.
B11 BLK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G503)
There should be continuity. I
box socket conditions There should be battery passenger's under-dash fuse/
voltage. relay box
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5A) fuse in the
voltage. box
• Faulty driver's fuse/relay box I
A10 Headlight switch The headlights should come • Poor ground (G401)
ON (liD) and jump on. • Faulty headlight relay 1 or 2
A 10 to battery • An open in the wire
voltage • Faulty combination light switch
A5 Under all Attach to ground: The • Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
conditions security indicator should passenger's under-dash fuse/
come on. relay box
• Faulty security indicator
A22 Combination light Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401)
switch ON ground: • Faulty combination light switch
Combination light Check for continuity to
switch OFF ground:
There should be no continuity. i
B16 RED/GRN Combination light Check for continuity to • Faulty taillight relay
switch OFF ground: • Faulty combination light switch
There should be no continuity. • An open in the wire
Combination light The taillights should come on.
switch ON and
jump B16to
battery voltaQe
BACK
22-346
r--:'I
~
For driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-93) .
09 8LU/WHT Ignition key is in Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G401)
the ignition switch There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty ignition key switch
Ignition key is out Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
of the ignition There should be 5 V or more.
switch
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver' s door switch
There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door switch
closed There should be 5 V or more. • Short to ground
86 YEL Hood open Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G20 1)
There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty hood switch
Hood closed Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty hood switch
There should be 5 V or more. • Short to ground
88 8LU/GRN Trunk lid open Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G601)
There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty trunk latch switch
Trunk lid closed Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty trunk latch switch
There should be 5 V or more. • Short to ground
89 GRY Left rear door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G551)
knob locked There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty left rear door lock
actuator
Left rear door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty left rear door lock
knob unlocked There should be 5 V or more. actuator
• Short to ground
(cont'd)
BACK
22-347
Multiplex Control Unit, Passenger's
its connector.
Al A2. A3 A4 A5 />f, A7 PPJ p.g A10 All All
A13 A14 A15 A16 r-- A17 AlB A19 A2.0 r-- All A22 A23 A24
--- '----- -
MULTiPlEX CONTROL UNIT, PASSENGER'S CONNECTOR B
WHT/RED: '99 model

WHT: '00-01 models
/
81
I
YEL
811
LT GRN/RED
('00-01 models)
BLU
,,'-
820 I 821 I 822
BlK
n
rL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7j
8 9 10 111 1211 3 1411 5 16117 1811 9 20
RED/BLU GRN/WHT GRN
GRN/BLK
~
2 I 3
,
BlK/BLU
4 7
ORN
819 110 111

12 I 13 I 14 15 18 19 20 21 i 22
22-348
BACK
r--:'I
I.!:..I
8. With the passenger's mUltiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors and the passenger's under-dash
fuse/relay box sockets.
A8 Fuse/relay box Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: o Poor ground (GS81)
socket There should be continuity. o An ooen in the wire
A9 Under all conditions Attach to ground: Horn should o Blown No. 47 (20A) fuse in the under-
sound. hood fuse/relay box
o Faulty horn relay
o Faulty horn
A20 Under all conditions Attach to ground: Headlights o Faulty headlight relay
should come on. o An ooen in the wire
A21 Ceiling light switch in Attach to ground: Ceiling light o Blown No. 11 (7.SA) fuse in the
the middle position should come on. passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
o Faulty ceiling light
A22 Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: o Blown No.9 (7.SA) fuse in the driver's
There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
o An ooen in the wire
A23 Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: o Blown No.6 (20A) fuse in the
There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
A24 Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: o Blown No. 13 (7 .SA) fuse in the
o Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box
B22 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: o Poor ground (GS04)
There should be continuitv. o An ooen in the wire
Al0 Fuse/relay box Jump A 10 to battery Check driver's door lock o Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
socket voltage, then jump B 11 operation: relay box
Bl1 YEL to body ground. The door should lock. o An open in the wire
o Faultv driver's actuator
All Fuse/relay box Jump A 10 to battery All passenger doors should lock. o Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
socket voltage and A 11 to relay box
body ground. o An open in the wire
o Faultv oassenaer's actuator
Bl WHT/RED Connectthe Bl Check trunk lid opener operation: o Poor ground (G601)
('99 model) terminal to the A24 Trunk lid should open. o Faulty trunk lid opener solenoid
WHT terminal momentarily. o An open in the wire
('00-01 models)
B20 LTGRN/RED Connectthe B20 Check buzzer operation: o Poor ground (G201)
('00-01 terminal to the A24 Buzzer should sound. o Faulty keyless buzzer
models) terminal momentarily. o An ooen in the wire
B14 BRN Under all conditions Check for continuity between B14 o An open in the wire
('99 model) terminal and keyless receiver lP
terminal:
B21 BLU Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: o An open in the wire
There shoudl be 1 V or less. o Poor ground (GS01)
o Faulty connections at the audio unit or
navigation display
o Faultv audio unit or naviaation di~ay
(cont'd)
BACK
22-349

9. Reconnect the passenger's mUltiplex control unit to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the following input tests at the
appropriate connectors on the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box.
For passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-94).
If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
F2 GRN/BlK Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (GSB1)
lock knob unlocked There shoudl be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
o Faulty front passenger's door lock
actuator
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door lock
lock knob locked There should be S V or more. actuator
o Short to ground
FS BLU/ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (G5B1)
lock switch in UNLOCK There should be less than 1 V. o Faulty front passenger's door lock
switch
o An ODen in the wire
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door lock
lock switch in the There should be S V or more. switch
neutral pOSition o Short to ground
F6 BlK/ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (GSB1)
lock switch in lOCK There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty front passenger's door lock
switch
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground:There o Faulty front passenger's door lock
lock switch in the should be S V or more. switch
neutral position o Short to ground
F3 BlK/BLU Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (G5B1)
lock key cylinder locked There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty front passenger's door lock key
cylinder switch
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door lock key
lock key cylinder the There should be S V or more. cylinder switch
F7 ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (GSB1)
lock key cylinder There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty front passenger's door lock key
unlocked cylinder switch
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door lock key
lock key cylinder the There should be S V or more. cylinder switch
A14 GRN/WHT Right rear door opened Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty right rear door switch
There should be 1 V or less. o An ODen in the wire
Right rear door closed Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty right rear door switch
There should be S V or more. o Short to around
A16 GRN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door switch
opened There should be 1 V or less. o An open in the wire
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty front passenger's door switch
closed THere should be S V or more. o Short to ground
AB RED/BlU Right rear door lock Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (GSB1)
knob unlocked There shoudl be 1 V or less. o Faulty right rear door lock switch
Right rear door lock Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty right rear door lock switch
-~ --~
knob locked There should be S V or more. o Short to around
BACK
22-350
r--:'I
~
10. Remove the door multiplex control unit, and disconnect its connector.
11. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are making good contact
BLU/WHT BlK/WHT
WHT/YEl
~ r ~ 1 ~~NK ! ..,
A1 A2
/ /A4 A6 A7 A8
/ A10
Wire side of
A11 A12
/ / A1 5 A16
t
A17 A1B A19
/ female terminals
t
BlK t BLU t GRN/RED
+
BRN BLK/RED
12. With the door multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
conditions There should be battery passenger's under-dash fuse/
voltage. relay box
• An ogen in the wire
A12 BlK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401)
(cont'd)
BACK
22-351
13. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit, make these input tests at the connector.
A6 BLU/WHT Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door key cylinder
cylinder switch in There should be less than 1 V. switch
LOCK • Poor ground (G401)
Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door key cylinder
cylinder switch in There should be 5 V or more. switch
the neutral • Short to ground
position
A16 BLU Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door key cylinder
cylinder switch in There should be less than 1 V. switch
UNLOCK • Poor ground (G401)
Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door key cylinder
cylinder switch in There should be 5 V or more. switch
position
A7 PNK Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock
knob locked There should be less than 1 V. actuator
• Poor ground (G401)
Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock
• Short to ground
A17 BLK/RED Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock
knob unlocked There should be less than 1 V. actuator
knob locked There should be 5 V or more. actuator
• Short to ground
A8 BLK/WHT Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock switch
switch in LOCK There should be less than 1 V. • Poor ground (G401)
• An open in the wire I
Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock switch
switch in the There should be 5 V or more. • Short to ground
neutral position I
A18 GRN/RED Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock switch I
switch in UNLOCK There should be less than 1 V. • Poor ground (G401) I

neutral position
14. If all the input tests prove OK, one of the control units must be faulty, Substitute a known-good control unit for the
BACK
22-352
~
l!!!:..I
'02-03 Models
1. Before testing the keyless entry/security control functions, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see page
22-298).
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12

A13 A14 A15 A16 I - - A17 A18 A19 A20 ""- A21 A22 A23 A24
BLU/GRN
I
81 B3 B4 85 88 89 810
811
BLK
! I
RED/GRN GRNIsLU \ PN~/BL~ T BLU
PNK/BLK
GRN/ORN
\
2 3 4
5 6 9 10

BLU/WHT
\
1 2 3 4 I==l 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1
18 19 20
(cont'd)
BACK
22-353
Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained .
B11 BLK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (GS03) I

A12 Fuse/relay Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.S A) fuse in the
box socket conditions There should be battery passenger's under-dash
voltage. fuse/relay box
I
A24 Ignition switch ON Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.S A) fuse in the !
voltage. box
A10 Headlight switch The headlights should come • Poor ground (G401)
ON (iD) and jump on. • Faulty headlight relay 1 or
A 10 to battery • An open in the wire
voltage • Faulty combination light sV'.~ ::.b....-
AS Under all Attach to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.S A) fuse in the
conditions The security indicator should passenger's under-dash
come on. fuse/relay box
• Faulty security indicator I,
A22 Combination light Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401)
switch ON ground: • Faulty combination light switch
Combination light Check for continuity to
switch OFF ground:
B16 RED/GRN Combination light Check for continuity to • Faulty taillight relay
switch OFF ground: • Faulty combination light switch
There should be no continuity. • An open in the wire
Combination light The taillights should come on.
switch ON and
jump B16to
battery voltage ---- J
22-354 BACK
~
t=!..I
For driver'S under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-93).
09 BLU/WHT Ignition key is in Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (G401)
the ignition switch There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty ignition key switch
Ignition key is out Check for voltage to ground: o An open in the wire
of the ignition There should be 5 V or more.

switch
A3 GRN/ORN Driver's door open Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty driver's door switch
Driver's door Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty driver's door switch
closed There should be 5 V or more. o Short to ground
B6 VEL Hood open Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (G201)
There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty hood switch
Hood closed Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty hood switch
There should be 5 V or more. o Short to ground
B8 BLU/GRN Trunk lid open Check for voltage to ground: o Poor ground (G601)
There should be 1 V or less. o Faulty trunk latch switch
Trunk lid closed Check for voltage to ground: o Faulty trunk latch switch
There should be 5 V or more. o Short to ground
(cont'd)
BACK
22-355
its connector.
Al A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 All A12

A13 A14 A15 A16 ~
A17 A18 A19 A20 ~ A21 A22 A23 A24
;WHT
Bl B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 Bl0
Bll B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22
t
YEL Wire side of female terminals
\ \
BLU BLK
RED/BLU GRN/WHT GRN


GRN/BLK BLK/BLU BLU/ORN BLK/ORN ORN
\ I I I I
7
2 3 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22
PASSENGER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX CONNECTOR I
9 ~ 1 ;r; 11: 111: 11~ 118

LTGRN/RED
22-356
BACK
r--:'I
I..:!:..I
8. With the passenger's multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connectors and the passenger's under-dash
fuse/relay box sockets .
A8 Fuse/relay box Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (GS81)
socket There should be continuity. • An open in the wire
A9 Under all conditions Attach to ground: Horn should • Blown No. 47 (20 A) fuse in the under-
sound. hood fuse/relay box
• Faulty horn relay
• Faulty horn
A20 Under all conditions Attach to ground: Headlights • Faulty headlight relay
should come on. • An open in the wire
A21 Ceiling light switch in Attach to ground: Ceiling light • Blown No. 11 (7 .5 A) fuse in the
the middle position should come on. passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty ceiling light
A22 Ignition switch ON (II) Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's
There should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
A23 Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.6 (20 A) fuse in the
A24 Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5 A) fuse in the
• Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
relav box
B22 BlK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (GS04)
Al0 Fuse/relay box Jump A1Dto battery Check driver's door lock • Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
socket voltage, then jump B1 1 operation: relay box
Bll VEL to body ground. The door should lock. • An open in the wire
• Faultv driver's actuator
All Fuse/relay box Jump A 10 to battery All passenger doors should lock. • Faulty passenger's under-dash fuse/
socket voltage and A 11 to relay box
body ground. • An open in the wire
• Faultv oasseoger's actuator
B1 WHT Jump B1 to battery Check trunk lid opener operation: • Poor ground (GOO1)
voltage momentarily. Trunk lid should open. • Faulty trunk lid opener solenoid
114 lTGRN/RED Jump B2D to battery Check buzzer operation: • Poor ground (G202)
voltage momentarily. Buzzer should sound. • Faulty keyless buzzer
(cont'd)
BACK
22-357

9. Reconnect the passenger's multiplex control unit to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and perform the following input tests at the
appropriate connectors on the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. If a second key is not available for the key cylinder tests, make a
non-immobilizer copy.
For passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box connector socket location (see page 22-94) .
F5 BlU/ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581)
lock switch in UNLOCK There should be less than 1 V. • Faulty front passenger's door lock
switch
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door lock
lock switch in the There should be 5 V or more. switch
neutral position • Short to~ound
F6 BlK/ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581)
lock switch in lOCK There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty front passenger's door lock
switch
• An open in the wire --J
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground:There • Faulty front passenger's door lOCK I
lock switch in the should be 5 V or more. switch I
neutral Dosition • Short to~ound
F3 BlK/BlU Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581)
lock key cylinder locked There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty or misaligned front passenger's
door lock key cylinder switch
• An ~en in the wire
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misalignedfront passenger's
lock key cylinder the There should be 5 V or more. door lock key cylinder switch
neutral Dosition • Short to ground
F7 ORN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581)
lock key cylinder There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty or misaligned front passenger's
unlocked door lock key cylinder switch
• An ~en in the wire
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misaligned front passenger's
lock key cylinder the There should be 5 V or more. door lock key cylinder switch
neutral Dosition • Short to ground
A 14 GRN/WHT Right rear door opened Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty right rear door switch
There should be 1 V or less. • An QQen in the wire
Right rear door closed Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty right rear door switch
There should be 5 V or more. • Short to....9.round
A 16 GRN Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door switch
opened There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door switch
closed THere should be 5 V or more. • Short to....9.round
A8 RED/BlU Right and left rear door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581 \
lock knob unlocked * There should be 1 V or less. • Faulty right or left rear door lock
switch
Right and left rear door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty right or left rear door lock
lock knob locked There should be 5 V or more. switch
• Short to~ound
F2 GRN/BlK Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Poor ground (G581)
lock knob unlocked * There should be 1 V or less. • An open in the wire
• Faulty front passenger's door lock
actuator
Front passenger's door Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door lock
lock knob locked There should be 5 V or more. actuator
• Shortto~ound
B21 BlU Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
There shoudl be 1 V or less. • Poor ground (G502)
• Faulty connections at the audio unit or
navigation display
• Faul~audio unit or navigation disolav
* : When testing, lock all passenger's doors then unlock them one at a time. Any shorted actuator or wire will affect the voltage tests on A8
andA2.
BACK
22-358
r--:'I
1.::..1
10. Remove the door multiplex control unit, and disconnect its connector.
11. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are making good contact
WHT/YEL BLU/WHT PNK BLK/WHT
\
A1 A2
V A4
\1/
V V
I~
A6 A7 A8 A10
A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
I / /! \
BLK BRN BlU BlK/RED GRN/RED
12. With the door multiplex control unit still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.
A1 WHT/YEL Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5A) fuse in the
conditions There should be battery passenger's under-dash fuse/
voltage. relay box
A12 BLK Under all Check for continuity to • Poor ground (G401)
(cont'd)
BACK
22-359
13. Reconnect the connector to the door multiplex control unit, make these input tests at the connector .
AS BlU/WHT Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misaligned driver's
cylinder switch in There should be less than 1 V. door key cylinder switch
lOCK • Poor ground (G401)
Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misaligned driver's
cylinder switch in There should be 5 V or more. door key cylinder switch
position
A1S BlU Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misaligned driver's
cylinder switch in There should be less than 1 V. door key cylinder switch
UNLOCK • Poor ground (G40l)
Driver's door key Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty or misaligned driver's
cylinder switch in There should be 5 V or more. door key cylinder switch
position
A7 PNK Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock
knob locked There should be less than 1 V. actuator
• Short to ground
A17 BlK/RED Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock
knob unlocked There should be less than 1 V. actuator
• An open in the wire :
knob locked There should be 5 V or more. actuator
• Short to ground
A8 BlK/WHT Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock switch
switch in lOCK There should be less than 1 V. • Poor ground (G40l)
neutral position
A18 GRN/RED Driver's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty driver's door lock switch
switch in UNLOCK There should be less than 1 V. • Poor ground (G401)
neutral position
14. If all the input tests prove OK, one of the control units must be faulty, Substitute a known-good control unit for th!;
BACK
22-360
r--:'I
L!::.J
Door Lock Actuator Test
Driver's door: Passenger's door:

1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Remove the passenger's door panel (see page 20-
6).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the actuator.
Terminals side of
male terminals Terminal side of
male terminals
3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and

ground according to the table. To prevent damage 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and
to the actuator, apply battery voltage only ground according to the table. To prevent damage
momentarily. to the actuator, apply battery voltage only
momentarily.
1\ Terminal
1 2
Position \ \ Terminal
1 2
LOCK c:B e Position \
UNLOCK e c:B LOCK c:B
8
8
UNLOCK c:B
4. If the actuator does not work as specified, replace it.
4. If the actuator does not work as specified, replace it.
BACK
22-361
Door Lock Knob Switch Test
Driver's door: Passenger's door:
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Remove the passenger's door panel (see page 20-
6).
Terminal side of
male terminals Terminal side of
male terminals

knob switch position according to the table. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
knob switch position according to the table.
1\ Terminal
1 2 3
Position \ 1\ Terminal
1 2
LOCK 0 -0
Position \
LOCK
UNLOCK 0 -0
UNLOCK 0 -0
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door
lock actuator. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door
lock actuator.
BACK
22-362
r--:'I
-=..I
Door Key Cylinder Switch Test Door Lock Switch Test
1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Remove the door panel (see page 20-6).
2. Disconnect the 3P connector from the key cylinder 2. Remove the two screws, then remove the door lock
switch. switch.
Wire side of
female terminals
3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each
switch position according to the table. switch position according to the table.
1\ Terminal
2
1\ Terminal
1 3 1 2 3
Position \ Position \
LOCK C D LOCK 0 D
OFF OFF
UNLOCK ( ) UNLOCK C' 0
4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the key 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door
cylinder switch. lock switch .
BACK
22-363
Trunk Lid Opener Solenoid/Latch Security Horn Test

SWitC :i Test
1. Open the hood.
1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the security
horn (B).
2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the trunk latch.
3. Test the horn by connecting battery power to No.2
and grounding to No.1 terminals. The horn should
sound.
Terminal side of
II~ 14 cq~11
male terminals
Terminal side of
male terminals
3. Check opener solenoid operation by connecting
power and ground according to the table. To
prevent damage to the solenoid, apply battery
voltage only momentarily.
4. If it fails to sound, replace it.
1\ Terminal
3 4
Position \
UNLOCK E> 8

trunk lid position according to the table.
1\ Terminal
2 6
Position \
Opened 0 -0
Closed
5. If the opener solenoid does not operate or the

continuity is not 8S specified, replace the trunk lid
opener solenoid/latch switch.
BACK
22-364
r:-:'I
I.!!!!.I
Security Indicator Test Hood Switch Test
1. Remove the driver's door panel (see page 20-6). 1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the security 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the hood switch.
indicator.
Terminal side of
male terminals
Terminal side of
male terminals

3. The LED should come on when power is connected switch position according to the table.
to terminal No.2, and ground is connected to
terminal NO.1.
\ Terminal
1 2
4. If the LED does not come on, replace the security Position \
indicator. Hood open
(Lever released)
Hood closed
(Lever pushed down)

hood switch.
BACK
22-365
Transmitter Test Transmitter Programming
NOTE: Storing trc ·'smitter codes:

• If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but The codes of up to three transmitters can be programed
the LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LED into the keyless receiver unit memory. (If a fourth code
is faulty; replace the transmitter. is stored, the code which was input first will be erased.)
• If any door is open, you cannot lock the door with the
transmitter. NOTE: It is important to maintain the time limits
• If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but do between the steps. Make sure the door's, the hood, and
not open any of the doors within 30 seconds, the the trunk are closed.
doors relock automatically.
• The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter if 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
the ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch.
2. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or
1. Press the lock or unlock button 5 or 6 times to reset unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the
the transmitter. receiver in the passenger's multiplex control unit.
• If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.• 3. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF.
• If the locks don't work, go to step 2.
4. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II).
2. Open the transmitter and check for water damage.
• If you find any water damage, replace the unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the
transmitter. • receiver in the passenger's multiplex control unit.
• If there is no water damage, go to step 3.
6. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF.
3. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one,
and try to lock and unlock the doors with the 7. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II).
transmitter by pressing the lock or unlock button 5
or 6 times. 8. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter lock or
unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the
• If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is receiver in the passenger's multiplex control unit.
OK.•
• If the doors don't lock and unlock, go to step 4. 9. Within 1 to 4 sec., turn the ignition switch OFF.
10. Within 4 sec., turn the ignition switch ON (II).

unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the
~ receiver in the passenger's multiplex control unit.
G ____:=...-' A
12. Confirm you can hear the sound of the door lock
actuators. Within 1 to 4 sec., push the transmitter
~
lock or unlock button again. The keyless receiver's
now in the programming mode. You must push
~
transmitter lock or unlock button of the first
tramsmitter again program that transmitter.
13. Within 10 sec., aim the transmitters (up to three)

whose codes you want to store at the receiver, and
4. Reprogram the transmitter, then try to lock and press the transmitter lock or unlock buttons.
unlock the doors. Confirm that you can hear the sound of the door
lock actuators after each transmitter code is stored.
• If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is
OK.• 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and pull out the key.
• If the doors don't lock and unlock, replace the
transmitter.• 15. Confirm proper operation with the new codes(s).
BACK
22-366
~
t=.I
Keyless Buzzer Test Keyless Buzzer Replacement
1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-129). 1. Remove the right inner fender (see page 20-129).
2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the keyless 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the keyless
buzzer. buzzer.
3. Remove the two mounting screws and the buzzer.
3. Test the buzzer by connecting battery power to the

No. 2 terminal and grounding the No.1 terminal.
The buzzer should sound.
4. If the buzzer fails to sounds, replace it.
BACK
22-367
Keyless Receiver Unit Input Test
1. Remove the glove box and glove box cover (see page 20-66).
2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the keyless receiver unit (B).
GRN/BLU VEL WHT/RED
t t t t
11121 3 W 16171
5 Wire side of
female terminals
t
PNK/BLK
t
PNK/BLU
t
LT BLU
• If the terminals are OK, go to step 4.
22-368 BACK
~
I..!:!..I
4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector .
• If all the input tests prove OK, replace the keyless receiver unit.
Cavity_ Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
1 BlK Under all Check for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G501)
5 VEL Ignition switch Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.9 (7.5 A) fuse in the
ON (II) There should be battery voltage. driver's under-dash fuse/relay
box
7 WHT/RED Under all Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 13 (7.5 A) fuse in the
conditions There should be battery voltage. passenger's under-dash fuse/
relay box
2 PNK/BlK Under all Disconnect the driver's multiplex • An open or short to ground in
conditions control unit connector "B". the wire
Check for continuity between the
No.2 terminal and driver's
multiplex control unit B19
terminal.
There should be no continuity to
body ground.
3 GRN/BlU Under all Disconnect the driver's multiplex • An open or short to ground in
multiplex control unit 818
terminal.
body ground.
4 PNK/8lU Under all Disconnect the driver's multiplex • An open or short to ground in
conditions control unit connector "8". the wire
terminal.
body ground.
6 lTBLU Under all Disconnect the driver's multiplex • An open or short to ground in
terminal.
body ground.
BACK
22-369
OnStar System
'03 Model:
AUDIO UNIT
~ -CELLULAR PHONE/
• JOO: ONSTAR SYSTEM GPS ANTENNA
ONSTAR SYSTEM INTERFACE

UNIT
ONSTAR SYSTEM RADIO

ONSTAR CONTROL UNIT
FREQUENCY MODULATOR UNIT Input Test, page 22-377
Input Test, page 22-382 Replacement, page 22-377
ONSTAR BUTTON
ONSTAR INDICATOR
ONSTAR BUTTONS and

MICROPHONE/AUTOMATIC
DIMMING MIRROR
Onstar Buttons and M icrophone
EMERGENCY BUTTON
DOT BUTTON
MICROPHONE
BACK
22-370
~
I..!!::..I
Description
'03 Model:
Basic operation:
• OnStar system is activated.

• Data is transmitted to service provider.
GPS SATELLITES Requests for

ONSTARCALL Dispatch
CENTER
(Human Advisor)
Two-way cellular communication

with call center.
Dispatch
I 1
Rescue/Police
911 CALL
CENTER
• Call center associate makes appropriate response:

- Accident/Emergency notification (Police, Fire and EMS, etc.)
- Airbag deployment (Accident)
- Roadside assistance
- Stolen vehicle tracking
- Remove door lock/unlock command
- Misplaced vehicle (Flashes parking lights/honks horn)
- Route guidance
- Ride Assist
- Concierge services/convenience
Buttons and indicator:

ONSTAR INDICATOR
Solid Green Light: Systen OK
Flashing Green Light: Call in
Progress
Solid Red Light: System
maHunction
Flashing Red Light: Call in
progress, but maHunction
in system exist.
DOT BUTTON DOT BUTTON EMERGENCY BUTTON

Activation and termination Used to connect to call center Used for emergencies.
of voice recognition (VR) for (voice based information Emergency calls have priority
virtual advisor and cellular phone. service). over all others.
(cont'd)
BACK
22-371
OnStar System
Description (cont'd)
Stolen vehicle tracking:

If the vehicle is stolen, the owner can report it to the call center. They will notify the authorities and track the vehicle
location to assist in recovery.
Virtual advisor:
• Virtual advisor setup. A subscriber sets up a personal profile on their home computer through the internet at the
OnStar web site.
- Stock portfolio
- Traffic
- Sports
- News
- Weather
- E-mail
• Subscriber calls OnStar call center.
o OnStar receives and processes request.
o Profile accessed for requested information.
o OnStar sends information back to subscriber. A computer voice relays the requested information.
Cellular phone:
The user can make a hands-free cellular phone call with one touch (by pressing the "dot" button), and by using voice
recognition commands.
Remote operation:
Vehicle doors can be locked remotely if forgotten or unlocked when keys are accidentally left inside the vehicle. If the
vehicle is misplaced in a parking lot, vehicle alert (honks the horn and flashes the parking lights) can be requested
remotely.
NOTE: During normal vehicle operation, the system is in high power mode. After the ignition switch is turned OFF the
system will go into low power mode for 48 hours, after that the system will switch to sleep mode to conserve battery
power. When in low power mode, the system will switch back to the high power mode for 1 minute out of every 10
minutes for a period of 48 hours. Remote operation is only available during the 1 minute period of high power
operation. When the system is in sleep mode, remote operation is not possible.
Registering replacement components:

If the OnStar control unit or the OnStar radio frequency modulator unit are replaced, you must call OnStar dealer
support by regular telephone and register the new serial number(s).
Synchronizing replacement components:
After registering the new serial numbers with OnStar, you need to synchronize the components. Press and hold the
DOT button until the OnStar indicator changes from solid green to solid red, and then back to solid green.
On Star control unit: OnStar system radio

frequency modulator unit:
SERIAL NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER

~ (STID Numb", (ESN Num""
::;;FUN;:.,CO=--II--=A:::;;UD~O"",.",..+-,;.;;;'ACK 0 ~1
===
~n~~TEM02.5 .~mW!ill!L.w111ll1111ll
=~1~11111111111111111111111111111111111 -"!""""'P''''"'!'''N:...1.............
!lI!mJlll]jl~~O»I 1.~~~~UI~~~~~~~I~~~~D
Client Support: 1-800-0NSTAR-7 (1-800-667-8277)
Dealer Support: 1-888-0NSTAR-1 (1-888-667-8271)
BACK
22-372
~
I.!!:..I
Emergency call operation:

Button/Item Pre-call status Call in progress Post-call status
Emergency button Button is pushed Emergency call in progress
OnStar button rrhis button is inactive during an emergencycall
Dot button ,-=nds emergency call when pushed
Speaker !Sound of system calling Call center communication
Phone line Waiting ~onnecting to call center ~inking to call ~~" ends (Dot Waiting
benter button pushed)
LED indicator Green light Flashin~green light Green light
Audio volume Can be adjusted at any time by turning the volume knob
onstar Call operation:

Button/Item Pre-call status Call in progress Post-call status
Emergency button Will switch over to an emergency call when pushed
OnStar button Button is pushed bnStar service call in the progress
Dot button ~nds OnStar service call when pushed
Speaker !Sound of system calling Call center communication
Phone line Waiting ~onnecting to call center ... inking to call ~~" ends (Dot Waiting
center utton pushed)
LED indicator Green light Flashing green light Green light
Audio volume Can be adjusted at anytime by turning the volume knob
V·
olce recogmtlon operation:
Button/Item Pre-call status Voice recognition mode in use Post-call status
Emeraencv button Will switch over to an emergency call when pushed
OnStar button Will switch over to OnStar service call when pushed
Dot button Button is pushed ~oice recognition mode is activated and ends the voice
recognition mode when pushed a second time
Speaker 'Ready" feedback sound of voice recognition
~cknowledgement
Phone line Waiting Waiting for verbal command Waiting
LED indicator Green light Green light Green light
o ce recogmtlon f or ce II u Iar pih one:

Vi
Button/Item Pre-call status Voice recognition mode for cellular phone in use Post-call status
Emergency button ~II switch over to an emen~encv call when pushed
OnStar button Will switch over to OnStar service call when pushed
Dot button Button is pushed ~oice recognition mode is activated and ends the voice
ecognition mode when pushed a second time
Speaker 'Ready" ~~edback sound of Conversation in
~cknowledgement oice recognition progress
Phone line Waiting Waiting for verbal command inking to phone Waiting
network
LED indicator Green light Green light Flashing green Green light
light
BACK
22-373
OnStar System
Circuit Diagram
'03 Model
DRlVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
UND£R-HOOO FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITlON SWITCH
NoJ(7.5A)
INo.4~WHT~WHT/RED
I
+) No.7 (7.5A)
~BLKJY£l
No.54
I40A)
No.l0
(lOA)
IUNDER-DASH
PASSENGER'S
FUSE/RELAY
BOX
FRONT PASSENGER'S
KEY CYlNlER SWITCH TAIJJG
RELAY
RED/YEl
TTT
aLKIBlU DRN RED/YEl LTGRN/BlU YEL/.GRN YElIBLK
ONSTAR CONTROl. utfT 817 121 B2& B2V B6 B21 B22

YEHBATT LOCI( UNLOQ( SMAU HORN VEHIGI VEHACC
II.Y OUTLO
XCVR VEH XCVR XCVR YEH VEH XCVR VEH VEH XCVR
AUDIO XCVR Mit r.tC XCVR XCVR AX XCVR XCVR XCVR TX
GIC) GNI RTN IN GIC) CMP TAU AIJDl) ION BATT GIC) AUDIO
a16 A7 AU I A3 1A4 A21 I A20 I A6 A18 I AI A19 I A5
YEL GRN BAN GRN GRN GI DRKBLU GRN IK
• I DAKBlU
11 12 14 15 20 21 22 23 25
ONSTAR SYSTEM RADIO FREQUENCY MOOULATOA UMT
G551
22-374 BACK
r--:'I
I..!!:..I
AUDIO UNIT
f ,
HEADLIGHT
RELAY I
AUDIO
AI
SHIELD ~GRY--'
;
,,r
t····t I
..
BLK~KT WKT GRN
.. - ..............
--
LT RN
-- ...... _---- ..-- -

.
?'~
~: "
'
AUDIO AI
L+
RED
A12 SMALL AUDIO A2
RLvt COM
SRS UNIT A4
ONSTAR SYSTEM INTERFACE UNIT AUDIO
?
RED
,/~
SRS
MUTE
NAY!
AUDIO
SHIELD
Al1
SHOCI( NAY! AS
AUDIO
L+
B8 XCVR
NAY! AS
~ BATT AUDIO
COM
. ...... --- ....

-.-. .................. .--. .. ,,
'
Bl1 B2 B3 BI B4 B16 as B6 B9 ~
DAK BLU ,
WKTIGRN BLK/WKT: BRN/WKT
GRY GRY GRY GRY BU Bi< GRNiwKT GRN RED REDIGRN
f f ~
~ ~i
.......
... - ............
... ......
AS Al0 All B3 B4 12 Bl0 B25 B19
(
VEH VEH VEH AUDIO lOVON GND ONSTAR SRS SMALL
AUDIO AUDIO AUDIO SELECT AUDIO IN RLvt
SHIELD L+ COM MUTE ONSTAR
CONTROL
KEYPAD KEYPAD VEH VEHKEYPAD UNIT
KEYPAD LED OUT POWER KEYPAD LED OUT VEHMIC VEHMIC VEHMIC
IN IGREENI OUT GND IREDI SHIELD GND IN NAVIGATION
UNIT
B13 B12 BII B29 124 AIS A25 A23 A24
INotusedl .. .. --- - ...... .
...-
' '
~ ........
.. .... __ ..... -
:,
,
BLU RED REDIWKT BRN ORN YEL/WKT GRY : ORN BLU BLU GRN
W
14 11 13
t, 10
l
-'. -.......... -- ..'
7 15
ONSTAR SWITCHES and MICROPHONE
I I
MICROPHONE
••• _•••• _•• : Sllillding
BACK
22-375
OnStar System
Troubleshooting
'03 Model: NOTE:

• Green indicator flashes historic (stored) failure
1. Check the No.8 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's under- OTCs.
dash fuse/relay box and the No. 10 (10A) fuse in the • Red indicator flashes current failure OTCs.
passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. • Current OTCs, are displayed first, followed by
history OTCs, if ailY.
Are the fuses OK? • OTCs are displayed in numerical order for two
cycles. The indicator returns to normal function
YES - Go to step 2. after the two cycles.
NO - Find and repair the cause ofthe blown fuse .• Example: When DTC1 and DTC2 are detected
2. Remove the OnStar control unit (see page 22-377).
3. Check for continuity between the 816 terminal of 1 cycle 2 cycle

the OnStar control unit and body ground. ~ ~
DTC1 DTC2 DTC1 DTC2
ON
YES - Go to step 4. OFF ..... ~H .... ::~:
... ~: : . . H .... T4:
NO-Repair open in the BlK wire between the T2 T3

OnStar control unit and G551 .• T1: 1 sec. T2: 0.2 sec. T3: 0.3 sec. T4: 2 sec. TS: 3 sec.
4. With the ignition switch OFF, press and hold the

"dot" button. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to
ACC three times and back to ACC, then release the How to clear the codes:
"dot" button. Press the OnStar button within 3 seconds after the
second OTC cycle.
5. The indicator will flash (green or red) if any failures
have been detected. Troubleshoot the OTCs as How to enter demonstration mode:
indicated below:
1. When ignition switch is turned OFF within 3 sec
after OTC, system will be shifted to demonstration
DTC Se" Diagnostics Items Note mode.
1 GPS signal error 2. Each signals will appear in the order below.
2 nter-device dedicated pnStar system radio • 2 sec after ignition switch is OFF: Door lock
bus malfunction requency modulator • 1 sec after door lock: door: Door unlock
~nit communications • 1 sec after door unlock: Horn sounds and exterior
!error lights flash for a period of 0.7 sec
3 Deployment commanded ~RS signal out is

circuit malfunction Iopen or shorted to
ground between the
SRS unit and the
OnStar interface unit
4 pnStar control unit

malfunction
5 ~ellular phone select service Will only shows as

~witch malfunction (button 'history" during OTC
,,"odule) display
22-376
BACK
r--:'I
I.!:!!..I
OnStar Control Unit Input Test/Replacement
'03 Model:
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the OnStar system control compartment cover.
2. Remove the OnStar system control compartment with bracket.
3. Remove four screws which installs the OnStar control unit and OnStar system interface unit onto bracket.
4. Disconnect the 32P connectors from the OnStar control unit.
5. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all marking good contact.
• If the terminals look OK, make the following input tests at the connector.
- If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.
- If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it.
BRN PNK VEL YEL GRY GRY GRY
GRN (Not Usedl
32P CONNECTOR A (red):

Wire side of female
terminals
BLK
32P CONNECTOR B (bluel:
Wire side of female
terminals
RED/YEL YEL/BLK ORN
(cont'd)
BACK
22-377
OnStar System
OnStar Control Unit Input Test/Replacf:rnent (cont'd)

Disconnect the connectors from the unit
B17 RED/YEl Under all conditions ~heck for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 10 (10A) fuse in the passenger's
~here should be battery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
B22 YEL/BlK gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Blown No.8 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's under-
Irhere should be battery voltage. dash fuse/relay box
B16 BlK Under all conditions ~heck for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G551)
irhere should be continuity. • An open in the wire
B6 lTGRN/BLU Under all conditions f-onnect to ground: • Blown No. 47 (20A) fuse in the under-hood fuse
iAll horns should sound. /relay box
• Faulty horn relay
• Either horn faulty
• Poor ground
B20 RED/YEl Under all conditions ~onnect to ground: • Blown No. 13 (15A) fuse in the passenger's
irhe taillights should come on. under-dash fuse/relay box
• Faulty taillight relay
• Faulty taillight system
---- ---- • AnQQ~JLil"!Jhe_wire I
Reconnect the connectors to the unit

B2 BlK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
B21 BlK/BlU ront passenger's door lock Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty front passenger's door lock key cylinder
~ey cylinder in neutral There should be battery voltage. switch
Iposition • Poor ground (G551)
ront passenger's door lock I...heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
key cvlinder in locked position here should be less than 1 V. • Short to ground (if you don't have 5 V when
B26 ORN ront passenger's door lock I...heck for voltage to ground: you should)
~ey cylinder in neutral here should be battery voltage.
Dosition
ront passenger's door lock heck for voltage to ground:
~ey cylinder in unlocked here should be less than 1 V.
position
A18 GRN ~nder all conditions I...heck for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be continuity.
A25 GRY Under all conditions heck for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be continuity. • Faultv OnStar control unit
A23 ORN/BlU Under all conditions I...heck for continuity to ground: • Faulty OnStar buttons and microphone
here should be continuity. • An open in the wire
• Faultv OnStar control unit
A24 BlU/GRN gnition switch in ACC (I). I...heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar buttons and microphone
pnStar "DOT" button pushed. here should be about 4 V. • An open in the wire
Soeak into the microohone.
A10 GRY gnition switch in ACC (I) heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be about 8 V. • Short to ground
A11 GRY Ilgnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
Irhere should be about 8 V. • Short to ground
BACK
22-378
~
t=:..I
Reconnect the connectors from the unit

CavitY Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
B4 BLU gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
Ifhere should be no voltage. • An open in the wire
gnition switch turned OFF heck for voltage to ground:
iThere should be about 10 V.
B24 YELJWHT t is made to move to the ""heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
malfunction mode of OnStar ~here should be 4 V. • An open in the wire
system
B25 GRN/RED gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty On Star button system interface unit
lThere should be less than 1 V. • An open in the wire
B29 ORN Under all conditions ~heck for continuity to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
~here should be continuity. • Poor ground (G551)
B10 GRN/WHT gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
OnStar "DOT" button pushed IT'here should be about 8 V. • An open in the wire
'DOT" button pushed: 0.3 V for 8
seconds then back to 8 V.
B11 BRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
here should be about 8 V. • An open in the wire
B12 RED/WHT gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
~here should be about 8 V. • An open in the wire
~reen LED solid: 6 V
lashing: 0-6 V
Red LED: OV
B13 BLU/RED gnition switch in ACC (I) ""heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button system interface unit
'DOT" button pushed: about 280 mV • An open in the wire
'OnStar" button pushed: about 1 V
'Emergency" button pushed: about
1.7 V
~II button released: about 0.02 V
A1 DKBLU gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 10 (10A) fuse in the passenger's
~here should be vattery voltage. under-dash fuse/relay box
A18 GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Blown No.8 (7.SA) fuse in the driver's under-
~here should be about 7 V. dash fuse/relay box
A19 GRN ~nder all conditions ""heck for continuity to ground: • Poor ground (G551)
irhere should be continuity. • An open in the wire
A7 YEL gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
pnStar "Emergency" button ~here should be about 0 V. • An open in the wire
bushed
A22 GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ""heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
pnStar "Emergency" button ~here should be about 3.8 V. • An open in the wire
bushed
A3 BRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
pnStar "Emergency" button ~here should be about 6.6 V. • An open in the wire
pushed
A4 BRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ""heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
bushed
A21 GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
pnStar "Emergency" button ~here should be 0-3 V. • An open in the wire
pushed
A20 GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
pnStar "Emergency" button ~here should be 0-3 V. • An open in the wire
bushed
A6 YEL gnition switch in ACe (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
lJushed
AS PNK gnition switch in ACe (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
Dushed
BACK
22-379
OnSter System
OnSter System Interface Unit Input Test/Replacement
'03 Model:
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the OnStar control unit cover.
2. Disconnect the 12P connector from the OnStar system interface unit.
• If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repaer them as necessary, and recheck the system .
- If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it.
GRY BLU
GRY DKBLU
CONNECTOR B 116P)
Wire side of female
terminals
ONSTAR SYSTEM
INTERFACE UNIT
BLU/WHT
BLK/WHT
GRY BRN/WHT
BACK
22-380
r--:'I
I.!!..I
Reconnect the connectors to the unit

Cavit~ Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
B16 BlK Under all conditions l.heck for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be continuity. • An open in the OnSter control unit wire (B16)
• Faulty OnSter control unit
A1 BlK/WHT pnStar "DOT" button pushed l.heck for continuity between the A 1 • Faulty audio unit
~nd human advisor voice erminal and audio unit or terminal: • Faulty speaker
comes on here should be continuity. • An ooen in the wire
A2 WHT/GRN pnStar ''~OT'' button pushed l.heck for continuity between the A2 • Faulty audio unit
omeson here should be continuity. • An ooen in the wire
A4 lTGRN pnStar "DOT" button pushed Check for continuity between the A4 • Faulty audio unit
bomes on here should be continuity. • An ooen in the wire
A5 WHT/GRN pnStar ''~OT'' button pushed l.heck for continuity between the A5 • Faulty navigation unit
~nd human advisor voice erminal and navigation unit or • Faulty speaker
omes on erminal: • An open in the wire
here should be continuij:'{.
A6 BlK/WHT OnStar ''~OT'' button pushed heck for continuity between the A6 • Faulty navigation unit
and human advisor voice erminal and navigation unit or • Faulty speaker
comes on erminal: • An open in the wire
Irhere should be continuity.
B4 BlU gnition switch in ACe (I) ",heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
Irhere should be no voltage.
gnition switch turned OFF ~heck for voltage to ground:
['here should be 10 V.
A12 REO/GRN ombination light switch ON ~onnect to ground: • Blown No. 43 (20A) fuse in the under-hood fuse
/relay box
• Faulty taillight relay
• Either taillight relay faulty
• Poor around (G551)
B6 GRN/WHT gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
Irhere should be less than 1 V.
AB GRY Under all conditions ~heck for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
Irhere should be continuity. • Faulty interface unit
A11 BRN/WHT fJnder all conditions ",heck for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
['here should be continuity.
B5 GRN/WHT gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
pnStar ''~OT'' button pushed ~here should be about B V. • Short or ground
• Faulty interface unit
B1 GRY gnition switch in ACe (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
~here should be about B V. • Short or ground
B2 GRY gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
~here should be about B V. • Short or ground
B3 GRY gnition switch in ACC (I) "heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be about B V. • Short or ground
• Faultv interface unit
B9 REO/GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be about B V.
B11 GRY gnition switch in ACC (I) l.heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
here should be about B V.
A3 REO/GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) heck for voltage to ground: • Faulty SRS unit
here should be about 4 V. • An open in the wire
• Short to ground
NOTE: Short to around calls OnStar.
BACK
22-381
OnStar System
OnStar System Radio Frequency Modulator Unit Input Test/Replacement
'03 Model: 7. Reconnect all connectors to the OnStar control unit

and OnStar system interface unit.
1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the OnStar system
control compartment assembly cover. 8. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be
sure they are all making good contact.
2. Remove the OnStar control compartment with
bracket. • If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded,
3. Remove the four screws which install the OnStar system.
control unit and OnStar system interface unit onto • If the terminals look OK, make the following input
bracket. tests at the connector.
- If any test indicates a problem, find and correct
4. Disconnect the five connectors from the OnStar the cause, then recheck the system.
control unit and OnStar system interface unit. - If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit
must be faulty; replace it.
5. Release the clip on the bracket, and remove the

OnStar system radio frequency modulator unit.
6. Disconnect the 25P connector (A) from the OnStar

system radio frequency modulator unit (8).
GRN VEL GRN DK BUL
BACK
22-382
~
~
Disconnect the connectors from the unit

12 BRN Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
23 GRN IUnder all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
Reconnect the connectors from the unit

22 DKBlU Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No. 54 (40A) fuse in the under-
There should be battery voltage hood fuse/relay box
21 GRN Ignition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • Blown No.8 (7.5A) fuse in the driver's
There should be about 7 V. under-dash fuse/relay box
25 PNK gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar "Emergency" There should be about 6 V.
button pushed
20 VEL gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar " Emergency" There should be about 3 V.
button pushed
15 GR gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar" Emergency" There should be 0-3 V.
button pushed
14 GRN Ignition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar "Emergency" There should be 0-3 V.
putton pushed
11 BRN gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • Faulty OnStar button and microphone
OnStar "Emergency" rrhere should be about 6.6 V. • An open in the wire
button pushed
8 GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
bnStar "Emergency" There should be about 3.8 V.
button pushed
2 VEL gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar "Emergency" There should be continuity.
button pushed
BACK
22-383
OnStar System
OnStar Buttons and Microphone Input Test
'03 Model:
- If all the input tests prove OK, the switches and microphone must be faulty; replace it.
NOTE: No.1, 12 and 16 terminals are automatic inside dimming mirror power, ground and signal lines.
VEL
k:avitl Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
10 YEI../WHT ~ith the ignition switch \Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
PFF, press and hold the trhere should be 4 V. • Short to ground
'DOT" button. Turn the
ignition switch from OFF
o ACC three times and
back to ACC, then release I
he "DOT" button.
11 RED/WHT gnition switch in ACC (I) ~heck for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
[here should be about 8 V. • Short toJl!"ound
13 BRN gnition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
Ihere should be about 8 V. • Short to~round
14 BLU/RED Ignition switch in ACC (I) Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
'DOT" button pushed: about • Short to ground
280 mV.
'OnStar" button pushed: about
1 V.
'Emergency" button pushed:
!!bout 1.7 V.
7 ORN/BLU Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
!lere should be continui!Y. • ReJ!lace shielded harness
15 BLU/GRN gnition switch in ACC (I) \Check for voltage to ground: • An open in the wire
OnStar "DOT" button trhere should be about 4 V. • Short to ground
pushed. Speak into the • Replace shielded harness
microphone.
1 BLK Under all condition \Check for continuity to ground: • An open in the wire
~here should be continuity
BACK
22-384
r--:'I
~
Cellular Phone/OnStar System GPS Antenna Replacement
1. Remove the rear ceiling light.
2. Disconnect the connector (A) from the antenna (B).
3. Remove the nut from the antenna.
..
, ' .. '
A
.... ....
," "
.... /
" ",'
: .,'
NUT
........ , .......... 5N·m
........ (0.5 kgf·m, 4 Ibf·ft)
BACK
22-385

Body Electrical

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Body Electrical

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Body Electrical

Body Electrical Dash Lights Brightness Controls

Tool Number Descri tion

3. Check the alternator belt tension.

A • Before connecting connectors, make sure the

• The backs of some connectors are packed with

Testing and Repairs • Use a probe with a tapered tip.

• Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for

General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)

Five-step Troubleshooting Wire Color Codes

5. Make Sure The Circuit Works

ABS FAIL-SAFE RELAY

BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

CONDENSER FAN RELAY

• ~ECURITV HORN RELAY ('99 model)

• SEAT HEATER RELAY ('99 model)

Engine Compartment (cont'd)

CONDENSER FAN RELAY

VSA THROTTLE MOTOR

SHIFT LOCK RELAY MULTI·RELA Y BOX

SEAT HEATER RELAY

INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY

CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

STARTER CUT RELAY

AfT REVERSE RELAY

With Navigation System:

NAVIGATION DISPLA V UNIT

CUMATE CONTROL UNIT

Without Navigation System:

CUMATE CONTROL UNIT

IMMOBILIZER RECEIVER UNIT AUDIO UNIT

KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT

FOG UGHT RELAY

POWER WINDOW RELAY

MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT. DOOR

ONSTAR SYSTEM INTERFACE UNIT

POWER SEAT CONTROL UNIT

Connector Index (co nt'd)

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

Battery Ground Cable

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

Engine Ground Cable

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

BATTERY GROUND CABLE

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Intake air temperature (IAn sensor 15 2 Left side of engine compartment

KNOCK SENSOR SUB-HARNESS

ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Knock Sensor SUb-harness ('99 Model)

KNOCK SENSOR SUB-HARNESS

ENGINE WIRE HARNESS

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

Knock Sensor Sub-harness ('00-01 Models)

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes

Knock Sensor Sub-harness ('02-03 Models)

Connector or Terminal Connects to

Connector to Harness Index (cont'd)

ABS RELAY BOX